FINGERHUT COMPANIES INC
10-K, 1998-03-25
CATALOG & MAIL-ORDER HOUSES
Previous: METROMAIL CORP, SC 14D1/A, 1998-03-25
Next: OLD POINT FINANCIAL CORP, DEF 14A, 1998-03-25




               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                      ____________________
                                
                            FORM 10-K

        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
               THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   For the fiscal year ended                1-8668
       December 26, 1997            Commission file number
                      ____________________

                    FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.
     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           Minnesota                      41-1396490
   (State of Incorporation)     (I.R.S. Employer Identification
                                             No.)

          4400 Baker Road, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55343
            (Address of principal executive offices)

                         (612) 932-3100
      (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                   Name of each exchange on
      Title of each class                  which registered
 Common Stock, $.01 Par Value    New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate  by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed  all
reports  required  to be filed by Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding  12  months
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.  Yes X  No

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers
pursuant  to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge,
in  definitive  proxy or information statements  incorporated  by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to  this
Form 10-K.

As  of  February 27, 1998, 46,442,360 shares of the  Registrant's
Common  Stock were outstanding and the aggregate market value  of
Common  Stock  held by non-affiliates of the Registrant  on  that
date  was  approximately  $1,117,010,894 based upon the New  York
Stock Exchange closing price on February 27, 1998.

               DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                
Certain  portions  of the Annual Report to Shareholders  for  the
fiscal  year  ended  December  26,  1997,  are  incorporated   by
reference in Parts II and IV.

Certain portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. to be held  on  May  6,
1998,  which  will  be  filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  within  120  days  after  December  26,   1997,   are
incorporated by reference in Part III.
                                
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
                                
PART I
                                                           Page

Item 1. Business                                              1

Item 2. Properties                                           18

Item 3. Legal Proceedings                                    18

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  19


PART II


Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and 
        Related Stockholder Matters                          19

Item 6. Selected Financial Data                              19

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
        Condition and Results of Operations                  19

Item 7a.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
        Market Risk                                          19

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data          19

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
        Accounting and Financial Disclosure                  19


PART III


Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant  19

Item 11. Executive Compensation                              20

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
         Owners and Management                               20

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      20


PART IV


Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
         and Reports on Form 8-K                             20

Signatures                                                   22

Exhibit Index                                                24
                             PART I

Item 1.  Business

General

     Fingerhut  Companies,  Inc. (the "Company")  is  a  database
marketing  company  that  sells a broad  range  of  products  and
services  directly  to  consumers  via  catalogs,  telemarketing,
television  and  other media.  The Company had 1997  revenues  of
$1.8   billion.    Its  principal  subsidiaries   are   Fingerhut
Corporation  ("Fingerhut"),  Metris  Companies  Inc.  ("Metris"),
Figi's Inc. ("Figi's") and Fingerhut National Bank ("FNB").   The
Company's  Retail segment is conducted by Fingerhut,  Figi's  and
FNB.   Fingerhut  has been in the direct mail marketing  business
for  50  years  and sells general merchandise using catalogs  and
other direct marketing solicitations.  Fingerhut's 1997 net sales
were  $1.420 billion.  Figi's markets specialty foods  and  other
gifts,   primarily  through  catalogs,  and  had  net  sales   of
approximately  $97.8  million in 1997.  FNB provides  credit  for
customers'  purchases from Fingerhut, in the form  of  closed-end
and revolving credit card loans.

      The  Company's  Financial  Services  segment  business   is
conducted   through   Metris  (an  83%  owned   subsidiary),   an
information-based  direct marketer of consumer  credit  products,
fee-based services and extended service plans to moderate  income
consumers.  Metris' subsidiaries include Direct Merchants  Credit
Card  Bank,  National Association ("Direct Merchants  Bank")  and
Metris   Direct,  Inc.  (formerly  Fingerhut  Financial  Services
Corporation).  The Company formed Metris in 1996 and  contributed
to  it  the  assets,  liabilities and  equity  in  the  Company's
financial  services business.  In October 1996, Metris  completed
an  initial  public offering of approximately 17% of  its  common
stock.   The Company announced in October 1997 that its Board  of
Directors  had  approved the filing of an  application  with  the
Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS") for a ruling on a  tax-free
distribution  to  shareholders of  the  Company  of  all  of  the
Company's  ownership  in Metris (the "Spin  Off").   The  Company
filed  the ruling request with the IRS on October 23, 1997.   The
proposed  Spin  Off,  anticipated in  1998,  is  subject  to  the
approval of the Company's Board of Directors and the receipt of a
ruling from  the IRS, and is subject to market conditions.  There
can be no assurance that the Spin Off will be consummated.

     The  Company  is  the successor to the business  of  several
related companies, the first of which was a partnership formed in
1948.   Fingerhut became a publicly-held corporation in 1970  and
was   acquired   by  a  predecessor  of  Travelers   Group   Inc.
("Travelers") in 1979.  The Company was incorporated in  1978  in
connection with Travelers' acquisition of Fingerhut and became  a
publicly-held company in May 1990.

     Unless  the context otherwise indicates, references  to  the
Company refer to Fingerhut Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

                         Retail Segment

     The  Company's  Retail segment businesses are  conducted  by
Fingerhut, Figi's and FNB.  The business discussion includes five-
year summaries of key operating statistics and a two-year segment
Statement of Operations to assist in understanding this segment's
results.

Fingerhut Corporation

Introduction

    Fingerhut, one of the largest catalog marketers in the United
States,  sells general merchandise and financial service products
to  moderate  income  consumers.  It is the  only  large  general
merchandise retailer that serves this market exclusively  through
catalog   direct  marketing.   The  median  age  of   Fingerhut's
customers  is  slightly  higher than  the  national  average  and
families  are  a significant portion of its customer  base.   FNB
offers  extended  payment  terms on all  purchases  under  either
closed-end installment credit card loans or revolving credit card
loans.   Substantially all of Fingerhut's sales  are  made  using
credit  card  loans made by FNB.  Fingerhut's core competency  is
the  development  and  use of a proprietary database  to  provide
credit, target offers and build relationships with its customers.
Fingerhut  has used its extensive database, credit  programs  and
proprietary   database  segmentation  software  to  establish   a
dominant  position in this market, with a large  base  of  loyal,
repeat  customers.  Fingerhut's active list of existing customers
accounts for approximately 84% of its net sales.

Marketing

    Marketing activities are divided into three primary programs:
new  customer  acquisition, a transitional program  and  existing
customer  programs.  During 1997, Fingerhut mailed  approximately
472  million  catalogs  and  other  promotions  to  existing  and
prospective customers.

     Fingerhut's new customer acquisition program is designed  to
identify  and  attract  new customers on a cost-effective  basis.
The  primary  sources of new customers are rented lists,  catalog
requests,   customer   referrals  and  other   direct   marketing
solicitations.  Fingerhut mails catalogs and other  multi-product
offerings to prospective customers and adds them to its  database
as  responses  are  received.  These  programs  are  intended  to
identify  and  target  new customers who  will  become  long-term
Fingerhut customers.  New customers account for approximately 16%
of Fingerhut's net sales.

     The  decisions  on which prospective customers  to  solicit,
which products to offer and which media to use are based upon the
projected long-term profitability and internal rates of return of
the program.  Maintaining acceptable financial rates of return on
new customers depends on balancing the cost of acquisition of new
customers  with their long-term profitability to  Fingerhut.   To
determine whether the cost to obtain new customers is acceptable,
Fingerhut  maintains  a  system that  monitors  profitability  by
source of new customers, by product type and by promotional media
type.   Fingerhut  continuously tests  various  media,  products,
offerings  and incentives and analyzes the results  in  order  to
maximize the effectiveness of its customer acquisition efforts.

                               Dec. 26,  Dec. 27,  Dec. 29,  Dec. 30,  Dec. 31,
For the Fiscal Year Ended:      1997      199       1995      1994      1993
Cost per new customer          $11.29    $13.92    $15.36     $8.52    $11.50
New customer mailings          129,199   162,493   193,646    155,050  149,737
(in 000's)                        

     After  first-time buyers commence payments on their  initial
purchases, they are placed in a transitional program.  The time a
person remains in a transitional program and the number and  type
of  products  he  or  she  is  offered  depends  on  the  buyer's
purchasing  and  payment  practices.  A  customer  is  placed  on
Fingerhut's promotable customer list after demonstrating  his  or
her creditworthiness.

     Fingerhut  reaches its existing customers through  extensive
promotional  mailing  efforts, primarily  catalogs,  and  through
telemarketing.  In 1997, Fingerhut mailed 139 different  catalogs
and   other  promotions  to  its  established  customers.   These
mailings   included   general  merchandise  catalogs,   specialty
catalogs,  small  and  large  multi-product  mailers  and  single
product  promotions.   Fingerhut also conducted  a  test  catalog
mailing   of  approximately  90,000  catalogs  and  multi-product
mailers  in  the United Kingdom in 1997.  In addition,  Fingerhut
has a home page on the Internet (www.fingerhut.com) through which
customers   can  contact  Fingerhut  customer  service,   request
catalogs or order merchandise.

                             Dec. 26,  Dec. 27,   Dec. 29,   Dec. 30,   Dec.31,
For the Fiscal Year Ended:    1997      1996       1995       1994       1993
Sales per mailing -            $3.19     $3.43      $3.02      $2.91     $3.41
  existing customer list          
Existing  customer mailings  342,643   339,377    404,894    402,476    32,473
 (in 000's)                 
Active customer list           4,299     4,706      5,174      5,104     4,756
 (in 000's)*                         
Contribution margin per      $    98   $    90    $    77    $    78    $   75
 existing customer             

*Includes  existing  customers who  have  made  a  purchase  from
Fingerhut in the last 12 months.

      Fingerhut  believes  the  key  factors  in  maximizing  the
profitability  of  its  existing  customer  list  are  developing
long-term  repeat  buyers and balancing  customer  response  with
appropriate credit losses and merchandise return rates  for  each
segment  of  its  customer  list.   Fingerhut  promotes  customer
satisfaction  and  loyalty by providing credit  through  FNB,  by
using   a   number  of  marketing  devices  (including   targeted
promotions, deferred payments, 30-day home trials, a satisfaction
pledge,  free  gifts,  merchandise  giveaways,  sweepstakes,  and
personalized mailings), and by offering attractive brand name and
private label merchandise.

Fingerhut Database

     Fingerhut  is  a  leader  in  the  development  and  use  of
information-based  marketing concepts and its extensive  database
and  proprietary  database  segmentation  software  afford  it  a
competitive  advantage  within its market  niche.   The  database
contains information on more than 30 million consumers, including
approximately  8 million customers who have made a purchase  from
Fingerhut  within  the  past  24  months.   Included  within  the
database  are  up  to 3,500 potential data items  in  a  customer
record,  including names, addresses, behavioral  characteristics,
general demographic information and information provided  by  the
customer.   FNB  uses this information, along with  sophisticated
proprietary credit scoring models, to produce proprietary  credit
scores  for  Fingerhut  customers.  The Fingerhut  database  also
includes  a  "suppress"  file,  which  contains  information   on
more than  8  million individuals about  whom  Fingerhut  has
information   relating  to  fraud  and  similar   indicators   of
unacceptably high risk.  The database is continually  updated  as
new  information is obtained.  Fingerhut also uses  the  database
for  marketing  decisions and FNB uses it for  extending  credit.
Fingerhut  does not report its credit information to  the  credit
bureaus, which means this information is not publicly available.

Credit Management

     In  late 1996, the Company received approval from the Office
of  the  Comptroller of the Currency to charter a limited-purpose
national  bank.   FNB  is  a special purpose  credit  card  bank.
Commencing  in  January 1997, FNB began extending  private  label
credit  card loans for Fingerhut purchases.  Although  closed-end
installment  loans presently are the predominant form  of  credit
extended  to Fingerhut customers, FNB is increasing  its  use  of
revolving  credit  for  both  existing  Fingerhut  customers  and
prospective customers.  In addition, FNB offers certain Fingerhut
customers   the  opportunity  to  refinance  existing  closed-end
installment sales contacts originated by Fingerhut and closed-end
credit  card  loans originated by FNB with new  revolving  credit
card   loans.    Revolving   credit  has   been   introduced   to
approximately 230,000 customers as of March 1998.

     FNB  generally  does  not require its customers  to  provide
traditional  credit  information in order  to  approve  Fingerhut
purchases  on  credit.   Instead  of  using  traditional   credit
applications,   FNB  uses  sophisticated  and  highly   automated
proprietary techniques for evaluating the creditworthiness of new
and existing customers and for selecting those customers who will
receive  various  categories  of mailings.   Management  believes
Fingerhut's  50  years of experience in the mail order  business,
its  database containing purchase and payment histories  and  its
significant  investment  in computer technology  and  proprietary
analytical  models  give  FNB a unique  ability  to  analyze  the
creditworthiness of customers in its market.   The  goal  of  the
analysis is not to achieve the lowest possible credit losses  but
to balance credit losses and return rates with customer response,
thereby  optimizing  overall profitability.  Consequently,  FNB's
planned credit losses typically are higher than the private label
credit programs of other direct mail and retail companies.

     Under the installment plan, once a consumer places an order,
FNB employs proprietary techniques designed to identify consumers
whose  orders can be automatically shipped, consumers  from  whom
additional  information, including credit applications,  must  be
obtained  and reviewed and consumers to whom credit is  declined.
After  purchases are shipped, customer payments are  continuously
monitored to identify credit problems as early as possible.   FNB
has   a  flexible  policy  of  working  with  certain  delinquent
customers, including adjusting their payment schedules, which the
Company  believes  reduces default rates and  maintains  customer
loyalty.

     Substantially all of Fingerhut's sales are made using  FNB's
proprietary   credit  program,  which  uses   either   closed-end
installment  credit  card loans or revolving credit  card  loans.
Under  the  installment  plan,  monthly  payments  are  made   by
customers  and processed through the use of coupons contained  in
payment books delivered with each order shipment.  Payment  terms
to  existing  customers generally range  from  4  to  36  monthly
payments.   Many customers pay their accounts in full before  the
end  of the scheduled payment term. Payment terms vary based upon
customer  activity.   In addition, a majority  of  sales  are  to
customers  who  receive a deferred payment option, which  extends
the  due date of the first payment by approximately four to  five
months.  Under the revolving credit plan, monthly statements  are
sent  to customers with payments based on their total outstanding
balance.

Merchandising

     Fingerhut offers a broad mix of brand name and private label
consumer   products,  including  electronics,  housewares,   home
textiles, apparel, furniture, home accessories, jewelry, sporting
goods and toys, tools, automotive, lawn and garden, and financial
service  products.   In  1997,  Fingerhut  offered  approximately
17,000  different  products.  Fingerhut's sales  mix  by  product
category for 1997 is shown in the following table:

             Fingerhut Corporation 1997 Product Mix

                                         Percent of
                                          Gross Retail Sales

          Electronics                      22%
          Home Textiles                    19
          Housewares                       17
          Furniture/Home Accessories       10
          Jewelry                           8
          Leisure                           8
          Apparel                           7
          Tools/Automotive/Lawn & Garden    6
          Other                             3
                                          100%

     Fingerhut selects merchandise to be offered to its customers
by  evaluating  historical product and  category  demand  and  by
analyzing   emerging  merchandise  trends  in  conjunction   with
proprietary  marketing  information.   Fingerhut  is   constantly
developing unique brand name and private label product groupings,
such  as coordinated kitchen ensembles, coordinated bed and  bath
ensembles and tool sets, targeted to appeal to its customers  and
to  add  value  and/or  style to its merchandise.   Historically,
Fingerhut  has offered its customers financial service  products,
including  credit  and  property insurance and  extended  service
agreements.   Fingerhut  and  FNB  expect  to  offer   additional
products   and   services,  such  as  credit  card  registration,
membership  clubs and fee-based services, to Fingerhut  customers
with revolving credit card accounts.

    Fingerhut's general merchandise catalogs feature a wide array
of  products; they are updated and published throughout the year,
including  a  holiday  big  book  of  approximately  500   pages.
Specialty  catalogs  mailed to targeted portions  of  Fingerhut's
customer  list  include  outdoor  living,  jewelry,  electronics,
domestics/housewares,  gifts,  juvenile,   home   fitness,   home
improvement and Spanish-language catalogs.

Vendor Relations

     The  Company purchases merchandise from approximately  2,300
different  suppliers  and  maintains strong  relations  with  its
vendors.    In   1997,   the  top  ten  vendors   accounted   for
approximately  19% of the Company's total merchandise  purchases.
No  single  vendor  accounted for more than 5% of  the  Company's
total merchandise purchases.

      The   Company  maintains  close  relations  with   overseas
representatives   in  Hong  Kong,  Taiwan,  Korea,   China,   the
Philippines, Thailand and Europe.  In 1997, approximately 18%  of
the  Company's  merchandise was imported  directly  from  foreign
vendors and an additional 28% was purchased through importers.

Management Information Systems

     Fingerhut  was  a  pioneer in the use  of  information-based
marketing  concepts  in the mail order industry,  using  computer
technology  and related software developed by the  Company.   The
Company  continues to be highly dependent on information  systems
and  its  computer  operations are among  the  largest  and  most
sophisticated in the direct marketing industry.

     Fingerhut's  management  information  systems  provide  data
processing capabilities to Fingerhut, FNB, Metris and Figi's  and
support  all  areas of the Company, including marketing,  credit,
order,   customer   service,  inventory  control   and   finance.
Fingerhut's management information systems currently  operate  on
mainframe  computers connected to on-line terminals  and  client-
server systems used in all aspects of the Company's business.

Year 2000 Compliance

      The  Company  is  heavily dependent upon  complex  computer
systems  for  all phases of its operations.  Since  many  of  the
Company's  currently  installed  computer  systems  and  software
products use only the last two digits to identify a year  in  the
date  field  (e.g., "97" for "1997"), some software may  fail  to
operate  properly  in  the year 2000 if the computer  systems  or
software  are  not reprogrammed or replaced to comply  with  such
"Year  2000" requirements.  Problems may also arise earlier  than
January 1, 2000 as dates in the next millennium are entered  into
non- Year 2000 compliant programs.

      In  early  1996, Fingerhut started an aggressive conversion
effort  to identify and correct the Year 2000 programming  issues
in  a  timely  manner.  By mid-1996, the most critical  mainframe
processing system was converted to be Year 2000 compliant and the
Company  initiated  a  large project  to  address  all  remaining
systems.   This project consists of many sub-projects  that  will
span  the remainder of 1998 and the first quarter of 1999.   This
project   will  use  a  combination  of  internal  and   external
resources.  In late 1997, the Company created a Year 2000 Project
Office  to  oversee  the project, address  all  related  business
issues  and  facilitate communication with significant  suppliers
and  service providers.  As of December 26, 1997, the Company had
spent  approximately $5 million on the project with an  estimated
expense ranging from $11 to $13 million remaining on the project.
The  Company  believes that it will be able to  fund  the  effort
through operating cash flows.

      The  Company  believes  that  many  of  its  suppliers  and
customers  also  have Year 2000 programming  issues  which  could
affect  the Company.  The Company is working with its significant
suppliers and service providers to assure that failures in  those
organizations will have minimal impact on the Company.  There can
be no assurance that the Company's suppliers or service providers
have, or will have, management information systems that are  Year
2000 compliant.  Therefore, the Company is developing contingency
plans  with  respect  to  its significant suppliers  and  service
providers.

       The  Company  believes  that  it  has  allocated  adequate
resources  to  achieve Year 2000 compliance in a  timely  manner,
however,  there can be no assurance to that effect.  The  Company
presently  believes that the cost of its conversion  effort  will
not  have  a  material effect on the Company's current  financial
position or liquidity .

Preparation and Mailing of Promotional Materials

     Fingerhut performs a large portion of the production process
for  its promotional materials in-house.  The Creative Department
uses  desktop  publishing for the design and  production  of  all
Fingerhut's  mailings.   A  substantial  portion  of  the   color
photographs  used  in  Fingerhut's catalogs and  other  marketing
materials  are  taken at the in-house photo studio and  Fingerhut
prepares   color  separations  for  approximately  57%   of   its
promotional materials.  In addition, Fingerhut's eight-color  web
printing presses print more than half of its catalog "wraps," the
personalized   outside   cover  used   on   Fingerhut   catalogs.
Substantially  all  of Fingerhut's promotional materials,  except
the wraps, are printed at outside vendors.

     Fingerhut's mailing operations are designed to  provide  the
flexibility  and rapid response time required to keep  pace  with
its  changing  marketing and merchandising needs.  Fingerhut  has
two  mailing facilities in Minnesota that cut, fold, insert, sort
and  deliver  to the post office its single and multiple  product
promotions.   For  catalog mailings, Fingerhut  personalizes  the
catalog   wraps  and  delivers  them  to  its  outside   printers
pre-sorted for mailing.

Order Processing and Fulfillment

     Although most of Fingerhut's customer orders are received by
mail,  telephone  ordering has become a more  important  part  of
Fingerhut's business.  In 1997, Fingerhut processed approximately
17   million  Fingerhut  orders  and  approximately  50   million
Fingerhut customer payments.

     In 1997, Fingerhut shipped approximately 21 million packages
from  its warehouse and distribution facilities in Minnesota  and
Tennessee.   In  order to minimize shipping costs,  packages  are
trucked  to  drop points throughout the country where they  enter
the  United  States Postal Service or the United  Parcel  Service
("UPS")  systems  for  delivery to the  customer.   In  addition,
Fingerhut   offers   optional  express   delivery   in   selected
promotions.

     In  August 1997, UPS employees went on strike.  Because  the
Company   uses   the  United  States  Postal  Service   to   ship
approximately 75% of its customer orders, the strike did not have
a   significant  impact  on  the  Company's  ability  to  deliver
merchandise.


Figi's Inc.

    Figi's is a mail order retailer of specialty food gifts (such
as  quality  cheeses, smoked meats, candies and baked goods)  and
other  gifts headquartered in Marshfield, Wisconsin.  The Company
acquired  Figi's  in 1981.  Figi's is one of the  largest  direct
mail  food  gifts marketers in the United States, with  1997  net
sales of approximately $98 million, which was up 5% over 1996 net
sales of $93 million.

    New customers are acquired from sources similar to those used
by  Fingerhut,  although Figi's customers include  both  moderate
income  consumers attracted by Figi's in-house credit  terms  and
more affluent customers who use credit cards.  Sales using Figi's
interest-free,    three   payment   credit   terms    constituted
approximately 90% of its net sales in 1997.

     Figi's  offerings are made predominantly in catalogs  mailed
prior  to  holidays  and  other  gift-giving  occasions  such  as
Christmas,  Easter,  Valentine's Day and  Mother's  Day.   Figi's
business  is highly seasonal, with approximately 82% of  its  net
sales  in  the  fourth quarter.  Figi's seeks to  develop  repeat
business from customers by offering a satisfaction pledge.

      Figi's uses marketing techniques similar to those developed
by  Fingerhut, such as sweepstakes and in-house credit terms,  to
improve  customer response and expand its customer base.   Figi's
also  uses  mailing  list evaluation and segmentation  techniques
similar  to those used by Fingerhut.  In addition, Figi's  offers
its  customers  the opportunity to place orders by telephone  and
accepts payment by major credit card.


Costs of Mailing

     In  1997, the Company spent an aggregate of $246 million  on
postage for the Retail segment businesses (including the cost  of
parcel  shipments that were passed on to customers) of which  49%
was attributable to the mailing of promotional materials, 44% was
attributable  to  parcel  shipments and 7%  was  attributable  to
various  correspondence with customers.  However, as is customary
in  the  direct mail industry, the Company passes on the cost  of
parcel shipments directly to the customer as part of the shipping
and  handling charge.  The costs of mailing promotional  material
and  certain  other correspondence (including  postage)  are  not
directly  passed  on  to  customers, but are  considered  in  the
Company's  overall product pricing and mailing  strategies.   The
Company anticipates that the Postal Rate Commission will rule  on
the  rate increase requested by the United States Postal  Service
and  the  United  States Postal Service Board  of  Governor  will
approve an increase in postal rates in 1998, however, the  amount
of  any  such  increase and the implementation date is  currently
unknown.

      The   Company  substantially  reduces  mailing   costs   by
effectively  using discounts offered by the United States  Postal
Service  from  basic postal rates.  For example, Fingerhut  sorts
mailings  by zip code to the carrier route level and also  prints
the  "zip plus four" bar-code to obtain optimum postal discounts,
resulting in savings not always available to smaller direct  mail
companies.  The Company intends to adopt new innovations in  mail
processing   techniques,  as  appropriate,   and   believes   the
increasing   requirement  for  dynamic  systems  to  manage   the
complexity  of  the  postal rate structure  will  strengthen  the
long-term competitive position of larger, more sophisticated mail
order firms such as the Company.


Other Business Activities

     The  Retail  Segment  also includes several  other  business
activities.    Andy's  Garage  Sale,  Inc.  is   a   wholly-owned
subsidiary that allows the Company to market excess inventory  on
the  Internet.   Andy's Garage Saler (www.andysgarage.com)  mixes
product  offerings with stories of a fictional cast of  Minnesota
characters.   The Company also derives additional  revenues  from
wholesaling  excess  merchandise  and  list  rental  and  package
inserts.   Infochoice USA, Inc., a wholly-owned  subsidiary,  has
entered  into  an agreement with Guthy-Renker Corporation,  under
which   Guthy-Renker   manages  infomercial   production,   media
placement and market distribution and Infochoice provides product
development  and  sourcing,  customer  service  and  fulfillment.
Infochoice  and  Guthy-Renker  conduct  the  business  under  the
agreement through USA Direct/Guthy-Renker, Inc., a corporation in
which  Infochoice and Guthy Renker Corporation each  have  a  50%
interest.  The Company accounts for USA Direct/Guthy-Renker, Inc.
using  the equity method of accounting; accordingly, 50%  of  USA
Direct/Guthy-Renker,  Inc.'s profits or losses  are  recorded  in
administrative expenses included in "Administrative  and  selling
expenses"  in the Company's Consolidated Statements of  Earnings.
Wiman Corporation manufactures plastic products.  Taken together,
such  activities accounted for less than 3% of the Company's 1997
net sales.

     In 1997, the Company began providing various fulfillment and
distribution  services to third parties out of its warehouse  and
distribution facilities in Utah and Minnesota.  The Company  also
partnered  with  WorldCom to develop a co-branded  long  distance
calling  program that generates revenues via account fees  and  a
percentage  of  each  customer's bill.  The  Company  intends  to
pursue  additional third-party service and co-branding  ventures,
by utilizing the Company's order servicing, telemarketing, direct
marketing,   warehousing,  distribution  and   customer   service
capabilities.

                         Retail Segment
                    Statements of Operations
                                
                                                   For the Fiscal Year Ended
(In  thousands of dollars, except                Dec. 26, 1997   Dec. 27, 1996
per share data)
Revenues:                                         
    Net sales                                    $1,530,228      $1,638,363
      Finance income and other 
       securitization income, net                   (10,877)        (23,361)
                                                  1,519,351       1,615,002
Costs and expenses:                                          
    Product cost                                    738,740         827,086
    Administrative and selling expenses             596,084         618,082
    Provision  for uncollectible accounts            97,593         112,084
    Interest expense, net                            27,946          25,305
                                                  1,460,363       1,582,557
                                                             
Earnings before income taxes                         58,988          32,445
    Provision for income taxes                       21,267          11,322
Net earnings                                        $37,721        $ 21,123
                                                             
Earnings per share - Basic                       $      .82        $    .46
Earnings per share - Diluted                     $      .76        $    .44
                                          
                                                  

Note:   In  1997, "discount on sale of accounts receivable,"  the
     "provision   for   uncollectible   accounts"   and   certain
     administrative  (collection)  costs  associated   with   the
     receivables sold, were reclassified to "finance  income  and
     other   securitization  income,  net."    All   prior-period
     financial information has been restated to conform with  the
     current period's presentation, and the reclassifications had
     no effect on net earnings.

                           Dec. 26,   Dec. 27,   Dec. 29.   Dec. 30,   Dec.31,
For the Fiscal Year Ended:  1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
Capital expenditures       $20,622    $47,742   $93,089     $69,339    $51,722
 (in 000's)                  
Depreciation (in 000's)    $43,622    $45,069   $41,031     $33,543    $25,969
Net earnings (in millions)
  Catalog operations       $  36.7    $  19.5   $  37.4     $  69.9    $  68.1
  Television                   1.0        1.6       8.9       (26.2)       6.0
  Total segment earnings   $  37.7    $  21.1   $  46.3     $  43.7    $  7.41
                             

            Statements of Operations (Managed Basis*)
                                
                                               For the Fiscal Year Ended
(In  thousands of dollars, except           Dec. 26, 1997   Dec. 27, 1996
per share data)
Revenues:                                         
    Net sales                                 $1,530,228     $1,638,363
    Finance income and other revenues            232,181        241,130
                                               1,762,409      1,879,493
Costs and expenses:                                          
    Product cost                                 738,740        827,086
    Administrative  and  selling expenses        610,022        633,448
    Provision for uncollectible accounts         259,981        283,762
    Discount on sale of accounts receivable       66,732         77,447
Interest expense, net                             27,946         25,305
                                               1,703,421      1,847,048
                                                             
Earnings before income taxes                      58,988         32,445
    Provision for income taxes                    21,267         11,322
Net earnings                                  $   37,721     $   21,123
                                                             
Earnings per share - Basic                          $.82           $.46
Earnings per share - Diluted                        $.76           $.44

*Presented in a format consistent with prior periods.
                                
               Financial Services Segment (Metris)
                                
     The  Company's  Financial Services  segment  businesses  are
conducted  by  Metris  and  its subsidiaries.   Two-year  segment
Statements  of  Operations  and  key  operating  statistics   are
included  at  the end of the business description  to  assist  in
understanding this segment's results.

     Metris  is an information-based direct marketer of  consumer
credit  products,  extended service plans and fee-based  products
and  services  to  moderate  income consumers.  Metris'  consumer
credit products currently are unsecured and secured credit  cards
issued by Direct Merchants Bank.  Metris' customers and prospects
include  existing customers of Fingerhut ("Fingerhut  Customers")
and  individuals  who are not Fingerhut Customers  but  for  whom
credit  bureau  information is available ("External  Prospects").
Metris Direct, Inc., a subsidiary, also provides extended service
plans  on  certain categories of products sold by Fingerhut  that
extend  service  coverage  beyond  the  manufacturer's  warranty.
Metris  markets  its  fee-based products and services,  including
debt  waiver programs, card registration, third party  insurance,
and  membership  clubs  to its credit card  customers,  Fingerhut
Customers and customers of third party partners.

     Metris Companies Inc. is a Delaware corporation incorporated
on  August  20, 1996, and is an 83% owned indirect subsidiary  of
Fingerhut Companies, Inc.  Metris became a publicly-held  company
in  October  1996  after completing an initial  public  offering.
Subject to the approval of the Company's Board of Directors,  the
receipt  of  a  ruling from the IRS, and market  conditions,  the
Company  anticipates that the Spin Off of all  of  the  Company's
ownership in Metris will occur in 1998.  Following the Spin  Off,
no individual will hold titles of officer or director at both the
Company  and  Metris,  except for Theodore Deikel,  who  will  be
Chairman of the Board of Metris, and will continue to be Chairman
of  the  Board,  Chief  Executive Officer and  President  of  the
Company.

    Metris currently operates two businesses: (i) consumer credit
products and (ii)  fee-based services and extended service plans.
Metris' principal subsidiaries are Direct Merchants Bank,  Metris
Direct, Inc., Metris Funding Co. and Metris Receivables, Inc.

    Consumer Credit Products

     Products.  Consumer credit products currently are  unsecured
and  secured  credit  cards, including the  Fingerhut  co-branded
MasterCardr,  the Bally Total Fitness co-branded  MasterCard  and
the  Direct Merchants Bank MasterCardr. and Visar.  In  addition,
Metris  has  affinity programs with two other  parties.   In  the
future,  Metris may offer other co-branded credit cards  and  may
also  offer  other  consumer credit products either  directly  or
through  alliances with other companies.  At December  31,  1997,
Direct  Merchants Bank had approximately 2.3 million credit  card
accounts  with  over $3.5 billion in managed credit  card  loans.
Fingerhut customers represented approximately 39% of the accounts
and  approximately  39% of the managed loans.   At  December  31,
1997,  according to the Nilson Report, Direct Merchants Bank  was
the 14th largest MasterCard issuer in the United States based  on
the  number  of  cards  issued and the 22nd largest  credit  card
issuer  in  the United States based on managed credit  card  loan
balances.   In  September 1997, Metris acquired  a  $317  million
credit  card  portfolio from Key Bank USA, National  Association,
and  in October 1997, Metris acquired a $405 million credit  card
portfolio from Mercantile Bank National Association.

      Solicitation.   Prospects  for  solicitation  include  both
Fingerhut  Customers and External Prospects.  They are  contacted
on  a  nationwide  basis  through pre-screened  direct  mail  and
telephone solicitations.

    Pricing.  Metris' strategy to maximize customer profitability
relies  on  risk-based pricing.  The specific  pricing  for  each
credit card offer is determined primarily based on the prospect's
risk  profile prior to solicitation.  Each prospect is  evaluated
to  determine  credit  needs, credit risk,  and  existing  credit
availability.  A customized offer is developed that includes  the
most  appropriate  product,  brand,  pricing,  and  credit  line.
Metris currently offers over 100 different pricing structures  on
its credit card products, with annual fees ranging from $0 to $48
($60  for some secured cards) and annual percentage rates ranging
from   14.9%  to 26.5%, excluding certain portfolio  acquisitions
made in the current year.  After credit card accounts are opened,
Direct  Merchants Bank actively monitors customers' internal  and
external   credit   performance  and  periodically   recalculates
behavior and risk scores.  As customers evolve through the credit
lifecycle  and  are regularly rescored, the lending  relationship
can  evolve  to  include more competitive (or  more  restrictive)
pricing and product configurations.

                                       For the Year Ended Dec. 31,
Key Statistics:                              1997            1996
Managed net charge-off ratio                 8.3%            6.2%
Period-end managed loans (in 000's)    $3,546,936      $1,615,940
Total accounts (in 000's)                   2,293           1,418
Managed loan loss reserves (in 000's)    $244,084          95,669
Managed delinquency ratio                    6.6%            5.5%

    Fee-based Services and Extended Service Plans

     In  1997,  Metris  consolidated its fee-based  services  and
extended service plan businesses into one business line.   Metris
currently  sells a variety of fee-based products and services  to
its  credit  card customers, Fingerhut Customers and credit  card
customers  of  third party partners, including  (i)  debt  waiver
protection for unemployment, disability, and death, (ii) programs
such  as card registration and club membership, and (iii)  third-
party   insurance.   In  addition,  Metris  develops   customized
targeted  mailing  lists,  using both Metris'  database  and  the
Fingerhut  database, for external companies to use in  their  own
noncompeting financial services product solicitation efforts.

     Extended  service  plans provide warranty  service  coverage
beyond the manufacturer's warranty.  In general, Metris' extended
service  plans  provide customers with the right  to  have  their
covered  purchases  repaired, cleaned,  replaced  or  in  certain
circumstances, the purchase price of the product refunded, within
certain   parameters  determined  by  Metris.   Metris  currently
provides   extended  service  plans  for  consumer   electronics,
furniture,  and  jewelry ("Warrantable Products") purchased  from
Fingerhut.  Fingerhut has an extended service plan agreement with
Metris,  during the term of which Fingerhut agrees only to  offer
Metris' extended service plans to its customers.

     ServiceEdgeSM is Metris' extended service plan  for consumer
electronics  and  all other electro-mechanical items  that  gives
customers the right to have their purchases repaired or  replaced
in  the  event of electrical or mechanical failure or defects  in
materials  and  workmanship for defects after the  manufacturer's
warranty  expires.   Quality Jewelry Carer  is  Metris'  extended
service  plan  for  jewelry.  The services  provided  to  Quality
Jewelry  Care  customers include repair, soldering, ring  sizing,
and  cleaning, for which Metris has third party jewelers  perform
such  services.   Metris'  extended  service  plan  program   for
furniture  is  called Quality Furniture CareSM and  the  services
include  stain cleaning, structural defect or damage  repair,  or
replacement  if the merchandise cannot be repaired.  Repairs  and
stain cleaning are performed by independent service providers.

     Sales  and  Marketing.   When Fingerhut  Customers  purchase
Warrantable  Products, they have the option to  buy  an  extended
service plan.  For electro-mechanical products, approximately 31%
of  Metris' extended service plans are originated through the on-
page print advertisement located within Fingerhut's catalogs  and
other  direct  marketing materials; the remainder are  originated
through   telemarketing.   Substantially  all  of   the   Quality
Furniture  Care  and  Quality Jewelry Care plans  are  originated
through  telemarketing and other direct marketing  programs.   In
order  to  maximize the efficiency of these programs, Metris  has
developed proprietary targeting models to predict which customers
will  be  most  responsive to its extended  service  plan  direct
marketing efforts.

     Operations.  Through the end of 1996, claims risk and claims
processing  for  electro-mechanical items were the responsibility
of  a  third  party.  Metris is responsible for claims  risk  and
claims  processing  for furniture and jewelry.  In  1997,  Metris
internalized the claims processing operations related to extended
service  plans  for  electro-mechanical items  and  incurred  the
resulting claims risk for all extended service plans sold  on  or
after January 1, 1997.
                      Metris Companies Inc.
                    Statements of Operations
                                
                                     For the Year Ended Dec. 31,
(In thousands of dollars, except         1997            1996
per share data)
Revenues:                                         
    Net sales                                        $  9,537      $   22,077
    Finance income and other revenues                 274,527         133,357
                                                      284,064         155,434
Costs and expenses:                                          
    Product cost                                           90           6,463
     Administrative and selling expenses              168,401          94,840
     Provision for uncollectible accounts              43,989          18,477
    Interest expense, net                               9,701           3,108
                                                      222,181         122,888
                                                             
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     61,883          32,546
    Provision for income taxes                         23,825          12,530
Net earnings before minority interest                  38,058          20,016
Minority Interest                                      (6,450)           (980)
Net Earnings                                          $31,608          $9,036
                                       
Earnings per share - Basic                            $   .68          $  .41
Earnings per share - Diluted                          $  .64           $  .39
                                          

                        Other Information

Competition

     The  direct  marketing industry includes a wide  variety  of
specialty  and general merchandise retailers and is  both  highly
fragmented  and  highly  competitive.   The  Company  sells   its
products  to  customers in all states of the  United  States  and
competes  in  the  purchase  and sale  of  merchandise  with  all
retailers.  Fingerhut's traditional principal competitor  in  the
business  of  direct  marketing general merchandise  to  moderate
income  customers is J.C. Penney Company, Inc., which operates  a
large  number  of  retail stores in addition to  its  mail  order
businesses and generates substantial catalog sales at its  retail
premises  in  addition to direct mail marketing.  In  the  direct
marketing   retail   industry,  Fingerhut  also   competes   with
television shopping marketers, such as QVC Network, Inc. and Home
Shopping  Network,  Inc.   Fingerhut also  competes  with  retail
department stores, discount department stores and variety stores,
many  of  which are national chains, for the general  merchandise
spending of its customers.

     The  principal  methods  of competition  within  the  direct
marketing  industry and in the Company's market segments  include
purchasing  convenience, extension of credit,  customer  service,
free  trial and merchandise value.  The Company believes that  it
is  able  to  compete  on the strength of its marketing  strategy
despite  strong  competitive  pressures.   Although  barriers  to
entering  the direct marketing business are minimal and many  new
companies have entered and may continue to enter the industry  in
competition  with  the Company, a substantial capital  investment
would  be  required  to develop customer databases  and  software
capabilities  comparable to those of the  Company.   The  Company
believes  that these assets are necessary to compete  effectively
in  the  Company's  market  niche, where  the  predictability  of
response rates and combined credit and return losses is critical.

     As  a  marketer  of consumer credit products,  Metris  faces
increasing  competition  from  numerous  providers  of  financial
services,  many of which have greater resources than Metris.   In
particular,  Metris  competes with national, regional  and  local
bank  card  issuers as well as other general purpose credit  card
issuers, such as American Express and Discover Card.  In general,
customers  are  attracted to credit card issuers largely  on  the
basis  of  price, credit limit and other product features;  as  a
result,  customer  loyalty  is often  limited.   However,  Metris
believes  that its strategy of focusing on an underserved  market
and  its  access to information from the Fingerhut database  will
allow  it  to more effectively compete in the market for moderate
income cardholders.  During the term of the extended service plan
agreement,  Fingerhut  will  only offer  its  customers  extended
service  plans provided by Metris.  As Metris attempts to  expand
its business to market extended service plans to the customers of
third-party   retailers,  it  will  compete  with  manufacturers,
financial  institutions,  insurance companies  and  a  number  of
independent administrators, many of which have greater  operating
experience and financial resources than Metris.

Seasonality

     The  Company's business is seasonal.  In 1997, approximately
38%  of the Company's net sales and approximately 63% of its  net
earnings occurred in the fourth quarter.  In addition to seasonal
variations,  the  Company  experiences  variances  in   quarterly
results from year to year that result from changes in the  timing
of  its  promotions  and  the  types of  customers  and  products
promoted and, to some extent, variations in dates of holidays and
the  timing  of  quarter ends resulting from a 52/53  week  year.
Accordingly,  the results of interim periods are not  necessarily
indicative of the results for the year.

Employees

     As of December 26, 1997, the Company had approximately 9,500
employees,  of whom approximately 2,000 were represented  by  the
Midwest Regional Joint Board or the Tennessee/Kentucky District _
Southern  Regional  Joint Board of the Union  of  Needle  Trades,
Industrial  and  Textile  Employees.   The  Company's   principal
collective bargaining agreements expire on February 6,  1999  and
February  6, 2000.  The Company believes its relations  with  its
employees and the union are good.

Trademarks and Tradenames

    The Company and its subsidiaries have registered and continue
to register, when appropriate, various trademarks, tradenames and
service  marks  used  in connection with  its  business  and  for
private  label marketing of certain of its products.  The Company
considers  these  trademarks  and service  marks  to  be  readily
identifiable with, and valuable to, its business.

Governmental Regulation

     The  Company's Retail segment is subject to regulation by  a
variety  of  state and federal laws and regulations  related  to,
among  other  things,  advertising,  offering  and  extending  of
credit, charging and collecting state sales/use taxes and product
safety.   The Company's practices in certain of these  areas  are
subject   to  periodic  inquiries  and  proceedings  by   various
regulatory agencies.  None of these laws and regulations has  had
a material adverse effect upon the Company.

     From  time  to  time  the Company has received  notices  and
inquiries from states with respect to collection of use taxes for
sales  to  residents  of these states.  To the  extent  that  any
states are successful in such claims, the Company's cost of doing
business  could  be increased, although it does not  believe  any
increase would be material.

     Substantially all of the extensions of credit for  Fingerhut
purchases   prior  to  early  January  1997  were  by  Fingerhut.
Fingerhut  relies  on  the  Minnesota  "time-price"  doctrine  in
extending  credit  on products sold in many states.   Under  this
doctrine,  the  difference between the time price  and  the  cash
price  for  the same goods is not treated as interest subject  to
regulation  under  laws governing the extension  of  credit.   In
other  states,  Fingerhut is subject to  regulations  that  limit
maximum  finance charges and require refunding of finance charges
to  customers  under  certain circumstances.  Fingerhut  believes
that  its time payment pricing and credit practices were and  are
in   compliance  with  applicable  state  requirements.   Certain
individuals  who  purchased  goods  from  Fingerhut  filed   suit
challenging  the  application of the  time-price  doctrine.   See
"Legal Proceedings" below.

    In late 1996, FNB began offering credit card loans to finance
purchase of products and services from Fingerhut.  Commencing  in
January  1997, FNB began extending substantially all  credit  for
Fingerhut purchases.

     Direct  Merchants Bank and FNB  are limited  purpose  credit
card banks chartered as national banking associations and members
of  the Federal Reserve System, the deposits of which are insured
by  the  Bank Insurance Fund which is administered by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC").   Direct  Merchants
Bank and FNB are subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic
examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the
Federal  Reserve  Board and the FDIC.  Neither  Direct  Merchants
Bank  nor  FNB  is  a "bank" as defined under  the  Bank  Holding
Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended (the  "BHCA")  because  each
(i)  engages only in credit card operations, (ii) does not accept
demand  deposits or deposits that the depositor may  withdraw  by
check  or  similar means for payment to third parties or  others,
(iii)  does not accept any savings or time deposit of  less  than
$100,000,  (iv)  maintains only one office that accepts  deposits
and  (v)  does  not  engage in the business of making  commercial
loans.  As  a  result, the Company is not a bank holding  company
under  the BHCA.  If Direct Merchants Bank or FNB failed to  meet
the  credit card bank criteria described above, the Company would
become  subject  to  the  provisions of the  BHCA.   The  Company
believes  that  becoming a bank holding company would  limit  the
Company's ability to conduct its business.

     Under  current  judicial  interpretations  of  Federal  law,
national  banks such as Direct Merchants Bank and FNB may  charge
interest  at the rate allowed by the laws of the state where  the
bank is located, and may "export" interest rates by charging  the
interest rate allowed by the laws of the state where the bank  is
located  on loans to borrowers in all states, without  regard  to
the  laws  of  such  other  states.   Direct  Merchants  Bank  is
currently located in Utah and FNB is currently located  in  South
Dakota.

     In  1996,  the Supreme Court of the United States held  that
national banks may also impose late-payment fees allowed  by  the
laws of the state where the national bank is located on borrowers
in other states, without regard to the laws of such other states.
The Supreme Court based its opinion largely on its deference to a
regulation  adopted  by  the Comptroller  of  the  Currency  that
includes  certain  fees,  including late  fees,  overlimit  fees,
annual  fees, cash advance fees and membership fees,  within  the
term "interest" under the provision of the National Bank Act that
has  been interpreted to permit national banks to export interest
rates.  As a result, national banks such as Direct Merchants Bank
and  FNB  may  impose  such  fees to the  extent  that  they  are
permitted by the laws of the states in which they are located.

     Direct Merchants Bank's and FNB's activities as credit  card
lenders are also subject to regulation under various federal laws
including  the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act,  the  Fair  Credit Reporting Act, the Fair  Debt  Collection
Practices  Act, the Community Reinvestment Act and the  Soldiers'
and  Sailors'  Civil Relief Act.  Regulators  are  authorized  to
impose penalties for violations of these statutes and, in certain
cases,  to  order  national banks to pay restitution  to  injured
cardmembers.   Individuals  may also bring  actions  for  certain
alleged  violations  of  such  regulations.   Federal  and  state
bankruptcy  and  debtor relief laws also affect Direct  Merchants
Bank's and FNB's ability to collect outstanding balances owed  by
cardholders who seek relief under these statutes.

     Several states have passed legislation which attempts to tax
the income from interstate financial activities, including credit
cards,  derived  from  accounts held by  local  state  residents.
Based  on current interpretations of the enforceability  of  such
legislation,  coupled with the volume of its  business  in  these
states, the Company believes that this will not materially affect
Direct Merchants Bank or FNB.

     From time to time, legislation has been proposed in Congress
to  limit  interest rates that could be charged  on  credit  card
accounts;  however, the Company does not anticipate  any  serious
effort  by  Congress to enact such a limitation  in  the  current
session of Congress.

      The  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act  (the  "FCRA")  regulates
"consumer  reporting agencies."  Under the FCRA, an entity  risks
becoming  a  consumer reporting agency if it furnishes  "consumer
reports"  to  third  parties or, in some  circumstances,  to  its
affiliates.    A   "consumer  report"  is  a   communication   of
information which bears on a consumer's creditworthiness,  credit
capacity,  credit  standing or certain other characteristics  and
which  is  collected or used or expected to be used to  determine
the  consumer's eligibility for credit, insurance, employment  or
certain  other purposes.  The FCRA explicitly excludes  from  the
definition  of "consumer report" a report containing  information
solely as to transactions or experiences between the consumer and
the entity making the report.

     It is the Company's objective to conduct its operations in a
manner  which  would  fall  outside the definition  of  "consumer
reporting agency" under the FCRA.  If the Company were to  become
a  consumer reporting agency, however, it would be subject  to  a
number  of  complex  and burdensome regulatory  requirements  and
restrictions,  including restrictions limiting the  Company  from
using  information  from  the Fingerhut database  and  furnishing
information  to third parties.  Such restrictions  could  have  a
significant adverse economic impact on the Company's  results  of
operations and future prospects.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Name                     Age         Present Office

Theodore Deikel          62          Chairman of the Board,
                                     Chief Executive Officer and President

Alan F. Bignall          46          Senior Vice President,
                                     Development and Architecture Services

Thomas J. Bozlinski      50          Senior Vice President,
                                     Operations and Network Services

John D. Buck             47          Senior Vice President,
                                     Operations, Information Services
                                     and Human Resources

Andrew V Johnson         42          Senior Vice President,
                                     Market Development

Gerald T. Knight         50          Senior Vice President,
                                     Chief Financial Officer

Peter G. Michielutti     41          Executive Vice President
                                     Chief Operating Officer of 
                                     Fingerhut Corporation

Michael P. Sherman       45          Senior Vice President,
                                     Business Development,
                                     General Counsel and Secretary

Richard L. Tate          52          Senior Vice President,
                                     Merchandising

Thomas C. Vogt           51          Corporate Controller

James M. Wehmann         32          Treasurer

Ronald N. Zebeck         43          Executive Vice President
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer of
                                     Metris Companies Inc.

     Theodore  Deikel has served as Chairman of the Board,  Chief
Executive  Officer  and President since 1989.   From  1985  until
rejoining the Company, Mr. Deikel served as Chairman and  CEO  of
CVN  Companies, Inc., a direct marketing company using television
and  direct  mail.  From 1979 to 1983, Mr. Deikel  was  Executive
Vice  President  of  American  Can  Company  (a  predecessor   to
Travelers  Group  Inc.)  and Chairman of American  Can  Company's
specialty  retailing division, which included  the  Company.   In
addition,  Mr.  Deikel was Chief Executive Officer  of  Fingerhut
from 1975 to 1983.

     Alan F. Bignall joined the Company as Senior Vice President,
Development and Architecture Services of the Company in  February
1998.   Prior  to that, he held several positions  with  American
Express Financial Advisors.  From November 1995 to December 1997,
he  was  Vice  President, Technology and from  November  1990  to
October 1995, he was Vice President, Financial Planning.

     Thomas J. Bozlinski became Senior Vice President, Operations
and   Network  Services  in  March  1998.   He  was  Senior  Vice
President,  Information  Systems from January  1996  to  February
1998.   He was Vice President, Information Systems of the Company
from  June  1993 to January 1996.  Prior to that he was  Managing
Director, Systems & Operations of Northwest Airlines Corp.

    John  D.  Buck  has  been Senior Vice President,  Operations,
Information Services and Human Resources since February 1997.  He
was  Senior Vice President, Human Resources from March,  1996  to
January  1997.  For more than five years prior to  that,  he  was
Vice  President, Administration of Alliant Techsystems,  Inc.,  a
supplier  of  defense products and services to the United  States
government and its allies.

    Andrew  V  Johnson  has  been Senior Vice  President,  Market
Development of the Company since January 1998.  From January 1993
to December, 1997, he was Senior Vice President, Marketing of the
Company.
  
    Gerald T. Knight joined the Company as Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer in June 1997.  He was Vice President  and
Chief  Financial Officer of The Toro Company for  more  than  the
previous five years.

    Peter  G.  Michielutti has been Executive Vice  President  of
the  Company  since  May 1997 after serving  as  Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company from July 1995 to May 1997 and Senior Vice
President, Business Development of Metris from August 1996 to May
1997.    He   is  also  Chief  Operating  Officer  of   Fingerhut
Corporation.   Prior  to  that, he held  various  positions  with
divisions/subsidiaries of Household International Inc.  (consumer
finance  services).  He was Chief Financial Officer of  Household
Credit  Services  from  May 1992 to July  1995,  Vice  President-
Financial    Administration-Canada   of    Household    Financial
Corporation  Limited  from  March 1991  to  May  1992,  and  Vice
President-Financial  Administration of Household  Bank  FSB  from
August 1990 to March 1991.

     Michael  P.  Sherman  joined  the  Company  as  Senior  Vice
President, Business Development, General Counsel and Secretary in
May  1996.   He was Executive Vice President, Corporate  Affairs,
General  Counsel and Secretary of Hanover Direct, Inc., a catalog
retailer, for more than the previous five years.

   Richard  L. Tate has been Senior Vice President, Merchandising
of  the Company since October 1993. From December 1989 to October
1993, he was Vice President, Merchandising of the Company.
 
    Thomas  C. Vogt has been Corporate Controller since  November
1994.    Prior   to  that  time,  he  was  Assistant  Controller,
Operations  of the Company from August 1991 to October  1994  and
was  Vice  President and Controller of Hanover Direct, Inc.  from
April 1989 to July 1991.

    James  M.  Wehmann became Treasurer of the Company  in  March
1997.   He  was Assistant Treasurer from June 1996 to March  1997
and  held other finance and treasury positions at Fingerhut since
March  1993.   From  1991  until  joining  Fingerhut,  he  was  a
financial analyst, international finance for Honeywell, Inc.

   Ronald N. Zebeck was hired as President of Metris Direct, Inc.
(now  a  wholly-owned subsidiary of Metris) in  March  1994,  and
became  President and Chief Executive Officer of Metris  when  it
was  formed  in  August  1996.  He  is  also  an  Executive  Vice
President  of  the  Company.  He was Managing Director,  GM  Card
Operations of General Motors Corporation from 1991 to 1993.

     Officers  of the Company are elected by, and hold office  at
the  will of, the Board of Directors and do not serve a "term  of
office" as such.

Item 2.  Properties

     The  Company's  executive  and  administrative  offices  and
warehouse and distribution facilities are located in a number  of
facilities  in  Minnesota, Tennessee, Wisconsin,  Utah,  Florida,
Oklahoma,  Maryland  and  South  Dakota.   The  total  facilities
presently  used by the Company's operations have an aggregate  of
approximately 5.5 million square feet, of which approximately 5.3
million  square feet, located in Minnesota, Tennessee, Wisconsin,
Utah,  Florida and South Dakota, are used for the Retail  segment
and 147,000 square feet, located in Minnesota, Utah, Oklahoma and
Maryland, are used for the Financial Services segment.  Of these,
Fingerhut   owns  a  188,000  square  foot  office  building   in
Minnetonka, Minnesota, a 186,000 square foot data and  technology
center  in Plymouth, Minnesota, buildings in St. Cloud, Minnesota
with  an  aggregate  of  approximately 1.9 million  square  feet,
buildings   in   Alexandria,  Minnesota  with  an  aggregate   of
approximately 53,000 square feet and buildings in Mora, Minnesota
with approximately 160,000 square feet.  Figi's owns buildings in
Marshfield, Wisconsin with an aggregate of approximately  317,000
square  feet.  Tennessee Distribution, Inc., a subsidiary of  the
Company,  has beneficial ownership of a one million  square  foot
warehouse  and  distribution facility  near  Bristol,  Tennessee.
Western Distribution, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company,  owns  a
one  million square foot warehouse and distribution facility near
Spanish Fork, Utah.

     The  Company leases the remainder of the facilities it uses,
which  consist of office, photo studio, operations and  warehouse
space.   The Company believes its facilities are suitable to  its
businesses  and  that  it  will be  able  to  lease  or  purchase
additional facilities as needed.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

     The  Company  is a party to various claims,  legal  actions,
disputes  and other complaints arising in the ordinary course  of
business.   In  the opinion of management, any  losses  that  may
occur  are adequately covered by insurance, are provided  for  in
the  financial statements, or are without merit and the  ultimate
outcome of these matters will not have a material effect  on  the
financial position or operations of the Company.

     In  October 1995, the Company was served with a legal action
commenced   in   federal  district  court  in  Arizona   by   two
shareholders against the Company, a current officer and a  former
officer  alleging  violations of Sections 10(b)  and  20  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934, as  amended  and  Rule  10b-5
thereunder.   The  complaint (i) alleges that  the  Company  made
false and misleading statements or omissions with respect to  its
plans  regarding  a  proposed television shopping  network,  (ii)
requests   certification  as  a  class  action   on   behalf   of
shareholders of the Company who purchased Common Stock  during  a
specified  period  and  (iii) alleges unspecified  damages.   The
Company considers the plaintiffs' claims to be without merit  and
intends  to  vigorously  defend  the  matter.   Venue  has   been
transferred to federal district court in Minnesota.  On  May  29,
1997,  the  court  granted the Company's motion to  dismiss  with
leave  for plaintiffs to file an amended complaint.  On July  17,
1997, plaintiffs served their  amended complaint.  In lieu of  an
answer,  the  Company filed a motion to dismiss on September  15,
1997.  The Company's reply brief was filed on January 19, 1998.

     On August 14, 1997, Fingerhut Corporation was served with  a
summons   and  class  action  complaint  commenced  in  Minnesota
District  Court,  Fourth Judicial District, on  behalf  of  named
plaintiffs  in  ten  states.   The  alleged  class  consists   of
"Fingerhut customers whose contracts are declared by Fingerhut to
be  governed by Minnesota law."  The complaint alleges violations
of  the  usury law, deceptive trade practices and consumer  fraud
based  on  Fingerhut's use of the "time price"  doctrine  in  its
credit sales.  The plaintiffs' claims are substantially identical
to  the  claims  asserted  in  an earlier  case  brought  against
Fingerhut in the same court.  The court granted summary  judgment
in favor of Fingerhut in that case in March 1997.  The plaintiffs
in  that  case  did  not appeal the summary judgment,  and  their
counsel has refiled their claims on behalf of new members of  the
purported  plaintiff class.  Fingerhut responded to the complaint
by  filing a motion for judicial reassignment.  The court  denied
this  motion.  Fingerhut has filed a motion for summary  judgment
on the plaintiffs' claims.

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during
the  fourth  quarter of the Company's fiscal year ended  December
26, 1997.

                                
                             PART II

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant's Common Equity  and  Related
            Stockholder Matters

     The  information  required by this  item  is  set  forth  in
"Quarterly Financial and Stock Data" on page 47 of the  Company's
Annual  Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December
26, 1997 (the "1997 Annual Report") and is incorporated herein by
reference.

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

     The information required by this item is set forth under the
caption  "Five  Year  Summary of Selected Consolidated  Financial
Data"  on  page 15 of the 1997 Annual Report and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item  7.    Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial
            Condition and Results of Operations

     The information required by this item is set forth under the
caption  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Results  of
Operations   and   Financial  Condition"  and  "Forward   Looking
Statements"  on pages 16 to 24 of the 1997 Annual Report  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item  7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About  Market
           Risk

     The information required by this item is set forth under the
caption  "Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures  About  Market
Risk"  on  pages  22  to  23 of the 1997  Annual  Report  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      The  audited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of   the
Registrant  and  independent auditors'  report  thereon  and  the
unaudited Quarterly Financial and Stock Data set forth  on  pages
25  to  47  of the 1997 Annual Report are incorporated herein  by
reference.

Item  9.    Changes  in  and Disagreements  with  Accountants  on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    None
                                
                            PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The  information  required  by this  item  with  respect  to
directors is set forth under "Proposal 1:  Election of Directors"
in  the  Company's  proxy statement for  the  annual  meeting  of
shareholders  to  be  held on May 6, 1998, which  will  be  filed
within 120 days of December 26, 1997 (the "Proxy Statement")  and
is incorporated herein by reference.  The information required by
this  item  with  respect to executive officers is,  pursuant  to
instruction 3 of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K, set forth in Part
I  of  this Form 10-K under "Business--Executive Officers of  the
Registrant."  The information required by this item with  respect
to  reports  required  to be filed under  Section  16(a)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 is set  forth  under  "Security
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial Owners and  Management_Section
16(a)  Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance"  in  the  Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

     The  information required by this item is  set  forth  under
"Executive   Compensation"  in  the  Proxy   Statement   and   is
incorporated herein by reference.


Item  12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial  Owners  and
            Management

     The  information required by this item is  set  forth  under
"Security  Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management"
in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     The  information required by this item is  set  forth  under
"Arrangements and Transactions with Related Parties" in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

     With  the  exception  of  the  information  incorporated  by
reference in Items 10-13 above, the Proxy Statement is not to  be
deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.
                                
                                
                             PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports  on
          Form 8-K

    (a) The following documents are made part of this report:

        1.  Consolidated Financial Statements.

            The    following   consolidated   financial
            statements, the related notes and the report  of  the
            Company's   independent  auditors  are   incorporated
            herein  by  reference from the 1997 Annual Report  as
            part of this report at Item 8 hereof:

                Independent  Auditors' Report  dated January 21, 1998.

                Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the  
                three fiscal years ended December 26, 1997.

                Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at 
                December 26, 1997 and December  27, 1996.

                Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' 
                Equity for each  of  the  three fiscal years 
                ended December 26, 1997.

                Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for each 
                of the three fiscal years  ended December 26, 1997.

                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

            With   the   exception  of   the   foregoing
            information  and  the  information  incorporated   by
            reference  in  Items 5-8 of this Part  II,  the  1997
            Annual  Report is not to be deemed filed as  part  of
            this Form 10-K.

        2.  Financial Statement Schedule:  The following
            schedule   for   each  of  the  three   years   ended
            December 26, 1997 is included in this Form 10-K:

                Independent Auditors' Report on consolidated  
                financial statement schedule  dated January 21, 1998.

                Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
               
            Certain  schedules have been omitted  because
            they  are not required under the related instructions
            or   are   inapplicable,  or  because  the   required
            information  is included elsewhere in  the  financial
            statements or related notes.

    (b) Reports on Form 8-K:    None

    (c) Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index on page 25 of this Report.
                           
                           SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly  caused
this  report  to  be  signed on its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized on the 24th  day of March, 1998.


                                 FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.
                                         (Registrant)


                                  By /s/Theodore Deikel
                                     Theodore Deikel
                                     Chairman of the Board,
                                     Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934,  this report has been signed below by the following persons
on  behalf of Fingerhut Companies, Inc., the Registrant,  and  in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature                        Title                    Date

Principal  executive            Chairman of the  Board,   March 24, 1998
officer and director:           Chief Executive Officer
                                and President

 /s/ Theodore Deikel
Theodore Deikel


Principal  financial officer:   Senior Vice  President,   March 24, 1998
                                Chief Financial Officer


 /s/Gerald T. Knight
Gerald T. Knight


Principal accounting officer:   Corporate Controller      March 24, 1998


 /s/Thomas C. Vogt
Thomas C. Vogt



Directors:



/s/Wendell R. Anderson          Director                  March 13, 1998
Wendell R. Anderson

/s/Edwin C. Gage                Director                  March 24, 1998
Edwin C. Gage

/s/Stanley S. Hubbard           Director                  March 14, 1998
Stanley S. Hubbard

/s/Kenneth A. Macke             Director                  March 18, 1998
Kenneth A. Macke

/sDudley C. Mecum               Director                  March 24, 1998
Dudley C. Mecum

/s/John M. Morrison             Director                  March 23, 1998
John M. Morrison

/s/Christina L. Shea            Director                  March 20, 1998
Christina L. Shea

                          EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number          Description of Exhibit


Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

3.a             Amended  and Restated Articles of 
                Incorporation  of  the Registrant      
                (restated in electronic format as  
                amended  to July  29,  1993) 
                (Incorporated  by reference   to  
                Exhibit   3.a   to Registrant's  
                Annual   Report   on Form  10-K  
                (File No. 1-8668)  for the  fiscal  
                year  ended  December 31, 1993).

3.b             Bylaws of the Registrant(restated       
                in electronic  format as  amended  
                to July  29,  1993) (Incorporated  
                by reference to Exhibit 3.b   to
                Registrant's  Annual   Report   on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the  fiscal  year  ended  December
                31, 1993).


Material Contracts

10.a            Amended  and Restated Pooling  and
                Servicing  Agreement dated  as  of
                January  12, 1997 among  Fingerhut
                Receivables, Inc., as  Transferor,
                Fingerhut   National   Bank,    as
                Servicer,  and  The  Bank  of  New
                York (Delaware), as Trustee.

        (i)     Series   1994-2  Supplement
                dated  as  of  November  15,  1994
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.b(ii) to  Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 31, 1994).

       (ii)     Amended and Restated Series 1997-1 
                Supplement dated as of April 21, 1997
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.a(iii) to Registrant's
                Quarterly  Report  on  Form   10-Q
                (File  No. 1-8668) for the  second
                quarter ended June 27, 1997).

10.b            Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of
                January     12,    1997    between
                Fingerhut  Companies,   Inc.,   as
                Buyer,   and  Fingerhut   National
                Bank,  as Seller (Incorporated  by
                reference  to  Exhibit   4(g)   to
                Fingerhut    Receivables,     Inc.
                Registration Statement on Form  S-
                1 (File No. 333-4559)).

10.c            Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
                dated  as  of  May  26, 1995   
                among  Metris  Receivables, Inc.      
                (formerly      Fingerhut
                Financial   Services  Receivables,
                Inc.),   as   Transferor,   Direct
                Merchants   Credit   Card    Bank,
                National      Association,      as
                Servicer,  and  The  Bank  of  New
                York    (Delaware),   as   Trustee
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10.u   to   Registrant's
                Quarterly  Report  on  Form   10-Q
                (File  No. 1-8668) for the  fiscal
                quarter ended June 30, 1995).

       (i)      Amendment No.  1  to the Pooling 
                and Servicing Agreement  dated as  
                of  June  10, 1996  (Incorporated  
                by  reference to  Exhibit  10.a(iii)  
                to  Metris Companies    Inc.'s   
                Registration Statement  on Form S-1  
                (No.  333-10831)).

       (ii)     Amendment No.  2 to the Pooling and  
                Servicing Agreement  dated as  of  
                September 16, 1996 (Incorporated by
                reference  to Exhibit 10.a(iv)  to
                Metris Companies Inc.'s Registration 
                Statement on Form  S-
                1 (No. 333-10831)).

       (iii)    Amended and Restated Series 1995-1 
                Supplement dated as of September 16,  
                1996 (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit    10.a(i)    to    Metris
                Companies    Inc.'s   Registration
                Statement  on Form S-1  (No.  333-
                10831)).

       (iv)     Series  1996-1 Supplement dated as 
                of  April  23, 1996  (Incorporated  
                by  reference to   Exhibit  10.a(ii)  
                to  Metris Companies Inc.'s Registration
                Statement  on Form S-1  (No.  333-
                10831)).

       (v)      Series 1997-1 Supplement dated as  
                of May  8, 1997 (Incorporated  by  
                reference to Exhibit 10.a(v) to Metris
                Companies  Inc.  Quarterly  Report
                on  Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12351)
                for  the fiscal quarter ended June
                30, 1997.

       (vi)     Amendment No. 3 to the Pooling and 
                Servicing Agreement dated as of 
                September 30, 1997 (Incorporated by
                reference  to  Exhibit   4(d)   to
                Metris   Receivables,   Inc.   and
                Metris  Master Trust  Registration
                Statement  on Form S-3  (No.  333-
                36503)).

       (vii)    Series  1997-2 Supplement dated as  
                of November 20, 1997 (Incorporated by
                reference   to  Metris   Companies
                Inc.  Annual Report on  Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-12351)  for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1997).

10.d*           Fingerhut Corporation Profit Sharing 
                and 40l(k) Savings Plan, as amended 
                and restated.

10.e*           Intentionally left blank.

10.f*           Fingerhut Corporation Pension Plan   
                1990 Revision (Incorporated by reference   
                to Exhibit 10(f) to Registrant's
                Registration  Statement  on   Form
                S-1 (No. 33-33923)).

10.g*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc. Stock Option Plan
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10(h)  to   Registrant's
                Registration  Statement  on   Form
                S-1 (No. 33-33923)).

        (i)*     Amendment dated as of February 4, 1997
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.g(i)  to  Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 27, 19
                
10.h*           Executive Tax Planning/Preparation           
                and Financial Planning Policy
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10.h   to   Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 31, 1994).

10.i*           Fingerhut Companies, Inc. 1995 Long-
                Term Incentive  and Stock  Option  Plan  
                (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.i  
                to Registrant's  Annual Report on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the  fiscal  year  ended  December
                29, 1995).

        (i)*    Amendment  dated as of February 4, 1997
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.i(i)  to  Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 27, 1996).

        (ii)*   Form of option agreement (Incorporated     
                by reference  to Exhibit  10.i(i)  to
                Registrant's  Annual   Report   on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the  fiscal  year  ended  December
                29, 1995).

        (iii)*  Form of restricted stock agreement
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.i(iii) to Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 27, 1996).

10.j*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc. 1992 Long-
                Term Incentive and Stock Option Plan  
                (Incorporated by reference to 
                (Exhibit 10(j) to Registrant's  Annual   
                Report on Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  
                for the  fiscal  year  ended  December
                25, 1992).

       (i)*     Amendment dated as of February 4, 1997
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.j(i)  to  Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 27, 1996).

10.k*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc. and 
                Subsidiaries  1997  Key Management  
                Incentive  Bonus  Plan dated as of 
                January 1997.

10.l*           Stock Option and Valuation Rights 
                Agreement dated as of March  21,  
                1994,  between Fingerhut  Companies,   
                Inc. and Ronald N. Zebeck, as amended
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10.l   to   Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 29, 1995).
            
          (i)*  Amendment dated as of October  24,
                1996  (Incorporated  by  reference
                to   Exhibit  10.d(i)  to   Metris
                Companies Inc.'s Annual Report  on
                Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-12351)
                for    the   fiscal   year   ended
                December 31, 1996.)

10.m*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc. Directors'  
                Retainer  Stock Deferral  Plan  
                (Incorporated by reference  to  
                Exhibit   10.m   to Registrant's  
                Annual Report on Form  10-K  
                (File No. 1-8668)  for the  fiscal  
                year  ended  December 31, 1993).

10.n            Amended  and Restated Revolving  Credit  
                and  Letter  of Credit   Facility  dated   
                as of September 16, 1996, among
                Fingerhut  Companies,  Inc., the
                Guarantors   party  thereto, the
                Lenders    party   thereto,  the
                Issuing  Banks party thereto,  The
                Chase    Manhattan    Bank,     as
                Administrative      Agent      and
                NationsBank,  N.A.,  as   Co-Agent
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10.n   to   Registrant's
                Quarterly  Report  on  Form   10-Q
                (File  No. 1-8668) for the  fiscal
                quarter   ended   September    27,
                1996).

10.o*           Fingerhut Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan.

10.p            Revolving Credit and Letter of Credit 
                Facility Agreement dated as of September
                16,  1996  among Metris  Companies
                Inc.,  the Lenders party  thereto,
                the  Issuing Banks party  thereto,
                and  The Chase Manhattan Bank,  as
                Administrative Agent (Incorporated  
                by   reference   to Exhibit  10.s to 
                Metris  Companies Inc.'s  Registration 
                Statement  on Form S-1 (No. 333-10831)).

10.q*           Metris Companies Inc. Long-Term Incentive  
                and Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.h   to
                Metris   Companies   Inc.   Annual
                Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
                12351)  for the fiscal year  ended
                December 31, 1996).

          (i)*  Form     of    option    agreement
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit    10.h(i)    to    Metris
                Companies  Inc. Annual  Report  on
                Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-12351)
                for    the   fiscal   year   ended
                December 31, 1996).

10.r            Indenture dated as of September 15,   
                1996 between Fingerhut  Companies,   
                Inc. and First Bank, National Association,
                as trustee (Incorporated   by
                reference to Ex. 4.1 to
                Registrant's Registration
                Statement  on Form S-4  (No.  333-
                15491)).

10.s            Purchase Agreement dated as of June 15,   
                1992, relating  to $60,500,000 of  8.92%
                Senior Unsecured Notes, Series  A,
                due  June 15, 2002 and $14,500,000
                of  8.92% Senior Unsecured  Notes,
                Series   B,  due  June  15,   2004
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit   10(s)  to   Registrant's
                Quarterly  Report  on  form   10-Q
                (File  No. 1-8668) for the  fiscal
                quarter ended June 26, 1992).

          (i)   First   Amendment Agreement dated   
                as of June 17,  1994.  This document 
                is being omitted  from filing  pursuant  to
                Instruction  2  to  Item  601   of
                Regulation S-K.

          (ii)  Second Amendment dated as of October 30,  
                1995. This  document  is  being  omitted
                from     filing    pursuant     to
                Instruction  2  to  Item  601   of
                Regulation S-K.

          (iii) Fourth Amendment dated as of August 14,   
                1996 (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.s(iii) to Registrant's
                Quarterly  Report  on  Form   10-Q
                (File  No  1-8668) for the  fiscal
                quarter   ended   September    27,
                1996).

10.t            Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1,   
                1993, relating to the sale of
                $45,000,000   of   6.83%    Senior
                Unsecured  Notes,  Series  C,  due
                August  1,  2000 (Incorporated  by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.t   to
                Registrant's Quarterly  Report  on
                Form  10-Q  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the    fiscal    quarter    ending
                September 24, 1993).

        (i)     First Amendment Agreement dated as  
                of June 17,  1994.  This document is being
                omitted  from filing  pursuant  to
                Instruction  2  to  Item  601   of
                Regulation S-K.

        (ii)    Second Amendment Agreement dated as of 
                October  30, 1995.    This  document  is  
                being omitted  from filing  pursuant  to
                Instruction  2  to  Item  601   of
                Regulation S-K.

        (iii)   Fourth Amendment Agreement dated as of 
                August  14, 1996.    This  document  is  
                being omitted  from filing  pursuant  to
                Instruction  2  to  Item  601   of
                Regulation S-K.

10.u*           Fingerhut Corporation Pension Excess Plan-
                1996 Revision (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit   10.u   to   Registrant's
                Annual  Report on Form 10-K  (File
                No.  1-8668)  for the fiscal  year
                ended December 27, 1996).

10.v*           Fingerhut Corporation Profit Sharing Excess 
                Plan-1996 Revision (Incorporated by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.v   to
                Registrant's  Annual   Report   on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the      fiscal     year     ended
                December 27, 1996).

10.w*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc. Supplemental    
                Executive Retirement  Plan (Incorporated  by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.w   to
                Registrant's  Annual   Report   on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the      fiscal     year     ended
                December 29, 1995).

        (i)*    First  Amendment to  the Fingerhut Companies,  
                Inc. Supplemental Executive  Retirement
                Plan.

10.x*           Fingerhut  Companies, Inc.  Nonemployee  
                Director Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.x   to
                Registrant's  Annual   Report   on
                Form  10-K  (File No. 1-8668)  for
                the  fiscal  year  ended  December
                29, 1995).

10.y            Co-Brand   Credit  Card  Agreement
                dated  as  of  October  31,   1996
                between    the   Registrant    and
                Fingerhut              Corporation
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.k to Metris  Companies
                Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-2351)   for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1996).

10.z            Extended  Service  Plan  Agreement
                dated  as  of  October  31,   1996
                between    the   Registrant    and
                Fingerhut              Corporation
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.l to Metris  Companies
                Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-2351)   for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1996).

10.aa           Database  Access  Agreement  dated
                as  of  October 31,  1996  between
                the   Registrant   and   Fingerhut
                Corporation    (Incorporated    by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.m   to
                Metris   Companies  Inc.'s  Annual
                Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
                2351)  for  the fiscal year  ended
                December 31, 1996).

10.bb           Administrative Services  Agreement
                dated  as  of  October  31,   1996
                between    the   Registrant    and
                Fingerhut     Companies,      Inc.
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.n to Metris  Companies
                Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-2351)   for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1996).

10.cc           Tax Sharing Agreement dated as  of
                October   31,  1996  between   the
                Registrant      and      Fingerhut
                Companies,  Inc. (Incorporated  by
                reference  to  Exhibit   10.o   to
                Metris   Companies  Inc.'s  Annual
                Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
                2351)  for  the fiscal year  ended
                December 31, 1996).

10.dd           Registration   Rights    Agreement
                dated  as  of  October  31,   1996
                between    the   Registrant    and
                Fingerhut     Companies,      Inc.
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.p to Metris  Companies
                Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-2351)   for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1996).

10.ee           Data  Sharing Agreement  dated  as
                of   October   31,  1996   between
                Fingerhut  Corporation and  Direct
                Merchants   Credit   Card    Bank,
                National               Association
                (Incorporated  by   reference   to
                Exhibit  10.q to Metris  Companies
                Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  10-K
                (File   No.  001-2351)   for   the
                fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
                1996).

10.ff           Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of
                January     12,    1997    between
                Fingerhut  Receivables,  Inc.,  as
                Buyer,  and  Fingerhut  Companies,
                Inc.,  as Seller (Incorporated  by
                reference  to  Exhibit   4(f)   to
                Fingerhut    Receivables,     Inc.
                Registration Statement on Form  S-
                1 (File No. 333-4559).


Other Exhibits

11              Computation of Earnings per Share

13              Pages 15 to 47 of the 1997 Annual     
                Report to Shareholders.  The 1997  
                Annual Report shall not be deemed  
                to  be filed  with the Commission  
                except to  the extent that information 
                is specifically  incorporated  herein
                by  reference.   Exhibit  13  also
                includes   a  financial  statement
                schedule,      and     independent
                auditors'  report  thereon,   that
                was  not  part of the 1997  Annual
                Report.

21              Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23              Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

27              Financial Data Schedules for fiscal year ended
                December 26, 1997; restated for fiscal years ended
                December 29, 1995 and December 27, 1996 and the 
                fiscal quarters ended March 29, 1996, June 28, 1996
                and September 27, 1996; and restated for fiscal 
                quarters ended March 28, 1997, June 27, 1997 and
                September 27, 1997.

99              Cautionary  Statement Regarding Forward  Looking
                Statements
______
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required
to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.



                              
                                
                                
Exhibit 10.d                                
                                
                    FINGERHUT CORPORATION            
             PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
                                

                        Table of Contents

                                                             Page

 ARTICLE 1. DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE                            1
   1.2. Plan Description.                                      1
   1.1. Plan Name.                                             1
   1.3. Plan Background.                                       1
   1.4. Plan Purposes.                                         2
 ARTICLE 2. ELIGIBILITY                                        3
   2.1. Eligibility Requirements.                              3
   2.2. Transfer Among Participating Employers.                3
   2.3. Multiple Employment.                                   3
   2.4. Reentry.                                               4
   2.5. Condition of Participation.                            4
   2.6. Termination of Participation.                          4
 ARTICLE 3. CONTRIBUTIONS                                      5
   3.1. Pre-Tax Contributions.                                 5
   3.2. Matching Contributions.                                6
   3.3. Voluntary Contributions.                               7
   3.4. Profit Sharing Contributions.                          7
   3.5. Rollovers and Transfers.                               8
   3.6. Corrective Contributions.                              9
 ARTICLE 4. ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION                            10
   4.1. Establishment of Accounts.                            10
   4.2. Valuation and Account Adjustment.                     10
   4.3. Allocations Do Not Create Rights.                     11
 ARTICLE 5. PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTION                  12
   5.1. Establishment of Investment Funds.                    12
   5.2. Contribution Investment Directions.                   12
   5.3. Transfer Among Investment Funds.                      13
   5.4. Investment of Matching Account in Fingerhut Stock.    13
   5.5. Investment Direction Responsibility Resides With
   Participants.                                              13
   5.6. Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees.                   14
 ARTICLE 6. WITHDRAWALS DURING EMPLOYMENT AND LOANS           15
   6.1. Hardship Withdrawals.                                 15
   6.2. Withdrawals After Attaining Age 59-1/2.               16
   6.3. Other Withdrawals from Voluntary Account, Rollover
   Account and Profit Sharing Account.                        16
   6.4. Rules for Withdrawals.                                18
   6.5. No Plan Loans.                                        18
 ARTICLE 7. VESTING AND FORFEITURES                           19
   7.1. Vesting.                                              19
   7.2. Forfeiture Upon Distribution.                         19
   7.3. Other Forfeitures.                                    20
   7.4. Reallocation of Forfeitures.                          20
 ARTICLE 8. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER TERMINATION                   22
   8.1. Time and Form of Distribution.                        22
   8.2. Beneficiary Designation.                              25
   8.3. Assignment, Alienation of Benefits.                   26
   8.4. Payment in Event of Incapacity.                       26
   8.5. Payment Satisfies Claims.                             27
   8.6. Disposition if Distributee Cannot be Located.         27
   8.7. Direct Rollovers and Transfers.                       27
 ARTICLE 9. CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS                          28
   9.1. Pre-Tax Contribution Dollar Limitation.               28
   9.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations.               28
   9.3. Actual Contribution Percentage Limitations.           31
   9.4. Multiple Use Limitation.                              33
   9.5. Earnings on Excess Contributions.                     35
   9.6. Aggregate Defined Contribution Limitations.           35
   9.7. Aggregate Defined Contribution/Defined Benefit
   Limitations.                                               37
   9.8. Administrator's Discretion.                           38
 ARTICLE 10. SERVICE RULES                                    39
   10.1. Computation Period.                                  39
   10.2. Eligibility Service.                                 39
   10.3. Vesting Service.                                     39
   10.4. Hour of Service.                                     39
   10.5. One-Year Break in Service.                           42
   10.6. Loss of Service.                                     43
   10.7. Pre-Acquisition Service.                             43
   10.8. Transition from Elapsed Time.                        44
 ARTICLE 11. ADOPTION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION              45
   11.1. Adoption by Affiliated Organizations.                45
   11.2. Authority to Amend and Procedure.                    45
   11.3. Authority to Terminate and Procedure.                46
   11.4. Vesting Upon Termination, Partial Termination or
   Discontinuance of Contributions.                           46
   11.5. Distribution Following Termination, Partial Termination
   or Discontinuance of Contributions.                        46
 ARTICLE 12. DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATIONS    47
   12.1. Account.                                             47
   12.2. Active Participant.                                  47
   12.3. Administrator.                                       47
   12.4. Affiliated Organization.                             47
   12.5. Board.                                               47
   12.6. Beneficiary.                                         48
   12.7. Code.                                                48
   12.8. Company.                                             48
   12.9. Disabled.                                            48
   12.10. Effective Date.                                     48
   12.11. Eligible Earnings.                                  48
   12.12. Employee.                                           49
   12.13. Fingerhut Stock.                                    49
   12.14. Fund.                                               49
   12.15. Governing Law.                                      49
   12.16. Headings.                                           49
   12.17. Highly Compensated Employee.                        49
   12.18. Matching Account.                                   50
   12.19. Matching Contributions.                             50
   12.20. Normal Retirement Date.                             51
   12.21. Number and Gender.                                  51
   12.22. Participant.                                        51
   12.23. Participating Employer.                             51
   12.24. Plan.                                               51
   12.25. Plan Rule.                                          51
   12.26. Plan Year.                                          51
   12.27. Pre-Tax Contribution Account.                       51
   12.28. Pre-Tax Contributions.                              51
   12.29. Profit Sharing Account.                             51
   12.30. Profit Sharing Contributions.                       51
   12.31. Qualified Employee.                                 52
   12.32. Rollover Account.                                   52
   12.33. Section 415 Wages.                                  52
   12.34. Spousal Consent.                                    53
   12.35. Termination of Employment.                          53
   12.36. Testing Wages.                                      54
   12.37. Treasury Regulations.                               54
   12.38. Trust.                                              54
   12.39. Trustee.                                            54
   12.40. Voluntary Contributions.                            55
   12.41. Voluntary Account.                                  55
 ARTICLE 13. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN                           56
   13.1. Administrator, Named Fiduciary.                      56
   13.2. Compensation and Expenses.                           56
   13.3. Plan Rules.                                          56
   13.4. Administrator's Discretion.                          56
   13.5. Indemnification.                                     57
   13.6. Benefit Claim Procedure.                             57
   13.7. Correction of Errors.                                58
 ARTICLE 14. MISCELLANEOUS                                    59
   14.1. Merger, Consolidation, Transfer of Assets.           59
   14.2. Limited Reversion of Fund.                           59
   14.3. Top-Heavy Provisions.                                60
   14.4. No Employment Rights Created.                        64
   14.5. Special Provisions.                                  64
   14.6. USERRA.                                              64
   
                      FINGERHUT CORPORATION
             PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

                             ARTICLE
                               1.
                     DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE
                                
1.1. Plan Name.
     
The name of the Plan is the "Fingerhut Corporation Profit Sharing
and 401(k) Savings Plan."

1.2. Plan Description.
     
The   Plan  is  a  profit  sharing  plan  providing  for  Pre-Tax
Contributions   pursuant  to  a  qualified   cash   or   deferred
arrangement, with Matching Contributions and discretionary Profit
Sharing  Contributions by Participating Employers.  The  Plan  is
intended to qualify under Code section 401(a) and to satisfy  the
requirements of Code sections 401(k) and 401(m).  Notwithstanding
the  designation  of  the  Plan  as  a  profit  sharing  plan,  a
Participating  Employer may make contributions to the  Plan  even
though it has no current or accumulated earnings and profits.

1.3. Plan Background.
     
          (A)  The Plan was originally established, effective January 15,
          1960, by Wiman Manufacturing Co. and, effective as of March 28,
          1969, sponsorship of the Plan was assumed by the Company.
          Effective July 3, 1976, the Plan was amended and restated to
          comply with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income
          Security Act of 1974.
          
          (B)  For purposes of incorporating Plan amendments adopted after
          1976, to conform the Plan document with the requirements of the
          Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, the Deficit
          Reduction Act of 1984 and the Retirement Equity Act of 1984 and
          to make certain other administrative changes to the Plan, the
          Plan was amended and restated to read as set forth in the 1985
          Revision.
          
          (C)  In order to conform with the requirements of the Tax Reform
          Act of 1986, the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988
          and rulings and regulations issued subsequent to the adoption of
          the 1985 Revision of the Plan and to incorporate into a single
          Plan document amendments to the 1985 Revision of the Plan, the
          Plan was amended and restated to read as set forth in the 1989
          Revision.

          (D)  Effective generally as of July 1, 1997, the Plan was amended
          and restated to add a qualified cash or deferred arrangement
          under Code section 401(k), to change the name of the Plan to the
          "Fingerhut Corporation Profit Sharing and 401(k) Savings Plan,"
          to add a Matching Contribution in the form of Fingerhut Stock, to
          eliminate Voluntary Contributions, to comply with changes in
          applicable law, to make certain other miscellaneous changes and
          to incorporate into a single Plan document amendments to the 1989
          Revision of the Plan.
          
1.4. Plan Purposes.
     
The purposes of the Plan are to promote effort and cooperation on
the part of Active Participants; to provide a measure of economic
security to Active Participants by accumulating contributions for
distribution upon retirement, as a supplement to other  resources
then available; and to permit Active Participants to share in the
profits and growth of their Participating Employer.


                             ARTICLE
                               2.
                           ELIGIBILITY
                                
2.1. Eligibility Requirements.
     
          (A)  Each Employee who was eligible to participate in the Plan on
          June 30, 1997 will continue to be eligible to participate in the
          Plan on July 1, 1997 if he or she continues to be a Qualified
          Employee.
          
          (B)  An Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan:
          
               (1)  for the purpose of having a rollover or transfer made on 
               his or her behalf pursuant to Section 3.4, on the date on which 
               he or she first completes an Hour of Service of the type 
               specified at Section 10.4(A)(1) as a Qualified Employee, and
               
               (2)  for the purposes of having Pre-Tax and Matching
               Contributions made on his or her behalf pursuant to Sections 3.1
               and 3.2 and being eligible to share in the allocation of Profit
               Sharing Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3, on the later of
               (a) the day on which he or she attains age 21 and (b) the last
               day of the first Eligibility Service Computation Period during
               which he or she completes one year of Eligibility Service, if he
               or she is a Qualified Employee on the date on which he or she
               would otherwise be eligible to participate; provided, however,
               that any Employee hired prior to July 1, 1997 is not subject to
               the requirement that he or she attain age 21 to be eligible to
               participate in the Plan.
               
          (C)  If an Employee or former Employee has satisfied the age and
          service requirements set forth in Subsection (B)(2) but is not a
          Qualified Employee on the day on which he or she would otherwise
          be eligible to participate in the Plan, he or she will become
          eligible to participate as of the first following day on which he
          or she performs an Hour of Service of the type specified at
          Section 10.4(A)(1) as a Qualified Employee.
          
          (D)  Notwithstanding Subsection (B)(2), in conjunction with an
          acquisition, the Company's Board may specify a special entry date
          for those Qualified Employees with respect to whom pre-
          acquisition service is taken into account pursuant to Section
          10.7.
          
2.2. Transfer Among Participating Employers.
     
A  Participant who transfers from one Participating  Employer  to
another  Participating  Employer as  a  Qualified  Employee  will
participate  in  the  Plan for the Plan  Year  during  which  the
transfer  occurs  on  the basis of his or her  separate  Eligible
Earnings for the Plan Year from each such Participating Employer.

2.3. Multiple Employment.
     
A  Participant  who  is simultaneously employed  as  a  Qualified
Employee   with   more  than  one  Participating  Employer   will
participate  in  the  Plan as a Qualified Employee  of  all  such
Participating  Employers on the basis  of  his  or  her  separate
Eligible Earnings from each such Participating Employer.

2.4. Reentry.
     
An  Active Participant who ceases to be a Qualified Employee will
be  eligible to resume active participation in the Plan as of the
first  following  day  on which he or she completes  an  Hour  of
Service  of  the  type  specified  at  Section  10.4(A)(1)  as  a
Qualified Employee.

2.5. Condition of Participation.
     
Each   eligible   Qualified   Employee,   as   a   condition   of
participation,  is bound by all the terms and conditions  of  the
Plan  and  must  furnish  to  the  Administrator  such  pertinent
information and execute such instruments as the Administrator may
require.

2.6. Termination of Participation.
     
A  Participant will cease to be such as of the later of the  date
on which

                    (a)  he or she ceases to be a Qualified Employee, or
                         
                    (b)  all benefits, if any, to which he or she is entitled 
                    under the Plan have been distributed.
                         
                             ARTICLE
                               3.
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
                                
3.1. Pre-Tax Contributions.
     
          (A)  Subject to the limitations of Article IX, for each Plan Year
          the Participating Employer of each Active Participant will make
          Pre-Tax Contributions to the Trust on behalf of the Participant
          in the amount by which the Participant's Eligible Earnings have
          been reduced in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this
          section.  Pre-Tax Contributions will be paid to the Trustee as
          soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the
          Participant would have received the Eligible Earnings but for the
          Participant's election pursuant to this section, but in no event
          later than the fifteenth business day of the month following the
          month in which the Participant would have received the Eligible
          Earnings but for his or her election pursuant to this section.
          
          (B)   Except as provided in Subsection (C),  an  Active
          Participant's Eligible Earnings will be reduced in accordance
          with the following rules:
          
               (1)  An Active Participant may elect to reduce his or her
               Eligible Earnings by any one percent increment from one percent
               to a maximum of eight percent, and the percentage so elected 
               will automatically apply to his or her Eligible Earnings as 
               adjusted from time to time.  Plan Rules may, however, specify 
               a lower maximum percentage for Active Participants who are 
               Highly Compensated Employees.
               
               (2)  In conjunction with an Active Participant's entering or
               reentering the Plan pursuant to Article II, reduction of his or
               her Eligible Earnings will begin as soon as administratively
               practicable after the Administrator or the Administrator's
               designate receives the Active Participant's complete and 
               accurate election.  The election must be made in accordance 
               with and is subject to Plan Rules.
               
               (3)  An Active Participant may elect to change the percentage
               rate at which his or her Eligible Earnings will be reduced. The
               election must be made in accordance with and is subject to Plan
               Rules.  The election will become effective as soon as 
               administratively practicable after the date on which the
               Administrator or the Administrator's designate receives a
               complete and accurate election.

               (4)  An Active Participant may elect to suspend Eligible 
               Earnings reductions.  The election must be made in accordance 
               with and is subject to Plan Rules.  The election will become 
               effective as soon as administratively practicable after the 
               date on which the Administrator or the Administrator's designate
               receives a complete and accurate election. Eligible Earnings 
               reductions for any Active Participant who makes a hardship 
               withdrawal pursuant to Section 6.1 will be automatically 
               suspended for the 12-month period beginning on the date of 
               the withdrawal distribution.
               
               (5)  An Active Participant whose Eligible Earnings reductions
               have ceased by reason of automatic or voluntary suspension may,
               after the end of the suspension period, resume Eligible Earnings
               reductions in accordance with clause (3).
               
          (C)  Eligible Earnings reductions will be made in accordance with
          Plan Rules. If any election or notice made by an Active
          Participant in such manner as provided by the Administrator is
          not processed on a timely basis or if, for any reason, an Active
          Participant's Eligible Earnings are not reduced in accordance
          with his or her election, no retroactive adjustments will be made
          to take into account the effect of any such delay or failure.
          Plan Rules may, however, permit an Active Participant to elect to
          reduce his or her Eligible Earnings payable during any remaining
          portion of the Plan Year in which the delay or failure occurred
          at more than the otherwise applicable percentage to adjust for
          the effect of such delay or failure so long as the total
          reductions for the Plan Year do not exceed the applicable maximum
          percentage  or limitations of Article IX.   No  Pre-Tax
          Contributions will be made on behalf of a Participant with
          respect to a period during which he or she is not an Active
          Participant.
          
3.2. Matching Contributions.
     
          (A)
          
               (1)  Subject to Subsection (D) and the limitations of Article 
               IX, for each Plan Year the Participating Employer of each 
               Active Participant will make a Matching Contribution on behalf 
               of the Participant in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 
               50 percent of the Pre-Tax Contributions made by the 
               Participating Employer on the Participant's behalf for the 
               Plan Year and (b) one and one-half percent of the 
               Participant's Eligible Earnings from the Participating 
               Employer for the Plan Year.
               
          (B)  A Participating Employer's Matching Contributions for a Plan
          Year will be paid to the Trustee on such date or dates during or
          following such Plan Year as the Participating Employer may elect
          but in no case more than 12 months after the end of the Plan
          Year.
          
          (C)  Matching Contributions will be made in the form of cash.
          
          (D)  No Matching Contributions will be made with respect to any
          portion of an Active Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions that is
          distributed to the Participant pursuant to Article IX; provided
          that for this purpose unmatched Pre-Tax Contributions will be
          deemed to be returned to the Participant first.  If the
          Administrator determines that any Matching Contributions that
          have been added to a Participant's Matching Account should not
          have been added by reason of this subsection, the contributions
          will be subtracted from such Account as soon as administratively
          practicable after the determination and will be applied to
          satisfy  the Matching Contribution obligations  of  the
          Participating  Employer that made the  excess  Matching
          Contributions  for the Plan Year in which  such  excess
          contributions were made.  If, because of the passage of time, the
          excess cannot be applied to satisfy the Participating Employer's
          Matching Contribution obligations for the Plan Year in which the
          excess contribution was made, the excess will, subject to the
          limitations of Article IX, be allocated, in the discretion of the
          Administrator
          
               (1)  among the Matching Accounts of all Active Participants 
               who made Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year as Qualified
               Employees of the Participating Employer as if it were an
               additional Matching Contribution by the Participating Employer
               for such Plan Year, or
               
               (2)  as a corrective contribution pursuant to Section 3.6.
               
3.3. Voluntary Contributions.
     
Effective  July 1, 1997, Voluntary Contributions  are  no  longer
permitted under this Plan.

3.4. Profit Sharing Contributions.
     
          (A)  Each Participating Employer may, but is not required to,
          make a Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year in an
          amount, if any, determined by the Participating Employer's Board.
          
          (B)  To be eligible to share in a Participating Employer's Profit
          Sharing Contribution for a particular Plan Year, a Participant
          must have entered the Plan as a Participant for the purpose of
          being eligible to share in the allocation of the Profit Sharing
          Contribution for the Plan Year, received Eligible Earnings for
          the Plan Year from the Participating Employer with respect to a
          period during which he or she was an Active Participant employed
          by the Participating Employer and either -
          
               (1)  completed at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan 
               Year and been employed with an Affiliated Organization on 
               the last day of the Plan Year, or
               
               (2)  terminated employment during the Plan Year
               
                    (a)  at or after his or her Normal Retirement Date,
                         
                    (b)  on account of his or her death, or
                         
                    (c)  on account of his or her becoming Disabled;
                    provided, that this condition will be applied only
                    once  with  respect  to a Participant,  such  sole
                    application  being made for the Plan  Year  during
                    which this clause first applies and the conditions
                    under clause (1) are not satisfied.

          (C)  Subject to the limitations of Article IX, each eligible
          Participant will receive an allocation of  his  or  her
          Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution in the same
          proportion as his or her Eligible Earnings for the Plan Year
          bears to the total Eligible Earnings for the Plan Year of all
          Participants eligible to receive an allocation  of  the
          Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for the Plan
          Year.
          
          (D)  A Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for a
          Plan Year, if any, will be paid to the Trustee on such date or
          dates during or following the Plan Year as the Participating
          Employer may elect but in no case later than 12 months after the
          end of the Plan Year.
          
3.5. Rollovers and Transfers.
     
          (A)  An Active Participant may, with the prior consent of the
          Administrator, contribute to the Trust, in a direct rollover
          pursuant to Code section 401(a)(31) or within 60 days of receipt,
          
               (1)  the balance of an individual retirement account to which 
               the only contributions have been one or more "eligible rollover
               distributions," within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4),
               from a plan qualified under Code section 401(a), or
               
               (2)  an eligible rollover distribution from such a qualified
               plan.
               
          (B)  With the prior consent of the Administrator, the accounts
          under another plan qualified under Code section 401(a) of an
          Active Participant may be transferred directly to the Trust.
          Other than in connection with an acquisition, such a transfer
          will not be permitted if, as a result of the transfer, the Plan
          would be required to provide any option with respect to the form
          or time of distribution or any other right, benefit or feature
          not available under the Plan prior to the transfer.
          
          (C)   Other than in connection with an acquisition, any
          contribution or transfer to the Trust pursuant to Subsection (A)
          or (B) must be made in cash and will be credited to the Active
          Participant's Rollover Account.
          
3.6. Corrective Contributions.
     
For  any Plan Year a Participating Employer may contribute to the
Matching  Contribution  Accounts or Profit  Sharing  Accounts  of
Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees,  or
any  group of such Active Participants, such amounts as it  deems
advisable  to  assist the Plan in satisfying the requirements  of
Sections  9.2,  9.3 and 9.4, or any other requirement  under  the
Code or Treasury Regulations, for such Plan Year.  Subject to the
limitations  of Article IX, such contributions will be  allocated
among   the   Matching  Contribution  Accounts  of  such   Active
Participants in proportion to the Pre-Tax Contributions  made  on
their  behalf  for  the  Plan Year and to  their  Profit  Sharing
Accounts  in proportion to their Eligible Earnings for  the  Plan
Year.   Each such contribution will be treated, for all  purposes
of  the Plan, in the same manner as other contributions allocated
to the same Account.


                             ARTICLE
                               4.
                     ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION
                                
4.1. Establishment of Accounts.
     
The  following  Accounts will be established and  maintained  for
each Participant:

                    (a)  A Pre-Tax Account, to which there will be credited 
                         any Pre-Tax Contributions made on the Participant's 
                         behalf;
                         
                    (b)  A Matching Account, to which there will be credited 
                         any Matching Contributions made on the Participant's 
                         behalf;
                         
                    (c)  A Profit Sharing Account, to which there will be 
                         credited any Profit Sharing Contributions made on 
                         the Participant's behalf;
                         
                    (d)  A Voluntary Account to which there will be credited 
                         any Voluntary Contributions made by the Participant; 
                         and
                         
                    (e)  A Rollover Account, to which there will be credited 
                         any rollover or trust-to-trust transfers made by or 
                         on behalf of the Participant.
                         
One  or  more  additional  accounts may be  established  for  any
Participant  or  group  of  similarly  situated  Participants  in
connection  with  the merger of another plan into  the  Plan,  in
which  case   provisions of the Plan applicable  solely  to  such
Accounts  will  be  set  forth on  an  exhibit  to  the  Plan  in
accordance with Section 14.5.

4.2. Valuation and Account Adjustment.
     
          (A)  Subject to Subsection (B), Participants' Accounts will be
          separately adjusted on a daily basis in a uniform and equitable
          manner to reflect income, expense, gains and losses of the Fund
          as well as contributions, withdrawals and distributions.
          
          (B)  Participants' Matching Accounts will be accounted for in a
          uniform and equitable manner on the basis of the number of full
          and fractional shares of Fingerhut Stock credited to the
          Accounts.  Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in Article 8
          with respect to distributions of Matching Account balances in the
          form of cash, Participants' Matching Accounts will not be
          adjusted for the appreciation or depreciation in the value of
          Fingerhut Stock, such appreciation or depreciation being
          automatically reflected by the fair market value of shares of
          Fingerhut Stock credited to the Accounts.
          
4.3. Allocations Do Not Create Rights.
     
The  fact that amounts are added to the Accounts of a Participant
does not vest in the Participant any right, title or interest  in
or  to  any  portion of the Fund except at the time or times  and
upon  the  terms and conditions expressly set forth in the  Plan.
Notwithstanding any addition to an Account, the issuance  of  any
statement or the distribution of all or any portion of an Account
balance,  the Administrator may cause the Account to be  adjusted
to  the  extent  necessary to correct any error in such  Account,
whether  caused by a misapplication of any provision of the  Plan
or  otherwise, and may recover from any distributee the amount of
any excess distribution.  Any such adjustment will be made within
a reasonable time after the error is discovered.

                             ARTICLE
                               5.
                PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTION
                                
5.1. Establishment of Investment Funds.
     
          (A)  In order to allow each Participant to determine the manner
          in which his or her Accounts will be invested, the Trustee will
          maintain, within the Trust, three or more separate investment
          funds of such nature and possessing such characteristics as the
          Administrator may specify from time to time.  Each Participant's
          Accounts will be invested in the investment funds in the
          proportions directed by the Participant in accordance with the
          procedures set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3.  The Administrator
          may, from time to time, establish additional investment funds or
          eliminate any existing investment fund.
          
         (B)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
         contrary, the Administrator may suspend Participant investment
         activity (including such activity in connection with the
         withdrawals and distributions) in any or all investment funds, or
         impose special rules or restrictions of uniform application, for
         a period determined by the Administrator to be necessary in
         connection with

               (1)  the establishment or termination of any investment fund,
               
               (2)  the receipt by the Trustee from, or transfer by the Trustee
               to, another trust of account balances in connection with an
               acquisition or divestiture or otherwise,

               (3)  a change of Trustee or investment manager, or

              (4)  such other circumstances determined by the Administrator as
              making such suspension or special rules or restrictions necessary
              or appropriate.

5.2. Contribution Investment Directions.
     
          (A)  In conjunction with his or her enrollment in the Plan, a
          Participant must direct the manner in which contributions to his
          or her Accounts, other than his or her Matching Account, will be
          invested among the investment funds maintained pursuant to
          Section 5.1.  The direction must be made in accordance with and
          is subject to Plan Rules.  To the extent a Participant fails to
          direct the investment of contributions to his or her Accounts,
          the contributions will be invested in accordance with Plan Rules.
          
          (B)  A Participant may direct a change in the manner in which
          future contributions to his or her Accounts, other than his or
          her Matching Account, will be invested among the investment funds
          maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.  The direction must be made
          in accordance with and is subject to Plan Rules and will be
          effective as soon as administratively practicable after the date
          on which the Administrator or the Administrator's designate
          receives the direction from the Participant.

          (C)  Plan Rules will include procedures pursuant to which
          Participants are provided with the opportunity to obtain written
          confirmation of investment directions made pursuant to this
          Section.

5.3. Transfer Among Investment Funds.
     
          (A)  A Participant may direct the transfer of his or her Accounts
          other than his or her Matching Account among the investment funds
          maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.  The direction must be made
          in accordance with and is subject to Plan Rules and will be
          effective on or as soon as administratively practicable after the
          date on which the Administrator or the Administrator's designate
          receives the direction from the Participant.
          
          (B)  Plan Rules will include procedures pursuant to which
          Participants are provided with the opportunity to obtain written
          confirmation of investment directions made pursuant to this
          section.

          (C)  Plan Rules may impose uniform limitations and restrictions
          applicable to transfers into and out of specific investment
          funds.

5.4. Investment of Matching Account in Fingerhut Stock.
     
          (A)  A Participant's Matching Account will be invested in
          Fingerhut Stock.
          
          (B)  Cash dividends paid on Fingerhut Stock credited to a
          Participant's Matching Account will be used to acquire additional
          shares of Fingerhut Stock which will be credited to the Account.

          (C)  Each Participant will be provided with the opportunity to
          direct the manner in which shares of Fingerhut Stock credited to
          his or her Matching Account as of the record date of any
          stockholder action will be voted in connection with such action.
          In the event of a public tender or exchange offer for shares of
          Fingerhut Stock, each Participant will be entitled to direct
          whether or not the shares of Fingerhut Stock credited to the
          Participant's Matching Account will be tendered or exchanged.
          The voting decisions relating to Fingerhut stock for which
          Participants have failed to provide direction shall be directed
          by the Employee Benefits Advisory Committee or its successor.
          Voting, tender or exchange decisions will be effected in
          accordance with applicable provisions of the Trust and Plan Rules
          that are consistent with the provisions of the Trust.

5.5. Investment    Direction    Responsibility    Resides    With
     Participants.
     
Neither  any Affiliated Organization, the Administrator  nor  the
Trustee   has   any  authority,  discretion,  responsibility   or
liability  with  respect  to  a Participant's  selection  of  the
investment  funds or other directed investments in which  his  or
her  Accounts will be invested, the entire authority,  discretion
and  responsibility  for, and any results  attributable  to,  the
selection being that of the Participant.

5.6. Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees.
     
Solely  for  purposes  of  this article, the  term  "Participant"
includes  the  Beneficiary  of  a  deceased  Participant  and  an
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order within
the  meaning of Code section 414(p) unless otherwise provided  in
such order, but only after

              (1)  the Administrator has determined the identity of the
              Beneficiary and the amount of the Account balance to which he 
              or she is entitled in the case of a Beneficiary of a deceased
              Participant, or
               
              (2)  the Administrator has, in accordance with Plan Rules, made 
              a final determination that the order is a qualified domestic
              relations order and all rights to contest such determination in 
              a court of competent jurisdiction within the time prescribed by
              Plan Rules have expired or been exhausted in the case of an
              alternate payee.

                             ARTICLE
                               6.
             WITHDRAWALS DURING EMPLOYMENT AND LOANS
                                
6.1. Hardship Withdrawals.
     
          (A)  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4, a Participant who
          is an Employee may withdraw from his or her Pre-Tax Account an
          amount not in excess of the portion of his or her Pre-Tax Account
          balance consisting of Pre-Tax Contributions.  In addition, a
          Participant who is an Employee may withdraw an amount not in
          excess of the vested portion of his or her Matching Account or
          Profit Sharing Account.  Such withdrawal(s) will be made only if
          the  Administrator or its designate determines that the
          distribution is made on account of an immediate and heavy
          financial need of the Participant and is necessary to satisfy
          such financial need.
          
          (B)  A distribution will be deemed to be made on account of an
          immediate and heavy financial need only if it is determined by
          the Administrator or its designate to be on account of:

               (1)  expenses for medical care, described in Code section 
               213(d), incurred or to be incurred by the Participant, 
               the Participant's spouse or the Participant's dependent 
               (as described in Code section 152);
               
              (2)  costs directly related to the purchase (excluding 
              mortgage payments) of a principal residence of the Participant;

              (3)  payment of tuition, related educational expenses and room
              and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary
              education for the Participant or his or her spouse, child or
              other dependent;

              (4)  payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
              Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure 
              of the mortgage on the Participant's principal residence; or

              (5)  other hardships identified in Treasury Regulations.

          (C)  A distribution will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy the
          immediate and heavy financial need only if the Administrator or
          its designate determines that each of the following requirements
          is satisfied.
          
               (1)  The distribution is not in excess of the sum of the amount
               of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant
               plus, if elected by the Participant, the amount necessary to 
               pay any federal, state or local taxes or penalties that the
               Participant will incur in connection with the distribution, as
               estimated by the Administrator in accordance with Plan Rules.
               
               (2)  The Participant has received all withdrawals and has taken
               all nontaxable loans available under the Plan and all other
               qualified plans maintained by any Affiliated Organization.

               (3)  All Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and all elective
               deferrals and after-tax employee contributions by or on behalf 
               of the Participant under any other qualified or nonqualified 
               plan of deferred compensation maintained by any Affiliated 
               Organization are suspended for a period of 12 months following 
               the date of the distribution.

               (4)  For the Participant's taxable year following the taxable
               year during which he or she receives the distribution, the 
               amount of elective deferrals under any qualified plan 
               maintained by any Affiliated Organization (including 
               Pre-Tax Contributions pursuant to the Plan) that may be 
               made on the Participant's behalf under Code section 402(g) 
               is or will be reduced by the sum of such elective deferrals 
               made on the Participant's behalf for the taxable year during 
               which he or she receives the distribution.

          (D)  The Administrator's determination of the existence of a
          Participant's financial hardship and the amount that may be
          withdrawn to satisfy the need created by such hardship will be
          made in accordance with Treasury Regulations, and is final and
          binding on the Participant.  The Administrator may require the
          Participant to make representations and certifications concerning
          his or her entitlement to a withdrawal pursuant to this section
          and  is  entitled  to rely on such representations  and
          certifications unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to
          the contrary.  The Administrator is not obligated to supervise or
          otherwise verify that amounts withdrawn are applied in the manner
          specified in the Participant's withdrawal application.
          
6.2. Withdrawals After Attaining Age 59-1/2.
     
          (A)  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4, a Participant who
          is an Employee and has attained age 59 may withdraw all or any
          portion of the vested balance of his or her Accounts.
          
          (B)  Withdrawals pursuant to this section will be charged first
          to the Participant's Voluntary Account, then to the Rollover
          Account, then to the Pre-Tax Account, then to the vested portion
          of the Participant's Matching Account and then to the vested
          portion of the Participant's Profit Sharing Account.

6.3. Other  Withdrawals from Voluntary Account, Rollover  Account
     and Profit Sharing Account.
     
     Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4, a Participant  who
     is  an  Employee  may  withdraw a  portion  of  his  or  her
     Voluntary  Account,  Rollover  Account  and  Profit  Sharing
     Account, subject to the following:
     
                    (a)  The Participant's Voluntary Account balance, if any, 
                    will be charged with the total amount requested, to the 
                    extent such amount does not exceed the amount then 
                    credited to the Participant's Voluntary Account.
                         
                   (b)  If the requested withdrawal exceeds the amount that 
                   can be charged against the Participant's Voluntary 
                   Account, and the Participant has a balance in his or her 
                   Rollover Account, the Participant's Rollover Account 
                   will be charged with the amount by which the requested 
                   withdrawal exceeds the Participant's Voluntary Account 
                   balance, to the extent such excess does not exceed the 
                   amount then credited to the Participant's Rollover
                   Account.

                  (c)  If the requested withdrawal exceeds the amount that 
                  can be charged against his or her Voluntary Account and 
                  his or her Rollover Account, then the Participant's Profit 
                  Sharing Account will be charged with the amount by which 
                  the requested withdrawal exceeds his or her Voluntary 
                  Account and Rollover Account balances.  The amount that 
                  may be withdrawn from the Participant's Profit Sharing 
                  Account may not exceed the lesser of:

                         (i)  the amount by which the lesser of the amount 
                         set forth at (A) or (B), below, exceeds the aggregate 
                         gross amount of all previous withdrawals made by 
                         the Participant from his or her Profit Sharing 
                         Account:
                              
                              (A)  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the
                                   vested  percentage of  his  or
                                   her Profit Sharing Account;
                                   
                              (B)  twenty-five percent  (25%)  of
                                   the    Participant's    Profit
                                   Sharing   Account   plus   the
                                   aggregate gross amount of  all
                                   previous withdrawals made from
                                   the    Participant's    Profit
                                   Sharing Account.
                                   
                         (ii) If the Participant has been participating under 
                         the Plan for less than five years, an amount such 
                         that, after the withdrawal, the remaining balance in 
                         the Participant's Profit Sharing Account is not less 
                         than the aggregate amount of contributions credited 
                         to his or her Profit Sharing Account during the two-
                         year period ending on the date on which the 
                         withdrawal payment is made.
                              
6.4. Rules for Withdrawals.
     
          (A)  An application for withdrawal must be made in accordance
          with and is subject to Plan Rules.
          
          (B)  A withdrawal from a particular Account will be made on a pro
          rata basis among all investment funds in which the Account is
          invested.

          (C)  With respect to withdrawals under Section 6.3, only one
          withdrawal may be made during any Plan Year.

          (D)  The minimum amount of any withdrawal is $200.

          (E)  Withdrawal distributions will be made by check drawn on the
          Trust as soon as administratively practicable after the
          Administrator's determination that a Participant is entitled to
          receive the withdrawal distribution and will be based on the
          balance of the Participant's Accounts as of the close of business
          on the day before the day on which the distribution is made,
          provided that on and after the date on which the Administrator
          has announced to Participants that Fingerhut stock may be
          distributed "in kind" and at the election of the Participant, a
          withdrawal distribution from the Participant's Matching Account
          will be made in full shares of Fingerhut Stock, with cash in lieu
          of any fractional share.

          (F)  The provisions of Section 8.7(A) apply to any withdrawal
          distribution that constitutes an eligible rollover distribution
          within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4).

          (G)  All Voluntary Contributions and all Fund earnings or losses
          with respect thereto will be treated as a separate contract under
          the Plan for purposes of Code section 72(d) and such
          contributions and earnings or losses will be separately accounted
          for in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations.  Insofar
          as the Plan permitted Participants to effect in-service
          withdrawals from their Voluntary Accounts on May 5, 1986,
          notwithstanding Subsection (A) all withdrawals from such Accounts
          pursuant to this Section 6.3 will be deemed to be made first from
          the Participant's investment in the contract as of December 31,
          1986, and second, from the above-referenced separate section
          72(d) contract.

6.5. No Plan Loans.
     
     Loans to Participants are not permitted under the Plan.

                             ARTICLE
                               7.
                     VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                                
7.1. Vesting.
     
          (A)  Each Participant, at all times, has a fully vested
          nonforfeitable interest in his or her Pre-Tax Account, Voluntary
          Account and Rollover Account.
          
          (B)  A Participant will acquire a fully vested nonforfeitable
          interest in his or her Matching Account and Profit Sharing
          Account upon attaining his or her Normal Retirement Date while he
          or she is an Employee.
          
          (C)  A Participant will acquire a fully vested nonforfeitable
          interest in his or her Matching Account and Profit Sharing
          Account if he or she dies or becomes Disabled while he or she is
          an Employee.
 
          (D)  A Participant whose employment terminates prior to his or
          her Normal Retirement Date other than by reason of his or her
          death or becoming Disabled will acquire a vested nonforfeitable
          interest in his or her Matching Account and Profit Sharing
          Account to the extent provided in the following schedule:

                                          Vested
                  Years of Vesting       Interest
                  Service
                                       
                  Less Than One Year          0%
                  One Year                   25%
                  Two Years                  50%
                  Three Years                75%
                  Four or More Years        100%

7.2. Forfeiture Upon Distribution.
     
          (A)  If the entire vested balance of a Participant's Accounts is
          distributed not later than the last day of the second Plan Year
          following the Plan Year during which his or her employment
          terminates, and if the amount of such distribution was not more
          than $3500 or the distribution was made with the Participant's
          consent, the nonvested portion of the Participant's Matching
          Account and Profit Sharing Account will, at the time of such
          distribution, be forfeited.  A Participant who has no vested
          interest in his or her Profit Sharing Account at termination of
          employment will be deemed to have received a distribution of the
          entire vested balance in such Account upon such termination.
          
         (B)  If a Participant described in Subsection (A) (1) received a
         distribution of less than the entire balance of his or her
         Accounts, (2) resumes employment with a Participating Employer as
         a Qualified Employee, and (3) repays to the Trustee the full
         amount distributed (excluding the portion of the distribution, if
         any, attributable to his or her Voluntary Account) before the
         earlier of (a) five years following the date of reemployment as a
         Qualified Employee or (b) the date on which he or she incurs five
         consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service following the
         distribution, the amount of any forfeitures pursuant to
         Subsection (A) will be restored to the Participant's Matching
         Account and Profit Sharing Account, unadjusted for any changes in
         Fund value occurring after the distribution.  The restoration
         will be made from forfeitures that arise for the Plan Year for
         which the restoration is to be made.  To the extent such
         forfeitures are insufficient for such purpose, the Participating
         Employer with whom the Participant was last employed as a
         Qualified Employee prior to resumption of employment will
         contribute the amount required to restore the Account.  A
         Participant described in the last sentence of Subsection (A) who
         is reemployed prior to incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks
         in Service following the distribution will be deemed to have
         repaid his or her deemed distribution upon his or her
         reemployment as a Qualified Employee.

7.3. Other Forfeitures.
     
         (A)  Except as provided in Section 7.2, the nonvested portion of
         a Participant's Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account will
         continue to be held in a subaccount until the Participant incurs
         five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, at which time the
         subaccount balance will be forfeited.  If the Participant resumes
         employment with an Affiliated Organization prior to incurring
         five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the subaccount will
         be  disregarded and its balance will be included in the
         Participant's Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account
         balances.
          
         (B)  A Participant's vested interest in his or her Profit Sharing
         Account and Matching Account balances following a resumption of
         employment in accordance with the last sentence of Subsection (A)
         at any given time will not be less than the amount "X" determined
         by the formula: X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D), where P is the
         Participant's vested percentage at the time of determination; AB
         is the Account balance at the time of determination; D is the
         amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the Account
         balance at the time of determination, to the balance immediately
         following the distribution.

7.4. Reallocation of Forfeitures.
     
All  forfeitures occurring under this article in a Plan Year will
be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year as follows:

             (a)  The forfeitures will first be applied to restore the
                  Matching Account and Profit Sharing Accounts of Participants 
                  as provided in Section 7.2(B);
                         
             (b)  Subject to Section 13.2 any remaining forfeitures will be
                  used by the Trustee to pay those Plan expenses designated 
                  by the Administrator; and

             (c)  Any remaining forfeitures (including forfeitures of
                  Participants' Matching Accounts) will be allocated to the 
                  Profit Sharing Accounts of those Participants (i) employed 
                  with the Participating Employer with whom the Participant 
                  whose Profit Sharing Account was forfeited was last 
                  employed and (ii) eligible to share in the Participating 
                  Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for the Plan Year.  
                  The allocations will be made in the same manner as the 
                  Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for 
                  the Plan Year is allocated or would have been allocated 
                  had it been made.

                             ARTICLE
                               8.
                 DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER TERMINATION
                                
8.1. Time and Form of Distribution.
     
          (A)  Following a Participant's termination of employment, the
          Trustee will distribute to the Participant or, if the Participant
          has died, to his or her Beneficiary, the aggregate vested balance
          of  the Participant's Accounts.  The amount of any such
          distribution made in the form of a lump sum payment will be equal
          to the net proceeds from the liquidation of the vested balance of
          the Accounts in connection with the distribution.  Subject to the
          remaining subsections of this section and Section  8.7,
          distribution will be made in accordance with the following
          provisions-
          
               (1)  If the aggregate vested balance of the Participant's
               Accounts at the time of the distribution is not more than $3500,
               distribution to the Participant, or the Participant's 
               Beneficiary in the case of his or her death, will be made in 
               the form of a lump sum payment as soon as administratively 
               practicable following the Participant's termination of 
               employment.  This clause will not apply, however, if the 
               aggregate vested balance of the Participant's Accounts 
               exceeded $3500 at the time of any previous distribution to 
               the Participant.
               
               (2)  If clause (1) does not apply, distribution to the
               Participant will be made in the form of a lump sum payment, 
               non-periodic payments or installment payments as elected by 
               the Participant in accordance with the provisions of this 
               Section 8.1 and Plan Rules.  The distribution will be made 
               or commence, according to the Participant's election 
               (made in accordance with Plan Rules), on or as soon as 
               administratively practicable after such date as the 
               Participant specifies, but not later than the date specified 
               under Subsection (C) unless the Participant elects to defer 
               the distribution in the manner described in Subsection (B).

               (3)  Subject to clause (1) above, any distribution to the
               Participant's Beneficiary will be made at such time or times 
               and in such manner as the Beneficiary elects in accordance 
               with Subsection (E).

              (4)  All distributions will be made by delivery of a check 
              drawn on the Trust; provided that at the election of the 
              Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, the number 
              of full shares of Fingerhut Stock credited to a 
              Participant's Matching Account immediately before the 
              distribution will be distributed in kind, with cash in 
              lieu of any fractional share
          
          (B)  Subject to the provisions of the other subsections of this
          section, a Participant described in Subsection (A)(2) may elect
          to defer commencement of his or her distribution under the Plan
          by providing the Administrator a written, signed statement
          indicating in which of the available forms the benefit will be
          paid and specifying the date on which the payment is to be made
          or commence, provided, such date may not be later than April 1 of
          the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age 70.  Such deferral election must be
          provided not later than the thirtieth day (or such later date as
          Plan Rules may allow) after the close of the Plan Year during
          which there occurs the later of the Participant's termination of
          employment or sixty-second birthday.  Plan Rules may permit a
          Participant to modify any such election in any manner determined
          by the Administrator to be consistent with Code section
          401(a)(14) and Treasury Regulations thereunder and the other
          provisions of this section.
          
          (C)  Except in the case of a Participant who has elected to defer
          his or her distribution pursuant to Subsection (B), distribution
          to the Participant will be made, or commence, not later than the
          sixtieth day following the close of the Plan Year during which
          there occurs the later of -
               
               (1)  the date of his or her termination of employment, or
               
               (2)  his or her sixty-second birthday.
          
          (D)  If a Participant described in Subsection (A)(2) elects to
          receive his or her distribution in the form of installment
          payments, such installments will be substantially equal in amount
          and will be made on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
          basis, for a period not extending beyond either the Participant's
          life expectancy or the life expectancy of the Participant and his
          or her Beneficiary; and, if the Participant's Beneficiary is not
          his or her spouse, the period over which such payments are to be
          made will be determined by reference to the applicable table of
          joint life expectancies set forth in Treasury Regulation section
          1.401(a)(9)-2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who
          is receiving installment payments may elect, in accordance with
          Plan Rules, to increase or decrease the amount of the installment
          payments or to receive a non-periodic payment of all or a portion
          of the Participant's remaining Account balances.  Prior to April
          1 of the calendar year following the calendar year during which
          he or she attains age 70, the Participant may elect, in writing
          to the Administrator, whether the life expectancies for the
          Participant and his or her spouse are to be recalculated on an
          annual basis for purposes of determining the amount of each
          installment payment hereunder.  Any such election will become
          irrevocable as of the date specified above.  If no such election
          is made, the life expectancies of the Participant and his or her
          spouse will not be recalculated.  Distribution in the form of
          installment payments will be made on a pro rata basis among the
          Accounts and investment funds in which the Accounts are invested.
          
         (E)  Subject to Subsection (A)(1), if a Participant dies before
         receiving the full amount to which he or she is entitled, the
         amount remaining will be distributed to the Participant's
         Beneficiary at such time or times and in such manner as the
         Beneficiary elects (subject to and in accordance with Plan
         Rules), subject, however to the following rules:
               
               (1)  If the Participant dies after the April 1 of the calendar
               year following the calendar year during which he or she has both
               attained age 70 and terminated employment, distribution will be
               made to the Beneficiary at a rate that would result in the
               benefit being distributed at least as rapidly as if distribution
               were made at the same rate as was in effect immediately prior to
               the Participant's death.  If the Participant is a "5-percent
               owner" subject to the provisions of Subsection (F), then he or
               she shall be treated as having terminated employment upon
               attaining age 70.
               
               (2)  If the Participant dies before April 1 of the calendar year
               following the calendar year during which he or she attains age
               70, distribution will, at the Beneficiary's election, be made
               either -
                    
                    (a)  in a lump sum payment no later than December 31 of the
                         calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of 
                         the date of the Participant's death, or
                         
                    (b)  in installments, commencing no later than December 31 
                    of the calendar year immediately following the calendar 
                    year in which the Participant died (unless the Beneficiary 
                    is the Participant's spouse, in which case payments will 
                    begin no later than such date specified above or 
                    December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant 
                    would have attained age 70 if he or she had lived), and 
                    being paid over a period not exceeding the Beneficiary's 
                    remaining life expectancy, (as determined on the basis 
                    of the Beneficiary's age as of the date on which payments 
                    are required to commence under this clause (2) and, if 
                    the Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse, as 
                    redetermined on an annual basis if so elected by such 
                    surviving spouse).
                
          A Beneficiary's election with respect to the time
          and  manner  in  which  any  amount  remaining  at  the
          Participant's death will be distributed must be made no
          later than the earlier of the dates set forth in clause
          2(a)  and (b) above, and is irrevocable following  such
          date.   If  the Beneficiary fails to make  an  election
          under  clause  (2), distribution will be  made  in  the
          manner   set   forth   at  clause   (2)(a).    If   the
          Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and dies  after
          the  Participant's  death but before  distributions  to
          such spouse have commenced, the foregoing rules will be
          applied   as   if   the  surviving  spouse   were   the
          Participant,   including  the   substitution   of   the
          surviving  spouse's date of death for the Participant's
          date   of   death;   provided,  that  the   alternative
          commencement date in clause (2)(b) relating to the date
          on which the Participant would have attained age 70 had
          he or she lived will not be available.

          (F)  Notwithstanding Subsection (C), distribution to  a
          Participant who is a "5-percent owner," within the meaning of
          Code section 416, must be made or commenced not later than April
          1 of the calendar year following the calendar year during which
          he or she attains age 70, whether or not the Participant has
          terminated employment, as if he or she had terminated employment.
          Any contribution allocated to the account of a 5-percent owner
          who has attained age 70 will be distributed (or distribution will
          be commenced subject to Subsection (G)) not later than the last
          day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which such
          allocation was made.
          
         (G)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
         contrary, distributions will be made in accordance with
         regulations issued under Code section 401(a)(9), including
         Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-2, and any provisions of
         the Plan reflecting Code section 401(a)(9) takes precedence over
         any distribution options in the Plan that are inconsistent with
         Code section 401(a)(9).

8.2. Beneficiary Designation.
     
          (A)  (1)       Each Participant may designate, on a form provided
               by the Administrator, one or more persons to be primary
               Beneficiaries or alternative Beneficiaries for all or a 
               specified fractional part of his or her aggregate Accounts 
               and may change or revoke any such designation from time to 
               time.  No such designation, change or revocation will be 
               effective unless executed by the Participant and received 
               by the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.  
               Except as provided in Subsection (B), no such change or 
               revocation will require the consent of any person.
               
               (2)  If a Participant

                    (a)  fails to designate a Beneficiary, or
                         
                    (b)  revokes a Beneficiary designation without 
                    naming another Beneficiary, or

                    (c)  designates as Beneficiaries one or more 
                    persons none of whom survives the Participant,
                    for  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Participant's
                    Accounts,  such  Accounts  or  portion   will   be
                    distributed  to the first class of  the  following
                    classes of automatic Beneficiaries that includes a
                    member surviving the Participant:

                    Participant's spouse;
                    Participant's issue, per stirpes and not per capita;
                    Participant's parents;
                    Participant's brothers and sisters;
                    Representative of Participant's estate.

               (3)   When  used in this  section  and,
               unless  the designation otherwise specifies,  when
               used  in a Beneficiary designation:  the term "per
               stirpes"  means  in  equal  shares  among   living
               children  and  the  issue (taken collectively)  of
               each  deceased  child, with such issue  taking  by
               right of representation; "children" means issue of
               the   first  generation;  and  "issue"  means  all
               persons who are descended from the person referred
               to,  either by legitimate birth or legal adoption.
               The  automatic Beneficiaries specified above  and,
               unless  the  designation otherwise specifies,  the
               Beneficiaries designated by the Participant,  will
               become  fixed  as  of the Participant's  death  so
               that,  if  a  Beneficiary survives the Participant
               but  dies  before the receipt of all payments  due
               such  Beneficiary, any remaining payments will  be
               made  to  the representative of such Beneficiary's
               estate.  Any designation of a Beneficiary by  name
               that   is   accompanied  by   a   description   of
               relationship  or only by statement of relationship
               to  the  Participant  will be  effective  only  to
               designate the person or persons standing  in  such
               relationship   to   the   Participant    at    the
               Participant's death.

          (B)  Notwithstanding Subsection (A), no designation of a
          Beneficiary other than the Participant's spouse will be effective
          unless such spouse consents to the designation.  Any such consent
          will be effective only with respect to the Beneficiary or class
          of Beneficiaries so designated and only with respect to the
          spouse who so consented.
          
8.3. Assignment, Alienation of Benefits.
     
          (A)  Except as required under a qualified domestic relations
          order or by the terms of any loan from the Trust, no benefit
          under the Plan may in any manner be anticipated, alienated, sold,
          transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or charged, and any
          attempt to do so will be void.  No benefit under the Plan may in
          any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
          liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled to such
          benefit.
          
          (B)  To the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations
          order, distribution of benefits assigned to an alternate payee by
          such order may be distributed to the alternate payee prior to the
          Participant's earliest retirement age in the form of a lump sum
          payment.  The terms "qualified domestic relations order,"
          "alternat payee" and "earliest retirement age" have the meanings
          given in Code section 414(p).

8.4. Payment in Event of Incapacity.
     
If  any person entitled to receive any payment under the Plan  is
physically,  mentally  or  legally  incapable  of  receiving   or
acknowledging receipt of the payment, and no legal representative
has  been appointed for such person, the Administrator in his  or
her  discretion  may  (but  is not required  to)  cause  any  sum
otherwise payable to such person to be paid to any one or more as
may  be  chosen  by  the Administrator from  the  following:  the
Beneficiaries, if any, designated by such person, the institution
maintaining  such person, a custodian for such person  under  the
Uniform  Transfers to Minors Act of any state  or  such  person's
spouse,  children,  parents  or  other  relatives  by  blood   or
marriage.   Any such payment completely discharges all  liability
under the Plan to the extent of the payment.

8.5. Payment Satisfies Claims.
     
Any  payment  to  or  for the benefit of any  Participant,  legal
representative  or Beneficiary in accordance with the  provisions
of  the  Plan  will, to the extent of such payment,  be  in  full
satisfaction of all claims against the Trustee, the Administrator
and  all  Affiliated Organizations, any of whom may  require  the
payee to execute a receipted release as a condition precedent  to
such payment.

8.6. Disposition if Distributee Cannot be Located.
     
If  the  Administrator  is  unable to  locate  a  Participant  or
Beneficiary  to  whom  a distribution is due,  the  Participant's
Accounts will continue to be held in the Fund until such time  as
the  Administrator has located the Participant or Beneficiary  or
the  Participant  or  Beneficiary makes a proper  claim  for  the
benefit,  as  the case may be; provided, that, any  Accounts  not
claimed  within the period prescribed by applicable escheat  laws
will be paid to such governmental authorities, in such manner, as
is specified in such laws.

8.7. Direct Rollovers and Transfers.
     
          (A)  To the extent a distribution is an "eligible rollover
          distribution," within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4), the
          Administrator will, if so instructed by the distributee in
          accordance with Plan Rules, direct the Trustee to make the
          distribution to an "eligible retirement plan," within the meaning
          of Code section 402(c)(8).  The foregoing provision will not
          apply (1) if the aggregate taxable distributions to be made to
          the distributee during the calendar year are less than $200 or
          (2) if less than the entire taxable amount of the distribution is
          to be distributed to the eligible retirement plan, and the amount
          to be distributed to the eligible retirement plan is less than
          $500.
          
        (B)  The Company may direct the Trustee to transfer the balance
        of any or all of the Accounts of a Participant to the trustee of
        any other plan, provided
               
               (1)  the other plan is qualified under Code section 401(a),
               
               (2)  the other plan satisfies the requirements set forth in 
               Code sections 401(k) and 411(d)(6) with respect to the 
               transferred Accounts to which such requirements are 
               applicable, and

               (3)  the trustee is willing to accept such transfer.
                             
                             ARTICLE
                               9.
                    CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS
                                
9.1. Pre-Tax Contribution Dollar Limitation.
     
The aggregate amount of Pre-Tax Contributions and other "elective
deferrals"  (within  the meaning of the Code  section  402(g)(3))
under  any  other  qualified plan maintained  by  any  Affiliated
Organization  with respect to a Participant for any taxable  year
of  the  Participant may not exceed $7000 (automatically adjusted
for  increases in the cost of living in accordance with  Treasury
Regulations).  The limitation for any Participant who received  a
hardship  distribution  under Section  6.1  will,  for  the  year
following  the  year  in  which such distribution  was  made,  be
reduced  as  provided  in Section 6.1(C)(4).   If  the  foregoing
limitation  is exceeded for any taxable year of the  Participant,
the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator
of  such excess and the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions in excess
of  the  limitation, increased by Fund earnings or  decreased  by
Fund  losses attributable to the excess determined in  accordance
with  Section 9.5, will be distributed to the Participant.   Such
distribution   may  be  made  at  any  time  after   the   excess
contributions are received, but not later than April  15  of  the
taxable  year following the taxable year to which such limitation
relates.   The amount distributed to a Participant who  has  made
elective  deferrals for the taxable year other than  pursuant  to
Section 3.1 will, to the extent of such other elective deferrals,
be  determined in accordance with written allocation instructions
received by the Administrator from the Participant not later than
March  1  of  the  taxable year following the taxable  year  with
respect to which the Pre-Tax Contributions were made.

9.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations.
     
          (A)  Notwithstanding Section 3.1, for any Plan Year, Pre-Tax
          Contributions may be made on behalf of Active Participants who
          are Highly Compensated Employees only if the requirements of Code
          section 401(k)(3), as set forth in Subsection (B) are satisfied.
          To the extent deemed necessary by the Administrator in order to
          comply with such requirements, the Administrator may, in
          accordance with Plan Rules, prospectively decrease the rate at
          which a Participant's Eligible Earnings will be reduced.
          
(B)
               (1)  The requirements of Code section 401(k)(3) will be 
               satisfied for any Plan Year if, for that Plan Year, the 
               Plan satisfies the requirements of Code section 410(b)(1) 
               with respect to "eligible employees" and either of the 
               following tests.
               
                    (a)  The "actual deferral percentage" for eligible 
                    employees who are Highly Compensated Employees is 
                    not more than the product of the actual deferral 
                    percentage for all other eligible employees, multiplied 
                    by one and one-quarter.
                         
                    (b)  The excess of the actual deferral percentage for 
                    eligible employees who are Highly Compensated Employees 
                    over the actual deferral percentage for all other 
                    eligible employees is not more than two percentage 
                    points and the actual deferral percentage for eligible 
                    employees who are Highly Compensated Employees is not 
                    more than the product of the actual deferral percentage of 
                    all other eligible employees, multiplied by two.
               
                (2)  For purposes of this section,
               
                    (a)  "eligible employee" means an Active Participant who 
                    is eligible to have Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or 
                    her behalf for the Plan Year in question or would be so 
                    eligible but for a suspension imposed under Section 
                    6.1(C)(3); and
                         
                   (b)  "actual deferral percentage," with respect to the 
                   group of eligible employees who are not Highly Compensated 
                   Employees, is the average of the ratios, calculated 
                   separately for each eligible employee in such group, 
                   of the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf 
                   of the eligible employee for the preceding Plan Year, 
                   to the eligible employee's Testing Wages for the preceding 
                   Plan Year, or the portion of the Plan Year during
                   which he or she was an eligible employee, as specified in 
                   Plan Rules.  If the Company so elects, the actual deferral 
                   percentage for the eligible employees who are not Highly 
                   Compensated Employees may be determined on the basis of the 
                   Plan Year's group of eligible employees and their Pre-Tax 
                   Contributions and Testing Wages for the Plan Years.  
                   Except for the 1998 Plan Year, the Company may not 
                   convert to use of the prior Plan Year data without IRS 
                   consent.  The actual deferral percentage with respect
                   to the group of eligible employees who are Highly 
                   Compensated Employees is the average of the ratios, 
                   calculated separately for each eligible employee in 
                   such group, of the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions 
                   made on behalf of the eligible employee for the
                   Plan Year, to the eligible employee's Testing Wages 
                   for the Plan Year.  In computing the actual deferral 
                   percentage, the following general rules apply.
                         
                         (i)  Any Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of 
                         an eligible employee who is not a Highly Compensated 
                         Employee that are in excess of the limitation of 
                         Section 9.1 will be excluded.
                              
                         (ii) Any Pre-Tax Contributions that are distributed 
                         to the eligible Employee pursuant to Section 9.6(C) 
                         will be excluded.

                         (iii)     Except as otherwise provided in Treasury 
                         Regulations, Pre-Tax Contributions taken into account 
                         in determining the actual contribution percentage 
                         under Section 9.3(B)(2) will be excluded.

                         (iv) To the extent determined by the Administrator, 
                         all or any portion of the Matching Contribution for 
                         the Plan Year on behalf of all or any similarly 
                         situated group of eligible employees will be included.

                        (v)  Elective contributions under any other plan that 
                        is aggregated with this Plan to satisfy the 
                        requirements of Code section 410(b) will be included.

                        (vi) To the extent required by Treasury Regulations, 
                        elective contributions made under any other qualified 
                        cash or deferred arrangement of a qualified plan of 
                        any Affiliated Organization on behalf of any eligible 
                        employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be 
                        included.
          
          (C)  If, for any Plan Year, the requirements of Subsection (B)
          are not satisfied, the Administrator will determine the amount by
          which Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of each eligible
          employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year
          exceeds the permissible amount as determined under Subsection
          (B).  The determination will be made by successively decreasing
          the rate of Eligible Earnings reductions for Highly Compensated
          Employees who, during the Plan Year, had the greatest percentage
          of Eligible Earnings reductions made on their behalf, to the next
          lower percentage, then again decreasing the percentage of such
          Highly Compensated Employees' Eligible Earnings reductions,
          together with the percentage of Eligible Earnings reductions of
          such Highly Compensated Employees who were already at such lower
          percentage, to the next lower percentage, and continuing such
          procedure for as many percentage decreases as the Administrator
          deems necessary.  The Administrator may, in his or  her
          discretion, make such reductions in any amount, in lieu of one
          percent increments.
          
          (D)  At such time as the Administrator specifies following the
          last day of the Plan Year for which the determination described
          in Subsection (B) is made, but in no case later than the last day
          of the following Plan Year, the excess determined pursuant to
          Subsection (C) will be corrected by taking either or both of the
          following steps.
               
               (1)  The aggregate amount of excess Pre-Tax Contributions so
               determined, increased by Fund earnings or decreased by Fund
               losses attributable to such excess as determined under Section
               9.5, will be returned to Highly Compensated Employees.  The
               amount to be returned to Highly Compensated Employees pursuant 
               to the foregoing sentence with respect to any Plan Year will 
               be reduced by the portion of the amount, if any, distributed
               pursuant to Section 9.1 that is attributable to Pre-Tax
               Contributions that relate to such Plan Year, determined by
               assuming that Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of the limitation
               described in Section 9.1 for a given taxable year are the first
               contributions made for a Plan Year falling within such taxable
               year.  Additional amounts to be returned shall be determined by
               successively decreasing the amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions
               for the Highly Compensated Employees who, during the Plan Year,
               had the largest amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made on their
               behalf, down to the next lower amount, and continuing such
               procedure until an amount equal to the aggregate amount of 
               excess Pre-Tax Contributions has been removed from the Pre-Tax
               Contribution Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees.
               
               (2)  The Participating Employer will make an additional
               contribution for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.7.
          
          (E)  To the extent required or permitted by Treasury Regulations,
          the Administrator will or may, as the case may be, apply the
          limitations described in this section separately to each group of
          eligible employees who are included in a unit of employees
          covered by a collective bargaining agreement and those who are
          not included or are included in a different unit.
          
9.3. Actual Contribution Percentage Limitations.
     
          (A)  Notwithstanding Section 3.2, for any Plan Year, Matching
          Contributions may be made on behalf of Active Participants who
          are Highly Compensated Employees with respect to that Plan Year
          only to the extent that either of the following tests is
          satisfied.
          
               (1)  The "actual contribution percentage" for "eligible
               employees" who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more 
               than the product of the actual contribution percentage for 
               all other eligible employees, multiplied by one and 
               one-quarter.
               
               (2)  The excess of the actual contribution percentage for
               eligible employees who are  Highly Compensated Employees over 
               the actual contribution percentage for all other eligible 
               employees is not more than two percentage points and the 
               actual contribution percentage for Highly Compensated 
               Employees is not more than the product of the actual 
               contribution percentage for all other eligible employees, 
               multiplied by two.
          
           (B)  For purposes of this section,
          
               (1)  "eligible employee" means an Active Participant who is
               eligible to make Voluntary Contributions or to have Matching
               Contributions made on his or her behalf for the Plan Year in
               question or would have been so eligible if he or she had elected
               to make Pre-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year, or but for a
               suspension imposed pursuant to Section 3.1(B)(6) or 3.3(B)(4),
               and
               
               (2)  the "actual contribution percentage" with respect to either
               of the two groups of eligible employees referenced above, is the
               average of the ratios, calculated separately for each eligible
               employee in the particular group, of the aggregate amount of
               Matching Contributions made on behalf of and Voluntary
               Contributions made by the eligible employee for the Plan Year, 
               to the Employee's Testing Wages for the Plan Year, or the 
               portion of the Plan Year during which he or she was an 
               eligible employee, as specified in Plan Rules.  In computing 
               the "actual contribution percentage" the following rules apply.
                    
                    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations,
                         Matching Contributions taken into account in 
                         determining the actual deferral percentage under 
                         Section 9.2(B)(2)(b) will be excluded.
                         
                    (b)  Matching Contributions taken into account for 
                         purposes of the minimum contribution required by 
                         Section 14.3(A) will be excluded.

                    (c)  Any Matching Contributions forfeited pursuant to 
                         Section 9.6(C) will be excluded.

                    (d)  To the extent determined by the Administrator, 
                         all or any portion of the Pre-Tax Contributions 
                         for the Plan Year on behalf of eligible employees 
                         will be included.

                    (e)  Matching contributions (within the meaning of Code 
                         section 401(m)(4)(A)) and after-tax Contributions 
                         made under any other plan that is aggregated with 
                         this Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code section 
                         410(b) will be included.

                    (f)  To the extent required by Treasury Regulations, 
                         matching contributions (within the meaning of Code 
                         section 401(m)(4)(A)) and after-tax contributions 
                         made under any other qualified plan of any Affiliated 
                         Organization on behalf of or by any eligible employee 
                         who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be included.
          
          (C)  If, for any Plan Year, the requirements of Subsection (A)
          are not satisfied, the Administrator will determine the amount by
          which Voluntary Contributions made by each Highly Compensated
          Employee  for the Plan Year and, if necessary, Matching
          Contributions made on behalf of each Highly Compensated Employee
          for the Plan Year exceeds the permissible amount as determined
          under Subsection (A), such determination being made in accordance
          with the procedure described in Section 9.2(C) with respect to
          reductions of Eligible Earnings.
          
          (D)  At such time as the Administrator specifies on or following
          the last day of the Plan Year for which the determination
          described in Subsection (B) is made, but in no case later than
          the last day of the following Plan Year, the excess determined
          pursuant to Subsection (C) will be corrected by taking one or
          more of the following steps.
               
               (1)  The aggregate amount of excess Voluntary and Matching
               Contributions so determined with respect to Highly Compensated
               Employees, increased by Fund earnings or decreased by Fund 
               losses attributable to such excess as determined under Section 
               9.5, will be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees.  
               The amount to be distributed pursuant to the foregoing 
               sentence with respect to any Plan Year shall be determined 
               by successively decreasing the amount of Voluntary 
               Contributions and Matching Contributions for the Highly 
               Compensated Employees who, during the Plan Year, had
               the largest amount of Voluntary Contributions and Matching
               Contributions made on their behalf, down to the next lower
               amount, and continuing such procedure until an amount equal to
               the aggregate amount of excess Voluntary and Matching
               Contributions has been removed from the Voluntary Contribution
               and Matching Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees.
               
               (2)  The Participating Employer will make an additional
               contribution for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.5.
          
          (E)  To the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, the
          limitations described in this section do not apply to any group
          of eligible employees who are included in a unit of Employees
          covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
          
9.4. Multiple Use Limitation.
     
          (A)  This section applies for any Plan Year for which the sum of
          the actual deferral percentage, as determined under Section
          9.2(B)(2)(b), for eligible employees who are Highly Compensated
          Employees plus the actual contribution percentage, as determined
          under Section 9.3(B)(2), for eligible employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees, exceeds the "aggregate limit."  For
          purposes of this subsection, the aggregate limit is the greater
          of:
          
               (1)  The sum of:
               
                    (a)  the product of one and one-quarter, multiplied by the
                         greater of:
                         
                         (i)  the actual deferral percentage, as determined 
                         under Section 9.2(B)(2)(b), for the Plan Year for 
                         eligible employees who are not Highly Compensated 
                         Employees, or
                              
                         (ii) the actual contribution percentage, as 
                         determined under Section 9.3(B)(2), for the Plan 
                         Year for eligible employees who are not Highly 
                         Compensated Employees;
               
               plus

                    (b)  the sum of two percentage points plus the lesser of 
                         the actual deferral percentage determined under item 
                         (i) of clause (a) above or the actual contribution 
                         percentage determined under item (ii) of clause (a) 
                         above, with such sum in no case exceeding twice the 
                         lesser of such actual deferral percentage or actual
                         contribution percentage;
                         
          or

               (2)  The sum of:
               
                    (a)  the product of one and one-quarter, multiplied by 
                         the lesser of:
                         
                         (i)  the actual deferral percentage, as determined 
                              under Section 9.2(B)(2)(b), for the Plan Year 
                              for eligible employees who are not Highly 
                              Compensated Employees, or
                              
                         (ii) the actual contribution percentage, as 
                              determined under Section 9.3(B)(2), for the 
                              Plan Year for eligible employees who
                              are not Highly Compensated Employees;
               plus

                     (b)  the sum of two percentage points plus the greater 
                          of the actual deferral percentage determined under 
                          item (i) of clause (a) above or the actual 
                          contribution percentage determined under item (ii) 
                          of clause (a) above, with such sum in no case 
                          exceeding twice the lesser of such actual deferral 
                          percentage or actual contribution percentage.
                         
          (B)  If, for any Plan Year, the calculations under Subsection (A)
          require that this section be applied, the Administrator will
          determine the amount by which Matching Contributions made on
          behalf of each Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year
          causes the excess amount determined under Subsection (A), such
          determination being made in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 9.3(C).  At such time as the Administrator specifies on
          or following the last day of the Plan Year for which such
          determination is made, but in no case later than the last day of
          the following Plan Year, the excess will be corrected by taking
          any one or more of the steps described in Sections 9.2(D) and
          9.3(D).
          
          (C)  To the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, the
          limitations described in this section do not apply to any group
          of eligible employees who are included in a unit of employees
          covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

9.5. Earnings on Excess Contributions.
     
The   amount   of  Fund  earnings  or  losses  with  respect   to
contributions   returned  to  a  Participant  pursuant   to   the
provisions  of this article is an amount equal to the product  of
the  total  earnings or losses for the Participant's  Account  to
which  the excess contributions were credited for the Plan  Year,
multiplied  by a fraction, the numerator of which is  the  excess
amount of contributions made on the Participant's behalf to  such
Account  for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which  is  the
closing  balance of such Account for the Plan Year, decreased  by
the amount of earnings credited to that Account, or increased  by
the amount of losses debited to that Account, for the Plan Year.

9.6. Aggregate Defined Contribution Limitations.
     
          (A)  Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Plan, there
          will not be allocated to any Participant's Accounts for a Plan
          Year any amount that would cause the aggregate "annual additions"
          with respect to the Participant for the Plan Year to exceed the
          lesser of:
          
               (1)  $30,000 (or, if greater, one-fourth of the dollar 
               limitation in effect under Code section 415(b)(1)(A) for 
               the calendar year during which the Plan Year in question 
               begins); and
               
               (2)  25 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Wages 
               for the Plan Year.
          
          (B)  For purposes of Subsection (A), the "annual additions" with
          respect to a Participant for a Plan Year are the sum of -
          
               (1)  the aggregate amount of Pre-Tax, Matching, Voluntary and
               Profit Sharing Contributions and forfeitures allocated for the
               Plan Year to the Participant's Accounts under the Plan for the
               Plan Year (including any Pre-Tax Contributions, Matching
               Contributions and Voluntary Contributions that are distributed
               pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3 or 9.4, but excluding any Pre-Tax
               Contributions in excess of the limitation of Section 9.1 that 
               are distributed to the Participant by the April 15 following 
               the Plan Year to which such contributions relate) and employer 
               contributions, employee contributions and forfeitures allocated
               for the Plan Year to the Participant's accounts under the
               Fingerhut Corporation's Fixed Contribution Retirement Plan and
               any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by any
               Affiliated Organization; plus
               
               (2)  the amount, if any, attributable to post-retirement medical
               benefits that is allocated to a separate account for the
               Participant as a "key employee" (as defined in Section 14.3(C)),
               to the extent required under Code section 419A(d)(1).
          
          (C)
          
               (1)  If the Administrator determines that the limitation under
               Subsection (A) may otherwise be exceeded for a Plan Year, to 
               the extent necessary to prevent such excess from occurring, 
               the amount of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions will be
               prospectively reduced.
               
               (2)  If a further reduction of contributions is required, the
               amount of the Matching Contribution that would otherwise be
               allocated to the Participant's Matching Account will be reduced
               and then the amount of the Profit Sharing Contribution that 
               would otherwise be allocated to the Participant's Profit 
               Sharing Account will be reduced and the aggregate amount of 
               the Matching Contribution and Profit Sharing Contribution for 
               the Plan Year will be reduce by the same amount.

               (3)  If, in spite of such reductions and as a result of
               reasonable error in estimating the amount of the Participant's
               Eligible Earnings or Section 415 Wages for the Plan Year, a
               reasonable error in determining the amount of Pre-Tax
               Contributions or other elective deferrals within the meaning of
               Code section 402(g)(3) permitted under Code Section 415 or other
               circumstances specified in Treasury Regulations, the limitation
               would otherwise be exceeded, then, to the extent required to
               prevent such excess, the amount of Voluntary Contributions made
               by the Participant, together with earnings on such 
               contributions, will be returned to the Participant and then, 
               the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made for the Participant, 
               together with earnings on such contributions, will be 
               distributed to the Participant and any Matching Contributions 
               attributable to the amount so distributed, together with 
               earnings on such contributions,will be forfeited and applied 
               as provided in Section 3.2(D).

9.7. Aggregate Defined Contribution/Defined Benefit Limitations.
     
          (A)  In no event will the amount of a Participant's annual
          additions under the Plan for any Plan Year beginning before
          January 1, 2000 exceed an amount that would cause the decimal
          equivalent of the sum of the "defined benefit fraction" plus the
          "defined contribution fraction" to exceed one.
          
          (B)  The "defined benefit fraction" is a fraction, the numerator
          of which is the Participant's aggregate projected annual benefit
          under all qualified defined benefit pension plans maintained by
          any Affiliated Organization (determined as of the end of the Plan
          Year), and the denominator of which is the lesser of:
          
               (1)  125 percent of the maximum dollar benefit limitation in
               effect under Code section 415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year
               during which the Plan Year in question begins; and
               
               (2)  140 percent of the average Section 415 Wages of the
               Participant during the three consecutive Plan Years during which
               he or she was a Participant in any such defined benefit pension
               plan that produce the highest average.
          
          (C)  The "defined contribution fraction" is a fraction, the
          numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions with
          respect to the Participant for the Plan Year under this Plan and
          any other qualified defined contribution plans maintained by an
          Affiliated Organization, determined in the manner described in
          Section 9.6, and the denominator of which is the aggregate of the
          lesser of:
          
               (1)  125 percent of the maximum annual addition dollar limit in
               effect under Code section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year
               during which the Plan Year in question begins; and
               
               (2)  140 percent of 25 percent of the Participant's Section 415
               Wages for the Plan Year, 
               
               applied for all years during which the Participant was an 
               Employee, without regard to whether there was  a  qualified  
               defined  contribution  plan  in effect during all such years.

          (D)  If the annual additions that would otherwise be made with
          respect to a Participant for a Plan Year would cause the
          limitation of Subsection (A) to be exceeded, the Participant's
          benefit under one or more qualified defined benefit pension plans
          maintained by an Affiliated Organization will, to the extent
          provided in such plans, be reduced to the extent necessary to
          prevent such excess from occurring, and, if a sufficient
          reduction cannot be made under such plans, the provisions of
          Section 9.6(C) will be applied to reduce the amount of the annual
          additions to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan for such
          Plan Year to the extent necessary to prevent such excess.
          
9.8. Administrator's Discretion.
     
Notwithstanding  the foregoing provisions of  this  article,  the
Administrator may, in his or her discretion, apply the provisions
of  Sections 9.1 through 9.7 in any manner permitted by  Treasury
Regulations  that will cause the Plan to satisfy the  limitations
of   the   Code   incorporated  in   such   sections,   and   the
Administrator's  good  faith application of Treasury  Regulations
will be binding on all Participants and Beneficiaries.

                             ARTICLE
                               10.
                          SERVICE RULES
                                
10.1.     Computation Period.
     
The "Computation Period" is -

                         (a)  for the purpose of determining whether an 
                              Employee has completed one year of Eligibility 
                              Service, the 12-month period commencing with 
                              the date on which he or she first completes an
                              Hour of Service of the type specified at 
                              Section 10.4(A)(1) and, thereafter, Plan Years, 
                              commencing with the Plan Year that includes 
                              the first anniversary of such date; and
                              
                         (b)  for the purpose of determining the extent of 
                              an Employee's Vesting Service, Plan Years.

If  an  Employee who terminates employment before  completing  at
least  one year of Eligibility Service again becomes an  Employee
after the end of the Computation Period of the type described  in
clause  (a) during which he or she terminated employment, his  or
her  previous service will be disregarded in determining  his  or
her new Computation Period pursuant to clause (a).

10.2.     Eligibility Service.
     
The  term "Eligibility Service" with respect to an Employee means
the aggregate number of Computation Periods of the type specified
at  clause (a) of Section 10.1 during each of which the  Employee
completes at least 1000 Hours of Service.

10.3.     Vesting Service.
     
The  term  "Vesting Service" with respect to an  Employee  means,
except  as  otherwise  provided in Section  10.6,  the  aggregate
number of Computation Periods of the type specified at clause (b)
of  Section  10.1 during each of which the Employee completes  at
least  500 Hours of Service.  In addition, solely for the purpose
of determining the Vesting Service of a Participant who ceases to
be   an  Employee  in  connection  with  the  disposition  of  an
Affiliated Organization or a substantial amount of the  operating
assets  of  an  Affiliated Organization,  the  former  Affiliated
Organization  or  the entity that purchased the  assets  will  be
deemed  to  be an Affiliated Organization until the Participant's
first  termination  of  employment  with  the  former  Affiliated
Organization  or entity that purchased the assets  following  the
disposition.

10.4.     Hour of Service.
     
          (A)  Subject to the remaining subsections of this 
          section, the term "Hour of Service," with respect to an 
          Employee, includes and is limited to -
          
               (1)  each hour for which the Employee is paid, or 
               entitled to payment, for the performance of duties 
               for an Affiliated Organization;
               
               (2)  each hour for which the Employee is paid, or 
               entitled to payment, by an Affiliated Organization 
               on account of a period of time during which no duties 
               are performed (irrespective of whether the employment 
               relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, 
               illness (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military 
               duty or leave of absence;

               (3)  each hour for which the Employee is not paid or 
               entitled to payment but which is required by federal 
               law to be credited to the Employee on account of his or 
               her military service or similar duties;

               (4)  each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
               damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliated
               Organization; provided, first, that Hours of Service taken into
               account under clause (1) or (2) will not also be taken into
               account under this clause (4); and second, that Hours of Service
               taken into account under this clause (4) that relate to periods
               specified in clause (2) will be subject to the rules under
               Subsection (B); and

               (5)  each hour for which an Employee is not performing duties on
               account of disability whether or not such Employee is actually
               paid or entitled to payment for such period of time.
          
          (B)  The following rules will apply for purposes of determining
          the Hours of Service completed by an Employee under Subsection
          (A)(2) and (A)(5):
          
               (1)  No more than 501 hours will be credited to the Employee on
               account of any single continuous period during which the 
               Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period 
               occurs in a single Computation Period).
               
               (2)  No more than the number of hours regularly scheduled for 
               the performance of duties for the period during which no duties 
               are performed will be credited to the Employee for such period.

               (3)  The Employee will not be credited with hours for which
               payments are made solely to reimburse medical or medically
               related expenses.

               (4)  A payment will be deemed to be made by or due from an
               Affiliated Organization, regardless of whether such payment is
               made by or due from the Affiliated Organization directly or
               indirectly through a trust fund or insurer to which the
               Affiliated Organization contributes or pays premiums.

               (5)  If the payment made or due is calculated on the basis of
               units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited 
               will be the number of regularly scheduled working hours 
               included in the units of time on the basis of which the 
               payment is calculated; provided, that, if such a payment 
               is made to an Employee described in Subsection (D)(1), 
               the number of Hours of Service to be credited will be the 
               number of equivalent hours determined under Subsection (D)(1) 
               that are included in the units of time on the basis of which 
               the payment is calculated.

               (6)  If the payment made or due is not calculated on the basis 
               of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be 
               credited will be equal to the amount of the payment, divided 
               by the Employee's most recent hourly rate of compensation 
               before the period during which no duties are performed.
          
          (C)  Hours of Service will be credited -
          
               (1)  in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
               (A)(1), to the Computation Period in which the duties are
               performed;
               
               (2)  in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
               (A)(2) and (A)(5), to the Computation Period or Periods in which
               the period during which no duties are performed occurs; 
               provided, that, if the payment is not calculated on the basis 
               of units of time, the Hours of Service will not be allocated 
               between more than the first two Computation Periods of such 
               period;

               (3)  in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
               (A)(3), to the Computation Period or Periods determined by the
               Administrator in accordance with the applicable federal law; 
               and

               (4)  in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
               (A)(4), to the Computation Period or Periods to which the award
               or agreement for back pay pertains.
          
          (D)  For purposes of determining the number of Hours of Service
          completed by an Employee during a particular period of time -
          
               (1)  an Employee who is not subject to the overtime provisions 
               of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as from time to time
               amended, will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week
               during which he or she completes at least one Hour of Service;
               
               (2)  each other Employee will be credited with the number of
               Hours of Service that he or she completes during such period.
          
          (E)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, an
          individual will be credited with the number of Hours of Service
          he or she completes, determined in the manner specified in
          Subsections (A) through (E),
          
               (1)  while, although not an Employee, he or she is considered to
               be a "leased employee" of an Affiliated Organization or of a
               "related person" (within the meaning of Code sections 414(n)(2)
               and 144(a)(3)), respectively, and
               
               (2)  with any other organization to the extent such Hours of
               Service are required to be taken into account pursuant to
               Treasury Regulations under Code section 414(o).

10.5.     One-Year Break in Service.
     
An  Employee  will  incur a "One-Year Break in  Service"  if  the
Employee fails to complete at least 500 Hours of Service during a
Computation  Period;  provided,  that,  for  purposes   only   of
determining  whether  an Employee has incurred  such  a  One-Year
Break  in Service, in addition to Hours of Service credited under
Section  10.4,  there will be taken into account  the  number  of
Hours  of Service that otherwise would have been credited to  the
Employee,  or, if the number of such hours of service  cannot  be
determined,  eight hours of service for each  day  on  which  the
Employee   would  have  otherwise  performed  services   for   an
Affiliated  Organization, during an authorized leave of  absence,
while still employed with the Affiliated Organization, due to -

                    (a)  the Employee's pregnancy,
                         
                    (b)  the birth of the Employee's child,

                    (c)  the placement of a child with the Employee 
                         in connection with the adoption of such child 
                         by the Employee, or

                    (d)  the Employee's caring for such child for a 
                         period beginning immediately following such 
                         birth or placement; provided,  first, that the 
                         total number of such additional  Hours of  
                         Service taken into account by reason of any 
                         such absence will not  exceed 501; second, that, 
                         if the Employee would be prevented from  incurring  
                         a One-Year Break in Service for the  Computation 
                         Period  in  which  such  absence  commenced  solely  
                         because  the additional  Hours  of  Service are so  
                         credited,  such  Hours  of Service will be credited 
                         only to such Computation Period or, if a One-Year  
                         Break in Service for such Computation Period would  
                         not be  so  prevented,  such  additional Hours  of  
                         Service  will  be credited  to  the  Computation 
                         Period following  the  Computation Period  during  
                         which such absence commenced;  and  third,  that,
                         notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  such  
                         additional  Hours  of Service  will  be credited 
                         unless the Employee furnishes  to  the
                         Administrator,  on  a  timely  basis,  such  
                         information  as  the Administrator  reasonably  
                         requires in  order  to  establish  the
                         number  of days during which the Employee was 
                         absent for  one  of the reasons set forth at 
                         items (a) through (d).  In addition,  an
                         Employee  will be credited with Hours of Service 
                         for the  purpose of determining whether he or she 
                         has incurred a One-Year Break in Service  to  the 
                         extent required by the Family and Medical  Leave
                         Act of 1993.

10.6.     Loss of Service.
     
If  an  Employee terminates employment and experiences  at  least
five  consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service with respect to  his
or her Vesting Service, then:

                    (a)  if the Employee had a vested interest in any 
                         Account prior to the Breaks in Service,
                         
                         (i)  Vesting Service completed prior to such Breaks 
                              in Service will be taken into account in 
                              determining his or her vested interest in his 
                              or her Accounts attributable to contributions
                              made for periods after the Breaks in Service, and
                              
                         (ii) the extent of the Employee's vested interest in 
                              his or her Accounts as determined under Section 
                              7.1 prior to the Breaks in Service will not be 
                              increased by Vesting Service completed
                              following the Breaks in Service;
                    or
                    
                    (b)  if the Employee had no vested interest in any Account 
                         prior to the Breaks in Service, the Employee's 
                         Vesting Service completed prior to the Breaks in 
                         Service will not be taken into account for any 
                         purpose under the Plan.
                         
10.7.     Pre-Acquisition Service.
     
Service  with  an Affiliated Organization prior to  the  date  on
which  it  became  an Affiliated Organization (or,  with  another
entity  prior  to  the acquisition of such entity's  business  or
assets  by an Affiliated Organization) will be taken into account
under  this  Plan  only if, to the extent and for  the  purposes,
provided  in  any  agreement  pursuant  to  which  it  became  an
Affiliated   Organization  (or  such  business  or  assets   were
acquired)  or  as provided by resolution of the Company's  Board.
If  such  Hours  of Service are to be taken into account,  unless
otherwise  specifically provided in such agreement or resolution,
such  Hours of Service will be determined in accordance with  the
provisions  of this article.  If less than the entire  period  of
employment with an Affiliated Organization prior to its  becoming
such  (or  with  another entity prior to the acquisition  of  its
business  or assets) is to be taken into account, the  extent  to
which such period of employment is to be taken into account  will
be specified in an exhibit to the Plan.

10.8.     Transition from Elapsed Time.
     
          (A)  Eligibility Service.  Employees who were employed by an
          Affiliated Organization prior to July 1, 1997 will receive credit
          for Eligibility Service as follows:
          
               (1)  Each Employee will be credited with a number of years of
               Eligibility Service equal to the number of one year periods of
               Recognized Service credited to the Employee under the Plan as 
               of July 1, 1997; and
               
               (2)  For the Computation Period which includes June 30, 1997,
               each Employee employed on such date will receive credit for 1000
               Hours of Service for the fractional period of service as of 
               July 1, 1997.
          
          (B)  Vesting Service.  The amendment of the Plan converting from
          the elapsed time method to the general method of counting Hours
          of Service will be effective January 1, 1998, with the provisions
          of the Plan regarding Recognized Service continuing through
          January 1, 1998.  Employees who are employed by an Affiliated
          Organization on or prior to December 31, 1997 will receive credit
          for Vesting Service as follows:
          
               (1)  Each Employee will be credited with a number of years of
               Vesting Service equal to the number of one year periods of
               Recognized Service credited to the Employee as of January 1,
               1998.
               
               (2)  On and after January 1, 1998 each Employee will receive
               credit for Vesting Service based on all Hours of Service 
               credited during a Computation Period.
                             
                             ARTICLE
                               11.
               ADOPTION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                                
11.1.     Adoption by Affiliated Organizations.
     
An  Affiliated  Organization may adopt this  Plan  and  become  a
Participating   Employer  with  the   prior   approval   of   the
Administrator by furnishing to the Administrator a certified copy
of  a resolution of its Board adopting the Plan.  Any adoption of
the  Plan by an Affiliated Organization, however, must either  be
authorized  by the Company's Board in advance or be  ratified  by
such Board prior to the end of the fiscal year of such Affiliated
Organization in which it adopts the Plan.

11.2.     Authority to Amend and Procedure.
     
          (A)  The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan at any
          time, to any extent that it may deem advisable.  Each amendment
          will be stated in a written instrument, approved in advance or
          ratified by the Company's Board and executed in the name of the
          Company by its President or Vice President and attested by the
          Secretary or Assistant Secretary.  On and after the effective
          date of the amendment, all interested parties will be bound by
          the amendment; provided, first, that no amendment will increase
          the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without its written
          consent; and, second, that no amendment will have any retroactive
          effect so as to deprive any Participant, or any Beneficiary of a
          deceased Participant, of any benefit already accrued or vested or
          of any option with respect to the form of such benefit that is
          protected by Code section 411(d)(6), except that any amendment
          that is required to conform the Plan with government regulations
          so as to qualify the Trust for income tax exemption may be made
          retroactively to the Effective Date of the Plan or to any later
          date.
          
          (B)  If the schedule for determining the extent to which benefits
          under the Plan are vested is changed, each Participant with at
          least three years of Vesting Service may elect to have his or her
          vested benefits determined without regard to such change by
          giving written notice of such election  to the Administrator
          within the period beginning on the date such change was adopted
          (or the Plan's top heavy status changed) and ending 60 days after
          the latest of (1) the date such change is adopted, (2) the date
          such change becomes effective or (3) the date the Participant is
          issued notice of such change by the Administrator or the Trustee.
          Except as otherwise provided in an amendment permitted by
          Treasury Regulations, if an optional form of benefit payment
          protected under Code section 411(d)(6) is eliminated, each
          Participant may elect to have that portion of the value of his or
          her Accounts that was accrued as of the date of such elimination,
          distributed in the optional form of benefit payment that was
          eliminated.

          (C)  The provisions of the Plan in effect at the termination of a
          Participant's employment will, except as specifically provided
          otherwise by a subsequent amendment, continue to apply to such
          Participant.

11.3.     Authority to Terminate and Procedure.
     
The  Company  expects  to  continue  the  Plan  indefinitely  but
reserves the right to terminate the Plan in its entirety  at  any
time.   Each  Participating  Employer  expects  to  continue  its
participation in the Plan indefinitely but reserves the right  to
cease  its participation in the Plan at any time.  The Plan  will
terminate  in its entirety as of the date specified in a  written
instrument  adopted and executed in the manner of  an  amendment.
The   Plan   will   terminate  with  respect  to   a   particular
Participating   Employer  as  of  the  date  specified   by   the
Participating  Employer  in  a  written  instrument  approved  in
advance  or  ratified by the Participating Employer's  Board  and
executed  in the name of the Participating Employer by  two  duly
authorized officers.

11.4.     Vesting Upon Termination, Partial Termination or 
          Discontinuance of Contributions.
     
Upon  termination of the Plan or upon the complete discontinuance
of  contributions by all Participating Employers, to  the  extent
required  by  Code  section  411(d)(3) and  Treasury  Regulations
thereunder,  the Accounts of each affected Participant  will,  to
the  extent funded, vest in full.  Upon a partial termination  of
the  Plan, the Accounts of each Participant as to whom  the  Plan
has been partially terminated will, to the extent funded, vest in
full.

11.5.     Distribution Following Termination, Partial Termination
          or Discontinuance of Contributions.
     
After  termination  or partial termination of  the  Plan  or  the
complete  discontinuance of contributions  under  the  Plan,  the
Trustee  will  continue to hold and distribute the  Fund  at  the
times  and  in the manner provided by Article 8 as if such  event
had  not  occurred  or,  if  the  Administrator  so  directs   in
accordance  with  Treasury Regulations, will distribute  to  each
Participant the entire balance of his or her Accounts.

                             ARTICLE
                               12.
          DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATIONS
                                
The definitions and the rules of construction and interpretations
set  forth  in  this article will be applied in  construing  this
instrument unless the context otherwise indicates.

12.1.     Account.
     
An  "Account" with respect to a Participant is any or all of  the
accounts maintained on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 4.1,
as the context requires.

12.2.     Active Participant.
     
An  "Active  Participant" is a Participant  who  is  a  Qualified
Employee.

12.3.     Administrator.
     
The  "Administrator" of the Plan is the Company or the person  to
whom  administrative  duties are delegated  pursuant  to  Section
13.1, as the context requires.

12.4.     Affiliated Organization.
     
An "Affiliated Organization" is the Company and:

           (a)   any corporation that is a member of a controlled
group  of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1563(a)  of
the   Code  without  regard  to  Code  sections  1563(a)(4)   and
1563(e)(3)(C)) that includes the Company;

            (b)    any   trade  or  business  (whether   or   not
incorporated)  that  is controlled (within the  meaning  of  Code
section 414(c)) by the Company;

           (c)   any  member  of  an "affiliated  service  group"
(within  the meaning of Code section 414(m)) of which the Company
is a member; or

           (d)   any  other organization that, together with  the
Company, is treated as a single employer pursuant to Code section
414(o) and Treasury Regulations;

provided,  that,  for  purposes of applying the  limitations  set
forth  at Sections 9.6 and 9.7 of the Plan, Code section  1563(a)
will be applied by substituting the phrase "more than 50 percent"
for the phrase "at least 80 percent" wherever it appears.

12.5.     Board.
     
The   "Board"  is  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Affiliated
Organization in question.  When the Plan provides for  an  action
to  be  taken  by  the  Board, the action may  be  taken  by  any
committee  or individual authorized to take such action  pursuant
to a proper delegation by the board of directors in question.

12.6.     Beneficiary.
     
A  "Beneficiary"  is a person designated or otherwise  determined
under  the  provisions  of  Section 8.2  as  the  distributee  of
benefits  payable  after the death of a  Participant.   A  person
designated as, or otherwise determined to be, a Beneficiary under
the terms of the Plan has no interest in or rights under the Plan
until  the Participant in question has died.  A Beneficiary  will
cease to be such on the day on which all benefits to which he  or
she is entitled under the Plan have been distributed.

12.7.     Code.
     
The "Code" is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any
reference  to  a  specific  provision  of  the  Code  includes  a
reference  to  such provision as it may be amended from  time  to
time and to any successor provision.

12.8.     Company.
     
The  "Company" is Fingerhut Corporation, any successor which will
maintain  this Plan and any predecessor that has maintained  this
Plan.

12.9.     Disabled.
     
A  Participant will be considered to be "Disabled"  only  if  the
Administrator  determines  that, by  reason  of  illness,  bodily
injury  or disease, he or she is unable to perform any occupation
for remuneration or profit and the disability is likely to be  of
long and indefinite duration or to result in death.

12.10.    Effective Date.
     
The "Effective Date" of the Plan is January 15, 1960.

12.11.    Eligible Earnings.
     
          (A)   The "Eligible Earnings" of a Participant  from  a
          Participating Employer for any Plan Year is the sum of all
          remuneration paid to the Participant by the Participating
          Employer during the portion of a Plan Year in which he or she is
          an Active Participant that is reportable in the "wages, tips,
          other compensation" box of Internal Revenue Form W-2, excluding
          (to the extent otherwise included) bonuses paid under a long-term
          incentive compensation plan, severance payments, taxable fringe
          benefits, taxable lump sum moving expenses and other items of an
          unusual or nonrecurring nature specified in Plan Rules, increased
          by amounts that are deferred under Section 3.1 as Pre-Tax
          Contributions and amounts by which a Participant's wages or
          salary is reduced under a Code section 125 cafeteria plan.
          
          (B)  Notwithstanding Subsection (A), in no event will a
          Participant's Eligible Earnings for any Plan Year be taken into
          account to the extent they exceed $150,000 (or such dollar
          amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of living, as
          in effect under Code section 401(a)(17) for the calendar year
          during which the Plan Year begins).

12.12.    Employee.
     
An  "Employee"  is  an individual who performs  services  for  an
Affiliated   Organization  as  a  common-law  employee   of   the
Affiliated Organization.

12.13.    Fingerhut Stock.
     
"Fingerhut   Stock"  means  common  stock  issued  by   Fingerhut
Companies, Inc.

12.14.    Fund.
     
The  "Fund" is the total of all of the assets of every  kind  and
nature,  both  principal and income, held in  the  Trust  at  any
particular  time or, if the context so requires, one or  more  of
the investment funds described in Section 5.1.

12.15.    Governing Law.
     
To  the  extent that state law is not preempted by provisions  of
the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or  any  other  laws  of the United States,  this  Plan  will  be
administered, construed, and enforced according to the  internal,
substantive laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its
conflict of laws rules.

12.16.    Headings.
     
The  headings  of articles and sections are included  solely  for
convenience.  If there is a conflict between the headings and the
text, the text will control.

12.17.    Highly Compensated Employee.
     
          (A)  A "Highly Compensated Employee" for any Plan Year is any
          employee who -
          
               (1)  at any time during such Plan Year or the preceding Plan
               Year, owns or owned (or is considered as owning or having owned
               within the meaning of Code section 318) more than five percent 
               of the outstanding stock of an Affiliated Organization or stock
               possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting
               power of all outstanding stock of an Affiliated Organization, 
               or
               
               (2)  during the preceding Plan Year -
               
                    (a)  had compensation in excess of $80,000 (or such dollar
                         amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of 
                         living, as in effect under Code section 414(q)(1)(B) 
                         for the calendar year during which the Plan Year in 
                         question begins), and
                         
                    (b)  had compensation which exceeded the compensation of 
                         at least 80 percent of all employees, excluding, 
                         for purposes of determining the number of employees 
                         in such group but not for purposes of determining 
                         the specific employees comprising the group, all 
                         employees who
                         
                         (i)  have completed less than six months of service 
                         with the Affiliated Organizations,
                              
                        (ii) normally work fewer than 17 hours per week for 
                        the Affiliated Organizations,

                        (iii)     normally work for the Affiliated 
                        Organizations during not more than six months during 
                        any calendar year, or

                        (iv) have not attained age 21.
          
          (B)  For purposes of this section,
          
               (1)  an "employee" is any individual who is not described in
               clause (b) of Section 12.31 and who, during the Plan Year for
               which the determination is being made, performs services for an
               Affiliated Organization as
               
                    (a)  a common law employee,
                         
                    (b)  an employee pursuant to Code section 401(c)(1), or

                    (c)  a leased employee who is treated as an employee of an
                         Affiliated Organization pursuant to Code section 
                         414(n)(2) or 414(o)(2), and
               
               (2)  "compensation" for any Plan Year means an employee's 
               Section 415 Wages for the Plan Year (increased for any Plan Year
               beginning before January 1, 1998 by the amount of any reductions
               to the employee's compensation for the period in connection with
               an election by the employee made pursuant to a plan maintained 
               by an Affiliated Organization under Code section 125 or 401(k)).
               
12.18.    Matching Account.
     
The  "Matching  Account" is the account established  pursuant  to
Section 4.1(b) to evidence Matching Contributions made on  behalf
of a Participant.

12.19.    Matching Contributions.
     
"Matching  Contributions" means contributions  made  pursuant  to
Section 3.2 or 3.6.

12.20.    Normal Retirement Date.
     
The "Normal Retirement Date" of a Participant is the day on which
he or she attains age 60.

12.21.    Number and Gender.
     
Wherever  appropriate, the singular number may  be  read  as  the
plural, the plural may be read as the singular, and the masculine
gender may be read as the feminine gender.

12.22.    Participant.
     
A "Participant" is a current or former Qualified Employee who has
entered the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 and  has
not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to Section 2.6.

12.23.    Participating Employer.
     
A   "Participating  Employer"  is  the  Company  and  any   other
Affiliated Organization that has adopted the Plan, or all of them
collectively,  as  the  context requires,  and  their  respective
successors.   An  Affiliated Organization  will  cease  to  be  a
Participating Employer upon a termination of the Plan as  to  its
Employees or upon its ceasing to be an Affiliated Organization.

12.24.    Plan.
     
The  "Plan"  is  the  Fingerhut Corporation Profit  Sharing  Plan
established  and maintained by this instrument, as from  time  to
time amended.

12.25.    Plan Rule.
     
A "Plan Rule" is a rule, policy, practice or procedure adopted by
the Administrator.

12.26.    Plan Year.
     
A "Plan Year" is the calendar year.

12.27.    Pre-Tax Contribution Account.
     
The  "Pre-Tax  Contribution Account" is the  account  established
pursuant  to  clause  (a)  of Section  4.1  to  evidence  Pre-Tax
Contributions made on behalf of a Participant.

12.28.    Pre-Tax Contributions.
     
"Pre-Tax  Contributions"  means contributions  made  pursuant  to
Section 3.1.

12.29.    Profit Sharing Account.
     
The  "Profit Sharing Account" is the Account established pursuant
to  Section 4.1(c) to evidence Profit Sharing Contributions  made
on behalf of a Participant.

12.30.    Profit Sharing Contributions.
     
"Profit  Sharing Contributions" means contributions made pursuant
to Section 3.3 or 3.5.

12.31.    Qualified Employee.
     
A  "Qualified  Employee"  is  an Employee  who  is  a  common-law
employee  of  a  Participating Employer  (as  classified  by  the
Participating  Employer  at the time the services  are  performed
without  regard  to any subsequent reclassification),  excluding,
however, any such person who  -

                    (a)  is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, for 
                         whom retirement benefits were the subject of good 
                         faith bargaining between such person's representative 
                         and the Participating Employer, and who is not, as a 
                         result of such bargaining, specifically covered by 
                         this Plan; or
                         
                    (b)  is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income 
                         (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from a 
                         Participating Employer that constitutes income from 
                         sources within the United States (within the meaning 
                         of Code section 861(a)(3)); or

                    (c)  performs services for the participating Employer 
                         outside the continental United States (including 
                         Alaska) or Hawaii, or has his or her principal base 
                         of operations to which he or she frequently returns 
                         outside the continental United States (including 
                         Alaska) or Hawaii, other than while on a temporary
                         assignment for the Participating Employer.
                         For  purposes  of  this  section only,  a collective  
                         bargaining agreement  will be deemed to continue 
                         after its formal expiration during  collective 
                         bargaining negotiations pending the  execution
                         of a new agreement.

12.32.    Rollover Account.
     
The  "Rollover  Account" is the account established  pursuant  to
clause (e) of Section 4.1 to evidence the amounts, if any, rolled
over   from  an  individual  retirement  arrangement  or  another
qualified  plan,  or transferred directly from another  qualified
plan with respect to a Participant, pursuant to Section 3.4.

12.33.    Section 415 Wages.
     
          (A)  An individual's "Section 415 Wages" for any period is the
          sum of his or her remuneration for the period from all Affiliated
          Organizations that constitutes "compensation" within the meaning
          of Code section 415(c)(3) and Treasury Regulations thereunder.
          
          (B)  Notwithstanding Subsection (A), the Administrator may, in
          his or her discretion, for any Plan Year, determine the items of
          remuneration that, in accordance with Treasury Regulations, will
          be included in Section 415 Wages for such Plan Year; provided
          that for each purpose under this Plan, the Administrator's
          determination will be uniform throughout any Plan Year.

          (C)  For any Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1998, Section
          415 Wages will not include the amount by which a Participant's
          compensation is reduced under Code section 125 or 401(k).

12.34.    Spousal Consent.
     
Whenever  the consent of a Participant's spouse is required  with
respect  to  any  act of the Participant, such  consent  will  be
deemed to have been obtained only if

                    (a)  the Participant's spouse executes a written consent 
                         to such act, which consent acknowledges the effect 
                         of such act and is witnessed by a Plan representative 
                         or a notary public; or
                         
                   (b)  the Administrator determines that no such consent can 
                        be obtained because the Participant has no spouse, 
                        because the Participant's spouse cannot be located, 
                        or because of such other circumstances as may, under 
                        Treasury Regulations, justify the lack of such consent.

Any   such   consent  by  the  Participant's   spouse   or   such
determination by the Administrator that such spouse's consent  is
not  required  is effective only with respect to  the  particular
spouse  of  the Participant who so consented or with  respect  to
whom  such  determination  was made.  Any  such  consent  by  the
Participant's spouse to an act of the Participant under the  Plan
is irrevocable with respect to that act.

12.35.    Termination of Employment.
     
          (A)  For purposes of determining entitlement to a distribution
          under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have terminated
          employment only if he or she has completely severed his or her
          employment relationship with all Affiliated Organizations or
          become Disabled.  Neither transfer of employment among Affiliated
          Organizations nor absence from active service by reason of
          disability leave, other than in connection with a Participant
          becoming disabled, or any other leave of absence will constitute
          a termination of employment.
          
         (B)  A Participant will be deemed to have terminated employment
         in conjunction with the disposition of all or any portion of the
         business operation of an Affiliated Organization which is a
         disposition of a subsidiary or of substantially all of the assets
         used in a trade or business of an Affiliated Organization within
         the meaning of Code section 401(k)(10)(A) with respect to which
         the requirements of Code section 401(k)(10)(B) and (C) are
         satisfied.

         (C)  A Participant who, in conjunction with the disposition of
         all or any portion of a business operation of an Affiliated
         Organization which is not described in Subsection (B), transfers
         employment to the acquirer of such business operation or to any
         affiliate of such acquirer will not be considered to have
         terminated employment.  If a Participant is deemed to have
         continued employment by reason of the preceding sentence, such
         sentence will continue to apply to such Participant in the event
         of any subsequent transfer of employment in conjunction with the
         disposition of all or any portion of a business operation of the
         initial acquirer or any subsequent acquirers which is not a
         disposition of a subsidiary of such acquirer or of substantially
         all of the assets used in a trade or business of such acquirer
         within the meaning of Code section 401(k)(10)(A) with respect to
         which the requirements of Code section 401(k)(10)(B) and (C) are
         satisfied.  Except in conjunction with such a disposition of a
         subsidiary or substantially all of the assets used in a trade or
         business of the seller, such a Participant will be considered to
         have terminated employment only when he or she has severed the
         employment relationship with all such acquirers and their
         affiliates.

12.36.    Testing Wages.
     
          (A)  An individual's "Testing Wages" for any period is his or her
          Section 415 Wages for the period (increased for any Plan Year
          beginning before January 1, 1998 by the amount by which a
          Participant's compensation for the period is reduced in
          connection with an election by the individual under a plan
          maintained by an Affiliated Organization pursuant to Code section
          125 or Code section 401(k)).
          
          (B)  In no event will an individual's Testing Wages for any Plan
          Year be taken into account to the extent it exceeds $150,000 (or
          such dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of
          living, as in effect under Code section 401(a)(17) for the
          calendar year during which the Plan Year begins).

          (C)  The Administrator may, in his or her discretion, for any
          Plan Year, adopt any alternative definition of Testing Wages that
          complies with Code section 414(s) and Treasury regulations
          thereunder; provided, that for each purpose under this Plan, the
          Administrator's determination will be uniform throughout any Plan
          Year.

12.37.    Treasury Regulations.
     
"Treasury  Regulations" mean regulations,  rulings,  notices  and
other  promulgations issued under the authority of the  Secretary
of  the  Treasury  that apply to, or may be relied  upon  in  the
administration of, this Plan.

12.38.    Trust.
     
The  "Trust"  that  is  created by the Company  for  purposes  of
implementing  benefits under the Plan, and may, as from  time  to
time  amended,  be  referred to as the  "Fingerhut  Plans  Master
Trust."

12.39.    Trustee.
     
The "Trustee" is the corporation and/or individual or individuals
who  from  time to time is or are the duly appointed  and  acting
trustee or trustees of the Trust.

12.40.    Voluntary Contributions.
     
"Voluntary  Contributions" means contributions made  pursuant  to
the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to July 1, 1997.

12.41.    Voluntary Account.
     
"Voluntary  Account"  is the account established  and  maintained
under  Section  4.1(d) to evidence the amount of a  Participant's
Voluntary Contributions, if any, made to the Plan.

                             ARTICLE
                               13.
                     ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
                                
13.1.     Administrator, Named Fiduciary.
     
The  general administration of the Plan and the duty to carry out
its  provisions will  be vested in the Company, which will be the
"named  fiduciary"  of  the  Plan for purposes  of  the  Employee
Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974.  Except in  cases  where
the Plan expressly requires action on behalf of the Company to be
taken  by its Board of Directors, action on behalf of the Company
may be taken by any of the following:

               (1)  Board of Directors of the Company;
               
               (2)  the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company;
               
               (3)  any person or persons, natural or otherwise, or committee,
               to whom responsibilities for the operation and administration 
               of the Plan are allocated by the Company, by resolution of its 
               Board of Directors, but action of such person or persons, or 
               committee shall be within the scope of said allocation;

               (4)  any person or persons, natural or otherwise, or committee,
               to whom responsibilities for the operation and administration of
               the Plan are allocated by the Company, by written instrument
               executed by the President and Chief Operating Officer of the
               Company, but action of such person or persons or committee shall
               be within the scope of said allocation.  A copy of each such
               written instrument shall be delivered to the secretary of the
               Company and filed with its permanent records.

13.2.     Compensation and Expenses.
     
An  Employee performing administrative duties in connection  with
the  Plan  will  receive no compensation from the Fund  for  such
services,  but  may  be reimbursed from the  Fund  for  all  sums
reasonably  and necessarily expended in the performance  of  such
duties.    The   Administrator  may   retain   such   independent
accounting, legal, clerical and other services as may  reasonably
be  required  in  the  administration of the  Plan  and  may  pay
reasonable  compensation from the Fund for  such  services.   Any
such  reimbursement  or  compensation  and  all  other  costs  of
administering  the  Plan  will, to the extent  not  paid  by  the
Participating  Employers, be paid by the Trustee  from  the  Fund
upon statements issued by the Administrator.

13.3.     Plan Rules.
     
The  Administrator has the discretionary power to make, amend and
rescind  such  Plan Rules as he or she deems to be  necessary  or
advisable.  Plan Rules will be uniform and nondiscriminatory with
respect  to  persons  determined  by  the  Administrator  to   be
similarly situated.

13.4.     Administrator's Discretion.
     
The  Administrator has the discretionary power and  authority  to
make all determinations necessary for administration of the Plan,
except  those  determinations that the Plan  requires  others  to
make,   and  to  construe,  interpret,  apply  and  enforce   the
provisions   of   the   Plan  and  Plan  Rules,   including   the
discretionary   power   and  authority  to  remedy   ambiguities,
inconsistencies,  omissions and erroneous Account  balances.   In
the  exercise  of  discretionary powers, the  Administrator  will
treat all persons determined by the Administrator to be similarly
situated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

13.5.     Indemnification.
     
The  Participating  Employers  jointly  and  severally  agree  to
indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each
director,  officer,  and employee of any Affiliated  Organization
against  any  and  all liabilities, losses,  costs  and  expenses
(including  legal  fees) of every kind and  nature  that  may  be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such person  at  any
time  by reason of such person's services in connection with  the
Plan,  but only if such person did not act dishonestly or in  bad
faith  or  in  willful violation of the law or regulations  under
which  such  liability,  loss,  cost  or  expense  arises.    The
Participating  Employers have the right, but not the  obligation,
to  select counsel and control the defense and settlement of  any
action  for  which  a  person may be entitled to  indemnification
under this provision.

13.6.     Benefit Claim Procedure.
     
If  a request for a benefit by a Participant or Beneficiary of  a
deceased  Participant is denied in whole or in part,  he  or  she
may,  within 30 days after receipt of notice of the denial,  file
with  the Administrator a written claim objecting to the  denial.
(Such  a claim must be made to the Administrator prior to  filing
any  sort  of lawsuit.)  Not later than 90 days after receipt  of
such  claim, the Administrator will render a written decision  on
the claim to the claimant.  If the claim is denied in whole or in
part, such decision will include:  the reasons for the denial;  a
reference to the Plan provision that is the basis for the denial;
a description of any additional material or information necessary
for  the claimant to perfect the claim; an explanation as to  why
such information or material is necessary; and an explanation  of
the  Plan's  claim  procedure.  Not  later  than  60  days  after
receiving the Administrator's written decision, the claimant  may
file  with the Administrator a written request for review of  the
Administrator's decision, and the claimant or the  representative
may thereafter review Plan documents that relate to the claim and
submit written comments to the Administrator.  Not later than  60
days after the Administrator's receipt of the request for review,
the  Administrator will render a written decision on  the  claim,
which  decision  will  include  the  specific  reasons  for   the
decision,  including reference to specific Plan provisions  where
appropriate.   The  90-  and  60-day  periods  during  which  the
Administrator must respond to the claimant may be extended by  up
to  an  additional 90 or 60 days, respectively, if  circumstances
beyond  the Administrator's control so require and if  notice  of
such extension is given to the claimant.  A claimant must exhaust
the  procedure described in this section before making any  claim
of  entitlement to benefits or objecting to any claim  denial  in
any court or other proceeding.

13.7.     Correction of Errors.
     
If the Administrator determines that, by reason of administrative
error  or  other cause attributable to a Participating  Employer,
the   Account  of  any  Participant  has  incurred  a  loss,  the
Administrator may enter into an agreement with such Participating
Employer under which the Account is fully restored and may,  upon
such restoration, release the Participating Employer from further
responsibility.

                             ARTICLE
                               14.
                          MISCELLANEOUS
                                
14.1.     Merger, Consolidation, Transfer of Assets.
     
If  this  Plan is merged or consolidated with, or its  assets  or
liabilities  are transferred to, any other plan, each Participant
will  be  entitled  to receive a benefit immediately  after  such
merger,  consolidation or transfer (if such other plan were  then
terminated)  that is equal to or greater than the benefit  he  or
she  would have been entitled to receive immediately before  such
merger,  consolidation  or  transfer  (if  this  Plan  had   then
terminated).

14.2.     Limited Reversion of Fund.
     
          (A)  Except as provided in Subsection (B), no corpus or income of
          the Trust will at any time revert to Participating Employer or be
          used other than for the exclusive benefit of Eligible Employees,
          Participants and Beneficiaries by paying benefits and, if
          applicable, administrative expenses of the Plan.
          
          (B)  Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan,
               
               (1)  All contributions made by a Participating Employer to the
               Trustee prior to the initial determination of the Internal
               Revenue Service as to qualification of the Plan under Section
               401(a) of the Code and the tax exempt status of the Trust under
               Code section 501(a) will be repaid by the Trustee to such
               Participating Employer, upon the Participating Employer's 
               written request, if the Internal Revenue Service rules that 
               the Plan, as adopted by that Participating Employer, is not 
               qualified or the Trust is not tax exempt; provided, that the 
               Participating Employer requests such determination within a 
               reasonable time after adoption of the Plan, and the repayment 
               by the Trustee to such Participating Employer is made within 
               one year after the date of denial of qualification of the Plan; 
               and
               
               (2)  To the extent a contribution is made by a Participating
               Employer by a mistake of fact or a deduction is disallowed a
               Participating Employer under Code section 404, the Trustee will
               repay the contribution to such Participating Employer upon the
               Participating Employer's written request; provided, that such
               repayment is made within one year after the mistaken payment is
               made or the deduction is disallowed, as the case may be.  The
               amount returned to the Participating Employer will not include
               any investment gains or earnings but will be reduced by any
               investment losses. Each contribution to the Plan by a
               Participating Employer is expressly conditioned on such
               contribution's being fully deductible by the Participating
               Employer under Code section 404.

14.3.     Top-Heavy Provisions.
     
          (A)
          
               (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 
               3.3, for any Plan Year during which the Plan is a top-heavy 
               plan, the amount of contributions (excluding Pre-Tax 
               Contributions) made and allocated for such Plan Year on 
               behalf of each Active Participant who is not a key employee 
               and who is employed with an Affiliated Organization on the last 
               day of the Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of the 
               Participant's Testing Wages for the Plan Year, must be at 
               least equal to the lesser of
               
                    (a)  three percent, or
                         
                    (b)  the largest percentage of such Testing Wages at which
                         contributions (including Pre-Tax Contributions) are 
                         made and allocated on behalf of any key employee for 
                         such Plan Year.
               
               
               (2)  If, in addition to this Plan, an Affiliated Organization
               maintains another qualified defined contribution plan or one or
               more qualified defined benefit pension plans during a Plan Year,
               the provisions of clause (1) will be applied for such Plan Year 

                    (a)  by taking into account the employer contributions 
                         (other than elective deferrals for a non-key 
                         employee) on behalf of the Participant under all 
                         such defined contribution plans;
                         
                    (b)  without regard to any Participant who is not a key 
                         employee and whose accrued benefit, expressed as a 
                         single life annuity, under a defined benefit pension 
                         plan maintained by the Affiliated Organization for 
                         such Plan Year is not less than the product of -
                         
                         (i)  the Participant's average Testing Wages for the 
                              period of consecutive years not exceeding the 
                              period of consecutive years (not exceeding five) 
                              when the Participant had the highest aggregate 
                              Testing Wages, disregarding years in which the
                              Participant completed less than 1000 Hours of 
                              Service, multiplied by
                              
                        (ii) the lesser of (A) two percent per year of service,
                             disregarding years of service beginning after the 
                             close of the last Plan Year in which such defined 
                             benefit plan was a top heavy plan, or (B) 20 
                             percent.
          
          (B)  For purposes of Subsection (A),
          
               (1)
               
                    (a)  The Plan will be a "top-heavy plan" for a particular 
                         Plan Year if, as of the last day of the initial Plan 
                         Year or, with respect to any other Plan Year, as of 
                         the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the 
                         aggregate of the Account balances of key employees 
                         is greater than 60 percent of the aggregate of the 
                         Account balances of all Participants.
                         
                    (b)  For purposes of calculating the aggregate Account 
                         balances for both key employees and employees who 
                         are not key employees:
                         
                         (i)  Any distributions made within the five-year 
                              period preceding the Plan Year for which the 
                              determination is being made, other than a 
                              distribution transferred or rolled over to a 
                              plan maintained by an Affiliated Organization, 
                              will be included;
                              
                         (ii) Amounts transferred or rolled over from a plan 
                              not maintained by an Affiliated Organization at 
                              the initiation of the Participant will be 
                              excluded;

                        (iii) The Account balances of any key employee and any
                              employee who is not a key employee who has not 
                              performed an Hour of Service of the type 
                              specified in Section 10.4(A)(1) at any time 
                              during the five-year period ending on the date 
                              as of which the determination is being made 
                              will be excluded; and

                         (iv) The terms "key employee" and "employee" will 
                              include the Beneficiaries of such persons who 
                              have died.
               
               (2)
               
                    (a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (1), this 
                         Plan will not be a top-heavy plan if it is part of 
                         either a "required aggregation group" or a 
                         "permissive aggregation group" and such aggregation 
                         group is not top-heavy.  An aggregation group will 
                         be top-heavy if the sum of the present value of 
                         accrued benefits and account balances of key 
                         employees is more than 60 percent of the sum of 
                         the present value of accrued benefits and account 
                         balances for all Participants, such accrued 
                         benefits and account balances being calculated 
                         in each case in the same manner as set forth in 
                         clause (1).
                         
                    (b)  Each plan in a required aggregation group will be 
                         top-heavy if the group is top-heavy.  No plan in a 
                         required aggregation group will be top-heavy if the 
                         group is not top-heavy.

                   (c)  If a permissive aggregation group is top-heavy, only 
                        those plans that are part of an underlying top-heavy, 
                        required aggregation group will be top-heavy. No plan 
                        in a permissive aggregation group will be top-heavy 
                        if the group is not top-heavy.
               
               (3)  The "required aggregation group" consists of (i) each plan
               of an Affiliated Organization in which a key employee
               participates, and (ii) each other plan of an Affiliated
               Organization that enables a plan in which a key employee
               participates to meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Code
               sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
               
               (4)  A "permissive aggregation group" consists of those plans
               that are required to be aggregated and one or more plans
               (providing comparable benefits or contributions) that are not
               required to be aggregated, which, when taken together, satisfy
               the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

               (5)  For purposes of applying clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this
               Subsection (B), any qualified defined contribution plan
               maintained by an Affiliated Organization at any time within the
               five-year period preceding the Plan Year for which the
               determination being made which, as of the date of such
               determination, has been formally terminated, has ceased 
               crediting service for benefit accruals and vesting and has 
               been or is distributing all plan assets to participants or their
               beneficiaries, will be taken into account to the extent required
               or permitted under such clauses and under Code section 416.
          
          (C)  A "key employee" is any individual who is or was employed
          with an Affiliated Organization and who, at any time during the
          Plan Year in question or any of the preceding four Plan Years is
          or was:
          
               (1)  An officer of the Affiliated Organization (an 
               administrative executive in regular and continued service 
               with the Affiliated Organization) whose compensation for such 
               Plan Year exceeds 50 percent of the amount in effect under 
               Code section 415(b)(1)(A) for such Plan Year, but in no case 
               will there be taken into account more than the lesser of (a) 
               50 individuals or (b) the greater of (i) three individuals or 
               (ii) ten percent of the number of the Affiliated Organization 
               employees, excluding for purposes of determining the number of 
               such officers, any employees that are excluded pursuant to 
               Section 12.17(A)(2)(b);
               
               (2)  The owner of an interest in the Affiliated Organization,
               that is not less than the interest owned by at least ten other
               individuals employed with the Affiliated Organization; provided,
               that, such owner will not be a key employee solely by reason of
               such ownership for a Plan Year if he or she does not own more
               than one-half of one percent of the value of the outstanding
               interests of the Affiliated Organization or if the amount of his
               or her compensation for such Plan Year is less than the amount 
               in effect under Code section 415(c)(1)(A) for such Plan Year;

              (3)  The owner of more than five percent of the Affiliated
              Organization's outstanding stock or more than five percent of 
              the total combined voting power of the Affiliated Organization 
              stock; or
 
              (4)  The owner of more than one percent of the Affiliated
              Organization's outstanding stock or more than one percent of the
              total combined voting power of the Affiliated Organization's
              stock, whose compensation for such Plan Year exceed $150,000.
              
           For   purposes  of  this  Subsection  (C),   the   term
           "compensation"  has  the same  meaning  as  in  Section 12.17(B)
           (2) and ownership of an Affiliated Organization stock  will  
           be  determined  in  accordance  with  Code section  318;  
           provided, that subparagraph 318(a)(2)(C) will  be applied by 
           substituting the phrase "5 percent" for the phrase "50 percent" 
           wherever it appears in such Code section.

          (D)  If an Affiliated Organization maintains a qualified defined
          contribution plan and a qualified defined pension plan, the
          limitation on combined contributions and accrued benefits will be
          adjusted by substituting "100 percent" for "125 percent" in the
          definitions of the defined benefit fraction and the defined
          contribution fraction in Section 9.7; provided, first, that this
          Subsection (D) will be applied prospectively only to prohibit
          additional contributions allocated, and forfeitures reallocated,
          to and defined benefit accruals for, a Participant and will not
          reduce any allocations or reallocations made to, or benefits
          accrued for, such Participant prior to the Plan Year for which it
          first becomes effective; and, second, that if the Plan would not
          be a top heavy plan if "90 percent" were substituted for "60
          percent" in clause (1)(a) of Subsection (B), this Subsection (D)
          will not apply if -
          
               (1)  the aggregate employer contribution (other than elective
               contributions) under all such qualified defined contribution
               plans on behalf of each Participant who is not a key employee 
               and who is employed with an Affiliated Organization on the last 
               day of the Plan Year is not less than seven and one-half 
               percent of his or her Testing Wages for the Plan Year, or
               
              (2)  the accrued benefit for each Participant under the 
              qualified defined benefit pension plan is not less than the 
              benefit described in Subsection (A)(2)(b), applied by 
              substituting "3 percent" for "2 percent" in item (A) of clause 
              (ii) and "30 percent" for "20 percent" in item (B) of clause 
              (ii).

14.4.     No Employment Rights Created.
     
The  establishment and maintenance of the Plan neither  give  any
Employee a right to continuing employment nor limit the right  of
an  Affiliated Organization to discharge or otherwise  deal  with
the  Employee without regard to the effect such action might have
on his or her initial or continued participation in the Plan.

14.5.     Special Provisions.
     
Special  provisions  of  the  Plan  applicable  only  to  certain
Participants will be set forth on an exhibit to the Plan.  In the
event  of  a  conflict between the terms of the exhibit  and  the
terms of the Plan, the exhibit controls.

14.6.     USERRA.
     
          (A)  The provisions of this Section 14.6 apply only to a
          Qualified Employee whose reemployment rights are protected under
          the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of
          1994 ("USERRA") and are intended to comply with the requirements
          of Code section 414(u).
          
          (B)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the
          contrary, any Qualified Employee who leaves the employ of a
          Participating Employer for qualified military service and returns
          to employment with a Participating Employer will be entitled to
          the restoration of benefits under this Plan which would have
          accrued but for the Qualified Employee's absence due to qualified
          military service.
 
          (C)  The Qualified Employee shall be entitled to make Voluntary
          Contributions to the Plan subject only to the limitations of the
          Plan with respect to Voluntary Contributions applicable for the
          Plan Year to which the contribution relates and not those
          applicable to the Plan Year in which the contribution is made.

          (D)  The Participating Employer shall make Pre-Tax Contributions
          to the Plan on behalf of the Qualified Employee for the Plan
          Years during which the Qualified Employee has qualified military
          service in the amount by which the Participant's Eligible
          Earnings have been reduced in accordance with Section 3.1 and the
          following additional rules:
               
               (1)  the Qualified Employee may elect to make additional
               reductions of his Eligible Earnings subject to the maximum 
               amount the Employee may have reduced his or her Eligible 
               Earnings during the period of qualified military service;
               
               (2)  the Employee may elect to reduce his Eligible Earnings 
               under this Section 14.6(D) at any time during the period 
               which begins on his or her date of reemployment and has 
               the same length as the lesser of five years or the period 
               of the Employee's qualified military service multiplied by 
               three;

               (3)  the additional Pre-Tax Contributions under this Section
               14.6(D) are not subject to the Actual Deferral Percentage
               Limitation of Section 9.2.
          
          (E)  The Participating Employer will make any additional Matching
          Contributions with respect to the Qualified Employee's Pre-Tax
          Contributions under Section 3.2 which would have been required if
          such Pre-Tax Contributions had actually been made during the
          Qualified Employee's period of qualified military service.  These
          additional Matching Contributions are not subject to the Actual
          Contribution Percentage Limitations of Section 9.3.
          
          (F)  The Participating Employer's obligation to contribute
          restored benefits to the Plan on behalf of a reemployed Qualified
          Employee is subject to the following rules and conditions:
               
               (1)  the Qualified Employee shall not be treated as having
               incurred a One-Year Break in Service within the meaning of
               Section 10.5 by reason of his or her qualified military service;
               
               (2)  any period of qualified military service shall be treated 
               as Vesting Service under Section 10.3 with respect to the
               Participating Employer;

               (3)  for purposes of Section 3.4(B)(1), a Qualified Employee
               shall be treated as employed by the Participating Employer and
               accruing service during any period of qualified military 
               service;

               (4)  for purposes of determining the Qualified Employee's
               Eligible Earnings and Section 415 Wages, the Qualified Employee
               shall be treated as receiving compensation from the 
               Participating Employer during the period of qualified 
               military service in an amount equal to the compensation 
               he or she would have received during such period if he or 
               she were not in qualified military service determined 
               based on the rate of pay the Qualified Employee would 
               have received from the Participating Employer but
               for the absence due to qualified military service; provided,
               however, if the compensation the Qualified Employee would have
               received from the Participating Employer is not reasonably
               certain, then the Qualified Employee's rate of compensation will
               be equal to his or her average compensation for the 12-month
               period preceding the qualified military service (or, if shorter,
               the period of employment immediately preceding the qualified
               military service);

               (5)  contributions to the Trust on behalf of the Qualified
               Employee will be subject to the limitations of Article IX only
               with respect to the Plan Years to which such contribution
               relates;

               (6)  the Qualified Employee will not be entitled to any 
               crediting of earnings on contributions for any period prior 
               to actual payment to the Trust; and

               (7)  the Qualified Employee will not be entitled to restoration
               of any forfeitures which were not allocated to his or her 
               Account as a result of his or her qualified military service.
          
          (G)  For purposes of this Section 14.6, "qualified military
          service" means any service in the uniformed services as defined
          in USERRA by a Qualified Employee who is entitled to reemployment
          rights with a Participating Employer under USERRA.
          

                            EXHIBIT A

       Special   Rules  applicable  to  Employees   of   Customer
Communications Center, Inc.

      This  Exhibit  A  sets forth special  rules  applicable  to
Employees  of  Customer Communications Center, Inc.  ("CCCI")  in
connection with the adoption of the Plan by CCCI.

      1.   For purposes of the definition of "Qualified Employee"
under  Section 12.28, a Qualified Employee shall be any  Employee
of  CCCI who has transferred from the employment of an Affiliated
Organization and immediately prior to such transfer was an Active
Participant under the Plan.




Exhibit 10.k
                                
           FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
            1997 KEY MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

                           JANUARY 1997


Participation in this Plan is limited to officers, directors and
managers of Fingerhut Companies, Inc., and subsidiaries
recommended by the Senior Vice President of the functional area,
and approved by the Director of Compensation, Benefits and HRIS,
the Senior Vice President Human Resources and the Chief Executive
Officer.  The intent of the Plan is to pay bonus amounts at the
par goal based on: (1) bonus percentages specified on an
Individual Opportunity Statement, (2) Company financial
performance, (which includes performance of the  overall Company
and the performance of designated business unit(s)), and (3)
achievement of individual objectives.

For the Chief Executive Officer, 100% of the bonus amount will be
determined by overall Company financial performance.  For all
others, the Individual Opportunity Statement specifies the
weighting of Company financial performance allocated between
overall Company performance and performance of designated
business unit(s).

This Plan will be effective for the fiscal year commencing
January 1, 1997, but the Company may change, modify or terminate
the Plan at any time, including adding or deleting business
units.


Eligibility

1.   Participation in the Plan is limited to officers, directors
     and managers of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries
     who are recommended and approved.

2.   Each participant will receive an Individual Opportunity
     Statement specifying the par goal percentage payment
     opportunity.  Maximum performance achievement will pay out
     two times this par opportunity, while threshold performance
     earns one-half of this par opportunity.

3.   No bonus award will be made if a participant leaves the
     employ of the Company prior to the last day of the
     measurement period.  The only exceptions to this will be for
     death, retirement, disability, or transfer to an affiliate
     company and in these situations a prorated bonus award will
     be made.

     In the event of a prorated award the participant may be paid
     a bonus for the time during the bonus period that he or she
     was a participant.  In the event of an involuntary
     termination, the company will have complete discretion to
     pay or not pay a bonus and to adjust the bonus amount in
     whatever way the Company deems appropriate.

4.   A new participant who becomes eligible to participate in the
     Plan during a bonus period may be paid a bonus in proportion
     to the time during the bonus period that he or she was a
     participant.  A participant whose position and bonus
     percentage opportunities change during the year shall
     receive an adjusted bonus based on performance in each
     position held and proportional in amount to the period each
     position was held.  This adjustment will apply to both
     Company and individual performance objectives.


Definition of Salary and Benefits

1.   Salary shall be defined as paid base salary earnings during
     the fiscal year exclusive of any benefits and other
     payments.

2.   Bonus amounts paid under the Plan shall be included for
     purposes of determining benefits from the Fingerhut
     Corporation Pension and Profit Sharing Plans.


Payment Examples

The algorithm yielding the individual bonus payment for all
participants will be as follows:


Paid Base    Par       Overall       Business     Individual     Bonus
Earnings  X  Bonus   X Company    +  Unit(s)    + Performance  = Amount
             Percent   Performance   Performance  Factor
                       Factor


Example - At Par Performance

- -    A participant earns $100,000 salary
- -    Par bonus percentage is 50% of paid base salary earnings
- -    Company performance factor is allocated 10% to overall
     Company financial performance and 55% to designated business
     unit objectives
- -    Individual objectives factor weight is 35%
- -    Overall Company performance factor, business unit and
     individual objectives are achieved at par goal


     Salary   X  50% X  (10% + 55% + 35%)  = Bonus Amount
     $100,000 X  50% X        100%         = $ 50,000


Example - Above Par Goal Performance at 75th percentile

- -    A participant earns $100,000 salary
- -    Par bonus percentage is 50% of paid base salary earnings
- -    Company performance factor is allocated 10% to overall
     Company financial performance and 55% to business unit 
     objectives
- -    Individual objectives factor weight is 35%
- -    Overall Company performance factor, business unit and
     individual objectives are achieved at 150% of goal.

     Salary    X  50% X  (15% + 82.5%+52.5%) = Bonus Amount
     $100,000  X  50% X          150%        = $ 75,000

Example - At Threshold Goal Performance

- -    A participant earns $100,000 salary
- -    Par bonus percentage is 50% of paid base salary earnings
- -    Company performance factor is allocated 10% to overall
     Company financial performance and 55% to team objectives
- -    Individual objectives factor weight is 35%
- -    Overall Company performance factor, business unit and
     individual objectives achieved below goal at 50%

     Salary     X 50% X  (5% + 27.5% + 17.5)  = Bonus Amount
     $100,000   X 50% X          50%          = $ 25,000

Other Plan Provisions

1.   In the event the minimum Plan threshold for payout for the
     Retail performance factor is not attained, no payout will be
     made for the Retail factor or the individual MBO.

2.   For individual factor awards to earn over 100%, the Retail
     Business must meet or exceed its par level financial target.
     To earn individual payouts above par level, the performance
     level of the objective must be high, and the supervisor must
     indicate on the MBO if payment should be made at threshold,
     par, 75th percentile or maximum level.  This allows for
     additional reward incentive on some or all of the individual
     MBO's.

3.   Payment of bonus awards will be made in cash and will
     include required payroll deductions after the actual results 
     have been reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer and
     approved by the Chief Executive Officer.  The bonus payments
     will occur as soon as practical after the approval date.

4.   The Plan is self-funding.  Thus, the financial objectives of
     the Retail Business must be met after the effect of any
     bonus payments.

5.   The Chief Executive Officer may make discretionary bonus
     payments to participants over and above the defined formula 
     for (i) extraordinary performance or (ii) in other
     cases, upon the recommendation of the Executive Compensation
     Committee where determined by the Committee to be warranted.

6.   If significant unforeseen results affect the Company's
     business positively or negatively during the year, that were 
     not included in the Company performance goal and/or business 
     unit(s) goal for the year, the financial performance goal may 
     be adjusted to reflect the effects of such unplanned events.  
     Such unplanned situations shall include but are not limited to:

     A.   Unplanned acquisitions/new business ventures
     B.   Unplanned divestitures
     C.   The inclusion or exclusion of new participants under
          the Plan as mentioned in items A and B.

     The Chief Executive Officer will make a recommendation on
     the appropriate adjustment of such an unplanned situation on
     this Plan, and the Board Compensation Committee will decide
     upon any such adjustment.


Approvals

1.   The head of each Department will recommend individual
     objectives and the weighting between overall Company
     performance and business unit(s) performance at the start of
     the measurement period.  Each such officer will recommend
     and justify the weighting of the company performance factor,
     objectives, and performance factors for participating
     officers.  The decision of the Chief Executive Officer will
     be final and conclusive with respect to the establishment of
     Company performance factor weightings, objectives, and
     performance of the participants.

2.   Achievement of objectives ratings of the participants will
     be reviewed, recommended and submitted by the appropriate
     officer to the next two levels of management for approval.
     Final determination and approval of satisfaction of Plan
     objectives and bonus amounts will be by the Chief Executive
     Officer.

3.   The administration of the Key Management Incentive Bonus
     Plan is the responsibility of the Compensation, Benefits and
     HRIS Department.


                    FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.
                                
                        AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
             GUIDELINES FOR ESTABLISHING INDIVIDUAL
                                
                     PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
                                

1.   Key Management Incentive Bonus Plan (KMIBP) participants
     will meet with the appropriate Officer prior to the beginning of 
     the measurement period to discuss specific results to be achieved 
     during the year.

2.   The participant will then draft and submit to the Officer
     goals to be accomplished during the year.  These objectives must 
     be written on the KMIBP MBO form. The participant and Officer will 
     then recommend achievement rating points to each
     objective.  Points assigned should reflect the priority of
     the objective; i.e. higher priority objectives should carry more 
     points.

3.   Characteristics of Well Developed Objectives - To be
     meaningful, individual   performance objectives (MBO's) should
     be:

     Challenging - The objective should present a challenge to
     the participant.

     Attainable - The objective should be both realistic and
     achievable.

     Measurable - The objective should be as specific and
     quantitative as possible.  It should be expressed in 
     tangible and measurable terms.  If it is not quantifiable,
     the results of the achievement should be verifiable.

     Relevant - There should be a clear and direct relationship
     between the objective and the Company's goals.

4.   Performance objectives require the approval of the next
     level of management.  The Chief Executive Officer reserves
     the right to add, delete, or change recommended objectives.

5.   At the end of each quarter, and at fiscal year end, the
     participant and the appropriate Officer will review results
     against objectives.  The final rating at the end of the
     measurement period will determine the bonus amount paid.






Exhibit 10.o
                       FINGERHUT CORPORATION
                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                     Effective January 1, 1998
                              
                              Purpose
     
     The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits  to
a  select group of management and highly compensated Employees who
contribute  materially  to the continued growth,  development  and
future  business  success  of Fingerhut Corporation,  a  Minnesota
corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan.
This  Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes  of
Title I of ERISA.
                             ARTICLE 1
                            Definitions
     
     For  purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent
from  the  context, the following phrases or terms shall have  the
following indicated meanings:
1.1  "Account  Balance" shall mean, with respect to a Participant,
     a  credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum  of
     (i)  the  Deferral Account balance, (ii) the  vested  Company
     Contribution  Account balance and (iii)  the  vested  Company
     Restoration Account balance.  The Account Balance,  and  each
     other specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry
     only  and  shall  be  utilized solely as  a  device  for  the
     measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to  a
     Participant,  or his or her designated Beneficiary,  pursuant
     to this Plan.
1.2  "Annual  Bonus" shall mean any compensation, in  addition  to
     Base Annual Salary relating to services performed during  any
     calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar  year  or
     included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar
     year,  payable  to  a  Participant as an Employee  under  any
     Employer's  annual bonus and cash incentive plans,  excluding
     stock  options  and severance pay or other payments  made  on
     account of an Employee's Termination of Employment.
1.3  "Annual Company Contribution Amount" shall mean, for any  one
     Plan  Year, the amount determined in accordance with  Section
     3.5.
1.4  "Annual  Company Restoration Amount" for any  one  Plan  Year
     shall  be  the  amount determined in accordance with  Section
     3.6.
1.5  "Annual  Deferral  Amount"  shall  mean  that  portion  of  a
     Participant's  Base  Annual Salary and Annual  Bonus  that  a
     Participant  elects to have, and is deferred,  in  accordance
     with  Article 3, for any one Plan Year.  In the  event  of  a
     Participant's Termination of Employment prior to the end of a
     Plan  Year, such year's Annual Deferral Amount shall  be  the
     actual amount withheld prior to such event.
1.6  "Annual  Installment Method" shall be an  annual  installment
     payment  over the number of years selected by the Participant
     in  accordance  with this Plan, calculated  as  follows:  The
     Account Balance of the Participant shall be calculated as  of
     the  close of business on the last business day of the  year.
     The  annual  installment shall be calculated  by  multiplying
     this  balance by a fraction, the numerator of which  is  one,
     and  the  denominator  of which is the  remaining  number  of
     annual  payments due the Participant.  By way of example,  if
     the  Participant elects a 10 year Annual Installment  Method,
     the  first  payment  shall be 1/10 of  the  Account  Balance,
     calculated  as  described in this definition.  The  following
     year,  the  payment  shall  be 1/9 of  the  Account  Balance,
     calculated  as  described  in this definition.   Each  annual
     installment shall be paid on or as soon as practicable  after
     the last business day of the applicable year.
1.7  "Base  Annual Salary" shall mean the annual cash compensation
     relating  to  services performed during  any  calendar  year,
     whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on  the
     Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, excluding
     bonuses,   commissions,  overtime,  fringe  benefits,   stock
     options,   relocation  expenses,  incentive  payments,   non-
     monetary  awards,  directors fees and other fees,  automobile
     and  other  allowances paid to a Participant  for  employment
     services  rendered  (whether  or  not  such  allowances   are
     included  in the Employee's gross income), and severance  pay
     or other payments an account of the Employee's Termination of
     Employment.   Base  Annual Salary shall be calculated  before
     reduction   for   compensation   voluntarily   deferred    or
     contributed  by the Participant pursuant to all qualified  or
     non-qualified  plans of any Employer and shall be  calculated
     to   include   amounts   not  otherwise   included   in   the
     Participant's   gross  income  under   Code   Sections   125,
     402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by
     any  Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts  will
     be  included  in  compensation only to the extent  that,  had
     there  been no such plan, the amount would have been  payable
     in cash to the Employee.
1.8  "Beneficiary" shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates
     or  other entities, designated in accordance with Article  7,
     that  are  entitled to receive benefits under this Plan  upon
     the death of a Participant.
1.9  "Beneficiary   Designation  Form"   shall   mean   the   form
     established  from  time  to time  by  the  Committee  that  a
     Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee  to
     designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.10 "Board" shall mean the board of directors of the Company.
1.11 "Change in Control" shall mean the first to occur of  any  of
     the following events:
     (a)  Any  "person"  (as that term is used in Section  13  and
          14(d)(2)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act   of   1934
          ("Exchange Act")) becomes the beneficial owner (as  that
          term  is  used  in Section 13(d) of the  Exchange  Act),
          directly  or indirectly, of 50% or more of the  Parent's
          capital  stock  entitled  to vote  in  the  election  of
          directors;
     (b)  During  any  period  of  not more than  two  consecutive
          years, not including any period prior to the adoption of
          this  Plan,  individuals who at the  beginning  of  such
          period  constitute the board of directors of the Parent,
          and  any  new director (other than a director designated
          by  a person who has entered into an agreement with  the
          Parent to effect a transaction described in clause  (a),
          (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 1.11) whose election  by
          the board of directors or nomination for election by the
          Parent's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least
          three-fourths  (3/4ths) of the directors then  still  in
          office who either were directors at the beginning of the
          period or whose election or nomination for election  was
          previously  so  approved,  cease  for  any   reason   to
          constitute at least a majority thereof;
     (c)  The shareholders of the Parent approve any consolidation
          or  merger of the Parent, other than a consolidation  or
          merger  of the Parent in which the holders of the common
          stock   of   the   Parent  immediately  prior   to   the
          consolidation or merger hold more than 50% of the common
          stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the
          consolidation or merger;
     (d)  The  shareholders  of  the Parent approve  any  plan  or
          proposal  for  the  liquidation or  dissolution  of  the
          Parent; or
     (e)  The  shareholders  of  the Parent approve  the  sale  or
          transfer  of all or substantially all of the  assets  of
          the  Parent to parties that are not within a "controlled
          group of corporations" (as defined in Code Section 1563)
          in which the Parent is a member.
1.12 "Claimant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.
1.13 "Code"  shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as  it
     may be amended from time to time.
1.14 "Committee" shall mean the committee described in Article 10.
1.15 "Company"  shall  mean  Fingerhut  Corporation,  a  Minnesota
     corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of
     the Company's assets or business.
1.16 "Company Contribution Account" shall mean (i) the sum of  the
     Participant's Annual Company Contribution Amounts, plus  (ii)
     amounts  credited  in  accordance  with  all  the  applicable
     crediting  provisions  of  this  Plan  that  relate  to   the
     Participant's  Company Contribution Account, less  (iii)  all
     distributions  made  to  the  Participant  or  his   or   her
     Beneficiary  pursuant  to  this  Plan  that  relate  to   the
     Participant's Company Contribution Account.
1.17 "Company Restoration Account" shall mean (i) the sum  of  all
     of  a  Participant's Annual Company Restoration Amounts, plus
     (ii)  amounts credited in accordance with all the  applicable
     crediting  provisions  of  this  Plan  that  relate  to   the
     Participant's  Company Restoration Account,  less  (iii)  all
     distributions  made  to  the  Participant  or  his   or   her
     Beneficiary  pursuant  to  this  Plan  that  relate  to   the
     Participant's Company Restoration Account.
1.18 "Deduction  Limitation"  shall mean the  following  described
     limitation  on  a benefit that may otherwise be distributable
     pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.  Except as otherwise
     provided,   this   limitation  shall  be   applied   to   all
     distributions that are "subject to the Deduction  Limitation"
     under  this  Plan.  If an Employer determines in  good  faith
     prior  to  a  Change in Control that there  is  a  reasonable
     likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant for  a
     taxable year of the Employer would not be deductible  by  the
     Employer  solely  by  reason  of the  limitation  under  Code
     Section  162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary  by  the
     Employer to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution
     to  the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior to the Change
     in  Control is deductible, the Employer may defer all or  any
     portion  of  a  distribution under this  Plan.   Any  amounts
     deferred  pursuant to this limitation shall  continue  to  be
     credited/debited with additional amounts in  accordance  with
     Section 3.9 below, even if such amount is being paid  out  in
     installments.   The amounts so deferred and amounts  credited
     thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her
     Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant's death) at  the
     earliest possible date, as determined by the Employer in good
     faith,  on  which the deductibility of compensation  paid  or
     payable  to  the  Participant for the  taxable  year  of  the
     Employer  during which the distribution is made will  not  be
     limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective  date
     of  a  Change  in Control.  Notwithstanding anything  to  the
     contrary  in  this Plan, the Deduction Limitation  shall  not
     apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.
1.19 "Deferral  Account"  shall mean (i)  the  sum  of  all  of  a
     Participant's  Annual  Deferral Amounts,  plus  (ii)  amounts
     credited  in  accordance  with all the  applicable  crediting
     provisions  of  this  Plan that relate to  the  Participant's
     Deferral  Account, less (iii) all distributions made  to  the
     Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to  this  Plan
     that relate to his or her Deferral Account.
1.20 "Disability" shall mean a period of disability during which a
     Participant qualifies for permanent disability benefits under
     the  Participant's Employer's long-term disability plan,  or,
     if  a  Participant does not participate in  such  a  plan,  a
     period of disability during which the Participant would  have
     qualified for permanent disability benefits under such a plan
     had  the  Participant been a participant in such a  plan,  as
     determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.   If  the
     Participant's  Employer  does not sponsor  such  a  plan,  or
     discontinues  to  sponsor such a plan,  Disability  shall  be
     determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
1.21 "Election Form" shall mean the form established from time  to
     time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and
     returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.
1.22 "Employee"  shall  mean a person who is an  employee  of  any
     Employer.
1.23 "Employer(s)"  shall  mean  the Company  and/or  any  of  its
     subsidiaries  (now  in  existence  or  hereafter  formed   or
     acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate
     in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor.
1.24 "ERISA"  shall  mean the Employee Retirement Income  Security
     Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
1.25 "Parent"  shall mean Fingerhut Companies, Inc.,  a  Minnesota
     corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of
     the Parent's assets or business.
1.26 "Participant" shall mean any Employee (i) who is selected  by
     the Committee to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects  to
     participate in the Plan, (iii) who signs a Plan Agreement, an
     Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, (iv)  whose
     signed   Plan   Agreement,  Election  Form  and   Beneficiary
     Designation  Form  are  accepted by the  Committee,  (v)  who
     commences  participation in the Plan,  and  (vi)  whose  Plan
     Agreement has not terminated.  A spouse or former spouse of a
     Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan
     or  have an account balance under the Plan, even if he or she
     has  an interest in the Participant's benefits under the Plan
     as  a  result  of  applicable  law  or  property  settlements
     resulting from legal separation, divorce, or otherwise.
1.27 "Plan"  shall mean the Company's Deferred Compensation  Plan,
     which shall be evidenced by this instrument and by each  Plan
     Agreement, as they may be amended from time to time.
1.28 "Plan  Agreement" shall mean a written agreement, as  may  be
     amended  from  time  to time, which is entered  into  by  and
     between  an Employer and a Participant.  Each Plan  Agreement
     executed  by  a  Participant and the  Participant's  Employer
     shall   provide  for  the  entire  benefit  to   which   such
     Participant is entitled under the Plan; should there be  more
     than  one  Plan  Agreement, the Plan  Agreement  bearing  the
     latest date of acceptance by the Employer shall supersede all
     previous  Plan Agreements in their entirety and shall  govern
     such  entitlement.  The terms of any Plan  Agreement  may  be
     different  for  any Participant, and any Plan  Agreement  may
     provide  additional benefits not set forth  in  the  Plan  or
     limit   the  benefits  otherwise  provided  under  the  Plan;
     provided,  however,  that  any such  additional  benefits  or
     benefit  limitations must be agreed to by both  the  Employer
     and the Participant.
1.29 "Plan  Year"  shall mean a period beginning on January  1  of
     each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such
     calendar year.
1.30 "Qualified Plans" shall mean the Fingerhut Corporation Profit
     Sharing  and  401(k)  Savings Plan,  dated  March  28,  1969,
     amended  and  restated July 1, 1997 (the "401(k) Plan"),  the
     Fingerhut  Corporation  Fixed Contribution  Retirement  Plan,
     effective  July 1, 1997 (the "Fixed Contribution Plan"),  the
     Fingerhut  Corporation Pension Plan,  dated  June  30,  1966,
     amended and restated March 26, 1990 (the "Pension Plan"), the
     Figi's Inc. Profit Sharing and 401(k) Savings Plan, effective
     July  5,  1981,  amended and restated October  1,  1997  (the
     "Figi's  401(k) Plan") and the Figi's Inc. Employees  Pension
     Plan, effective July 5, 1981 (the "Figi's Pension Plan"),  as
     they may be further amended from time to time.
1.31 "Short-Term  Payout"  shall mean  the  payout  set  forth  in
     Section 4.1.
1.32 "Termination  Benefit" shall mean the benefit  set  forth  in
     Article 5.
1.33 "Termination  of  Employment" shall mean the  severance  from
     employment  with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily,
     for  any  reason (including death, Disability or  retirement)
     other than an authorized leave of absence.
1.34 "Trust" shall mean one or more trusts established pursuant to
     that certain Fingerhut Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
     Trust,  dated as of January 1, 1998 between the  Company  and
     the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.
                             
                             ARTICLE 2
                Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

2.1  Selection by Committee.  Participation in the Plan  shall  be
     limited to a select group of management and highly compensated
     Employees of the Employers, as determined by the Committee in its
     sole discretion.  From that group, the Committee shall select, in
     its sole discretion, Employees who are eligible to participate in
     the Plan.
2.2  Enrollment  Requirements.  As a condition  to  participation,
     each selected Employee shall complete, execute and return to the
     Committee a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary
     Designation Form, all within 30 days after he or she is selected
     to participate in the Plan.  In addition, the Committee shall
     establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as
     it determines in its sole discretion are necessary or desirable.
2.3  Eligibility; Commencement of Participation.  Provided an
     Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all
     enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the
     Committee, including returning all required documents to the
     Committee within the specified time period, that Employee shall
     commence participation in the Plan as soon as practical, generally
     two weeks after the Employee completes all enrollment
     requirements.  If an Employee fails to meet all such requirements
     within the period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that
     Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until
     the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and
     acceptance by the Committee of the required documents.
2.4  Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals.  If the
     Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer
     qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly
     compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined
     in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of
     ERISA, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion,
     to (i) terminate any deferral election the Participant has made
     for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the Participant's
     membership status changes, (ii) prevent the Participant from
     making future deferral elections and/or (iii) immediately
     distribute the Participant's then Account Balance in the same
     manner as a Termination Benefit and terminate the Participant's
     participation in the Plan.

                             ARTICLE 3
               Deferral Commitments/Crediting/Taxes

3.1  Minimum Deferrals.
     (a)  Base  Annual  Salary and Annual Bonus.   For  each  Plan
          Year,  a Participant may elect to defer, as his  or  her
          Annual Deferral Amount, Base Annual Salary and/or Annual
          Bonus in the following combined minimum amount:
          
                    Deferral       Minimum Amount
               Base Annual Salary  $       0
               Annual Bonus        $       0
               Combined Total         $2,500
          
          If an election is made for less than the stated combined
          minimum  amount, or if no election is made,  the  amount
          deferred shall be zero.
     (b)  Short  Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if  a
          Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a
          Plan Year, or in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan
          itself, the minimum deferral shall be an amount equal to the
          minimum set forth above, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
          of which is the number of complete months remaining in the Plan
          Year and the denominator of which is 12.
3.2  Maximum Deferral.
     (a)  Base  Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus.  For each  Plan
          Year,  a Participant may elect to defer, as his  or  her
          Annual Deferral Amount, Base Annual Salary and/or Annual
          Bonus  up to the following maximum percentages for  each
          deferral elected:
          
                    Deferral            Maximum
                                       Percentage
               Base Annual Salary           25%
               Annual Bonus                100%
     
     (b)  Short  Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if  a
          Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a
          Plan Year, or in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan
          itself, the maximum Annual Deferral Amount, with respect to Base
          Annual Salary and Annual Bonus shall be limited to the amount of
          compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of the date the
          Participant submits a Plan Agreement and Election Form to the
          Committee for acceptance.
3.3  Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form
     (a)  First  Plan  Year.  In connection with  a  Participant's
          commencement   of  participation  in   the   Plan,   the
          Participant shall make an irrevocable deferral  election
          for  the  Plan  Year in which the Participant  commences
          participation  in  the  Plan,  along  with  such   other
          elections  as the Committee deems necessary or desirable
          under  the  Plan.  For these elections to be valid,  the
          Election  Form  must  be completed  and  signed  by  the
          Participant,  timely  delivered  to  the  Committee  (in
          accordance with Section 2.2 above) and accepted  by  the
          Committee.
     (b)  Subsequent  Plan Years.  For each succeeding Plan  Year,
          an irrevocable deferral election for that Plan Year, and
          such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or
          desirable  under  the  Plan, shall  be  made  by  timely
          delivering  to  the  Committee, in accordance  with  its
          rules  and  procedures, before the end of the Plan  Year
          preceding the Plan Year for which the election is  made,
          a new Election Form.  If no such Election Form is timely
          delivered  for  a Plan Year, the Annual Deferral  Amount
          shall be zero for that Plan Year.
3.4  Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts.  For each Plan  Year,
     the  Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount
     shall  be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base  Annual
     Salary  payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted  from  time  to
     time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary.   The
     Annual  Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall  be
     withheld  at the time the Annual Bonus is or otherwise  would
     be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during
     the Plan Year itself.
3.5  Annual  Company Contribution Amount.  For each Plan Year,  an
     Employer,  in  its sole discretion, may, but is not  required
     to, credit any amount it desires to any Participant's Company
     Contribution Account under this Plan, which amount  shall  be
     for  that Participant the Annual Company Contribution  Amount
     for  that Plan Year.  The amount so credited to a Participant
     may  be  smaller  or larger than the amount credited  to  any
     other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant
     for  a  Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more  other
     Participants  receive an Annual Company  Contribution  Amount
     for  that Plan Year.  The Annual Company Contribution Amount,
     if  any,  shall be credited as of the last day  of  the  Plan
     Year.  If a Participant is not employed by an Employer as  of
     the  last day of a Plan Year, the Annual Company Contribution
     Amount for that Plan Year shall be zero.
3.6  Annual  Company  Restoration Amount.  A Participant's  Annual
     Company  Restoration Amount for any Plan Year shall be  equal
     to the actuarial equivalent present value of the benefits, as
     determined  by  the  Committee in its reasonable  discretion,
     that  the Participant would have accrued during the Plan Year
     under   the   Qualified  Plans,  but  for  the  Participant's
     participation in this Plan.
3.7  Investment  of Trust Assets.  The Trustee of the Trust  shall
     be  authorized, upon written instructions received  from  the
     Committee  or investment manager appointed by the  Committee,
     to  invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust in accordance
     with   the   applicable   Trust  Agreement,   including   the
     disposition of stock and reinvestment of the proceeds in  one
     or more investment vehicles designated by the Committee.
3.8  Vesting.
     (a)  A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her
          Deferral Account.
     (b)  A  Participant  shall be vested in his  or  her  Company
          Contribution Account in accordance with the schedule, if any,
          contained in his or her Plan Agreement.
     (c)  A  Participant  shall be vested in his  or  her  Company
          Restoration Account as follows: (i) the Participant shall at all
          times be 100% vested in the portion of his or her Company
          Restoration Account related to the 401(k) Plan, the Fixed
          Contribution Plan and the Figi's 401(k) Plan;  (ii)  the
          Participant shall be vested in the portion of his or her Company
          Restoration Account related to the Pension Plan in accordance with
          the Pension Plan's vesting schedule, as determined by the
          Committee in its reasonable discretion; and  (iii) the Participant
          shall be vested in the portion of his or her Company Restoration
          Account related to the Figi's Pension Plan in accordance with the
          Figi's Pension Plan's vesting schedule, as determined by the
          Committee in its reasonable discretion .
     (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
          Section 3.8, in the event of a Change in Control,  or  a
          Participant's death or Disability, the Participant's Company
          Contribution Account and Company Restoration Account shall
          immediately become 100% vested (if it is not already vested in
          accordance with the above vesting schedules).
     (e)  Notwithstanding subsection (d), the vesting schedule for a
          Participant's Company Contribution Account and Company Restoration
          Account shall not be accelerated to the extent that the Committee
          determines that such acceleration would cause the deduction
          limitations of Section 280G of the Code to become effective.  In
          the event that all of a Participant's Company Contribution Account
          and/or Company Restoration Account is not vested pursuant to such
          a determination, the Participant may request independent
          verification of the Committee's calculations with respect to the
          application of Section 280G.  In such case, the Committee must
          provide to the Participant within 15 business days of such a
          request an opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm
          selected by the Participant (the "Accounting Firm").  The opinion
          shall state the Accounting Firm's opinion that any limitation in
          the vested percentage hereunder is necessary to avoid the limits
          of Section 280G and contain supporting calculations.  The cost of
          such opinion shall be paid for by the Company.
3.9  Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances.  In accordance  with,
     and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established
     from  time  to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion,
     amounts  shall  be  credited or debited  to  a  Participant's
     Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:
     (a)  Election  of  Measurement  Funds.   A  Participant,   in
          connection with his or her initial deferral election  in
          accordance  with Section 3.3(a) above, shall  elect,  on
          the  Election Form, one or more Measurement Fund(s)  (as
          described  in  Section  3.9(c)  below)  to  be  used  to
          determine the additional amounts to be credited  to  his
          or  her  Account Balance for the first day in which  the
          Participant  commences participation  in  the  Plan  and
          continuing thereafter for each subsequent day  in  which
          the Participant participates in the Plan, unless changed
          in  accordance with the next sentence.  Commencing  with
          the   first   day   that   follows   the   Participant's
          commencement of participation in the Plan and continuing
          thereafter  for  each  subsequent  day  in   which   the
          Participant  participates in the Plan,  the  Participant
          may  (but is not required to) elect, in accordance  with
          the rules adopted by the Committee, to add or delete one
          or  more Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the
          additional amounts to be credited to his or her  Account
          Balance, or to change the portion of his or her  Account
          Balance  allocated to each previously or  newly  elected
          Measurement  Fund. If an election is made in  accordance
          with  the previous sentence, it shall apply to the  next
          business day and continue thereafter for each subsequent
          day  in which the Participant participates in the  Plan,
          unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence.
     (b)  Proportionate  Allocation.   In  making   any   election
          described in Section 3.9(a) above, the Participant shall
          specify,  in  accordance with the rules adopted  by  the
          Committee, in increments of five percentage points (5%),
          the  percentage  of  his or her Account  Balance  to  be
          allocated  to a Measurement Fund (as if the  Participant
          was  making an investment in that Measurement Fund  with
          that portion of his or her Account Balance).
     (c)  Measurement  Funds.  The Participant may  elect  one  or
          more  of  the  following  measurement  funds,  based  on
          certain mutual funds (the "Measurement Funds"), for  the
          purpose  of crediting additional amounts to his  or  her
          Account Balance:
          (1)  Putnam Money Market Fund;
          (2)  Dodge & Cox Balanced Fund;
(3)  The Putnam Fund for Growth and Income;
(4)  Putnam Vista Fund;
(5)  UAM ICM Small Company Portfolio; and
(6)  Ivy International Fund.
          As necessary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion,
          discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund.  Each
          such  action will take effect no sooner than thirty (30)
          days   after  the  day  on  which  the  Committee  gives
          Participants advance written notice of such change.
     (d)  Crediting or Debiting Method.  The performance  of  each
          elected  Measurement Fund (either positive or  negative)
          will  be  determined by the Committee, in its reasonable
          discretion,  based on the performance of the Measurement
          Funds themselves.  A Participant's Account Balance shall
          be  credited  or debited on a daily basis based  on  the
          performance  of  each Measurement Fund selected  by  the
          Participant, as determined by the Committee in its  sole
          discretion,  as  though  (i)  a  Participant's   Account
          Balance   were  invested  in  the  Measurement   Fund(s)
          selected   by   the  Participant,  in  the   percentages
          applicable  to  such day, at the closing price  on  such
          date;  (ii)  the  portion of the Annual Deferral  Amount
          that  was actually deferred during any day were invested
          in  the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant,
          in the percentages applicable to such day, no later than
          the  close  of  business on the fifteenth  business  day
          after  the  day  on  which  such  amounts  are  actually
          deferred  from  the  Participant's  Base  Annual  Salary
          through reductions in his or her payroll, at the closing
          price on such date; and (iii) any distribution made to a
          Participant  that  decreases such Participant's  Account
          Balance   ceased  being  invested  in  the   Measurement
          Fund(s), in the percentages applicable to such  day,  no
          earlier  than  fifteen  business  days  prior   to   the
          distribution,  at the closing price on such  date.   The
          Participant's  Annual  Company Contribution  Amount  and
          Annual  Company Restoration Amount shall be credited  to
          his  or  her  Annual  Company Contribution  Account  and
          Company  Restoration Account, respectively, for purposes
          of  this  Section  3.9(d) no later  than  the  close  of
          business  on the last business day in March of the  Plan
          Year following the Plan Year to which they relate.
     (e)  No   Actual   Investment.   Notwithstanding  any   other
          provision  of this Plan that may be interpreted  to  the
          contrary,  the  Measurement Funds are  to  be  used  for
          measurement purposes only, and a Participant's  election
          of  any such Measurement Fund, the allocation to his  or
          her   Account   Balance  thereto,  the  calculation   of
          additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such
          amounts to a Participant's Account Balance shall not  be
          considered  or  construed in any  manner  as  an  actual
          investment  of his or her Account Balance  in  any  such
          Measurement Fund.  In the event that the Company or  the
          Trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust),  in  its
          own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of
          the  Measurement Funds, no Participant  shall  have  any
          rights  in  or to such investments themselves.   Without
          limiting the foregoing, a Participant's Account  Balance
          shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall
          not  represent any investment made on his or her  behalf
          by  the  Company or the Trust; the Participant shall  at
          all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.
3.10 FICA and Other Taxes.
     (a)  Annual Deferral Amounts.  For each Plan Year in which an
          Annual   Deferral  Amount  is  being  withheld  from   a
          Participant,   the   Participant's   Employer(s)   shall
          withhold  from  that  portion of the Participant's  Base
          Annual Salary and Bonus that is not being deferred, in a
          manner  determined by the Employer(s), the Participant's
          share  of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual
          Deferral Amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce
          the  Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this
          Section 3.10.
     (b)  Company  Contribution  Account and  Company  Restoration
          Account.   For  each  Plan Year in which  a  Participant
          becomes  vested  in  a portion of  his  or  her  Company
          Contribution Account or Company Restoration Account, the
          Participant's  Employer(s)  shall  withhold   from   the
          Participant's  Base Annual Salary and/or Bonus  that  is
          not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s),
          the  Participant's  share of FICA and  other  employment
          taxes.   If  necessary,  the Committee  may  reduce  the
          vested portion of the Participant's Company Contribution
          Account  and  Company Restoration Account  in  order  to
          comply with this Section 3.10.
3.11 Distributions.  The Participant's Employer(s), or the trustee
     of  the  Trust, shall withhold from any payments  made  to  a
     Participant  under  this Plan all federal,  state  and  local
     income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by
     the  Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, in  connection
     with  such  payments,  in amounts  and  in  a  manner  to  be
     determined in the sole discretion of the Employer(s) and  the
     trustee of the Trust.
                             
                             ARTICLE 4
              Short-Term Payout; Withdrawal Election

4.1  Short-Term Payout.  In connection with each election to defer
     an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may irrevocably elect to
     receive a future "Short-Term Payout" from the Plan with respect to
     any  portion of such Annual Deferral Amount.  Subject to  the
     Deduction Limitation, the Short-Term Payout shall be a lump sum
     payment in an amount that is equal to the Annual Deferral Amount,
     or elected portion thereof, plus amounts credited or debited in
     the  manner provided in Section 3.8 above on that portion  or
     amount, determined at the time that the Short-Term Payout becomes
     payable (rather than the date of a Termination of Employment).
     Subject  to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms  and
     conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected shall be
     paid out during a 30 day period commencing on January 1, 2005 or
     any subsequent fifth anniversary of such January 1 (i.e, January
     1, 2010, 2015, 2020, etc.); provided, however, the January 1 must
     be more than five (5) years and must be ten (10) years or less
     from the January 1 of the Plan Year in which the Annual Deferral
     Amount is initially deferred.  By way of examples, if a  five
     Short-Term Payout is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that are
     deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 1998, the date for
     distribution of the Short-Term Payout must be January 1, 2005.  If
     a Short-Term Payout is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that
     are deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2000, the date
     for distribution of the Short-Term Payout must be January 1, 2010.
4.2  Other  Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term.   Should  an
     event occur that triggers payment of a Termination Benefit under
     Article 5, any Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or
     debited thereon, that is subject to a Short-Term Payout election
     under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1
     but shall be paid in accordance with Article 5.
4.3  Withdrawal Election.  A Participant (or, after a
     Participant's death, his or her Beneficiary) may elect, at any
     time, to withdraw all of his or her Account Balance, calculated as
     if there had occurred a Termination of Employment as of the day of
     the election, less a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of such
     amount (the net amount shall be referred to as the "Withdrawal
     Amount").  This election can be made at any time, before or after
     Termination of Employment, and whether or not the Participant (or
     Beneficiary) is in the process of being paid pursuant to an
     installment payment schedule.  If made before Termination of
     Employment, a Participant's Withdrawal Amount shall be his or her
     Account Balance calculated as if there had occurred a Termination
     of Employment as of the day of the election.  No partial
     withdrawals of the Withdrawal Amount shall be allowed.  The
     Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall make this election
     by giving the Committee advance written notice of the election in
     a form determined from time to time by the Committee.  The
     Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid the
     Withdrawal Amount within 60 days of his or her election.  Once the
     Withdrawal Amount is paid, the Participant's participation in the
     Plan shall terminate and the Participant shall not be eligible to
     participate in the Plan during the remainder of that Plan Year and
     the next three (3) Plan Years.  The payment of this Withdrawal
     Amount shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
                             
                             ARTICLE 5
                        Termination Benefit

5.1  Termination Benefit.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and
     the provisions of Section 5.2, a Participant who experiences a
     Termination of Employment shall receive, as a Termination Benefit,
     his or her Account Balance.
5.2  Payment of Termination Benefit.  A Participant, in connection
     with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall
     elect on an Election Form to receive the Termination Benefit in a
     lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method over 2, 3, 4,
     5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 years.  The Participant may change his or her
     election  to another allowable alternative payout  period  by
     submitting a new Election Form to the Committee, provided that any
     such Election Form is submitted at least 18 months prior to the
     Participant's  Termination of Employment and is accepted by the
     Committee in its sole discretion.  The Election Form most recently
     accepted by the Committee and submitted at least 18 months prior
     to  Termination of Employment shall govern the payout of  the
     Termination Benefit.  If a Participant does not make any election
     with respect to the payment of the Termination Benefit, then such
     benefit shall be payable in a lump sum.  The lump sum payment
     shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later
     than 30 days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the
     Participant  experiences the Termination of Employment.   Any
     payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
5.3  Termination  of  Employment due to Death.  If  a  Participant
     experiences  a  Termination of Employment due to  death,  the
     Participant's Termination Benefit payments shall be paid to the
     Participant's Beneficiary (a) over the same number of years and in
     the  same amounts as that benefit would have been paid to the
     Participant had the Participant survived, or (b) in a lump sum, if
     requested by the Beneficiary and allowed in the sole discretion of
     the Committee, that is equal to the Participant's Account Balance.
5.4  Death after Termination of Employment.  If a Participant dies
     after Termination of Employment but before the Termination Benefit
     is paid in full, the Participant's unpaid Termination Benefit
     payments shall continue and shall be paid to the Participant's
     Beneficiary (a) over the remaining number of years and in the same
     amounts as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant
     had the Participant survived, or (b) in a lump sum, if requested
     by  the Beneficiary and allowed in the sole discretion of the
     Committee, that is equal to the Participant's Account Balance.
                             
                             ARTICLE 6
                   Disability Waiver and Benefit

6.1  Disability Waiver.
     (a)  Waiver of Deferral.  A Participant who is determined  by
          the Committee to be suffering from a Disability shall be
          excused  from  fulfilling that  portion  of  the  Annual
          Deferral  Amount  commitment that would  otherwise  have
          been  withheld  from a Participant's Base Annual  Salary
          and/or  Annual Bonus for the Plan Year during which  the
          Participant  first  suffers a  Disability.   During  the
          period  of  Disability,  the Participant  shall  not  be
          allowed  to make any additional deferral elections,  but
          will  continue  to be considered a Participant  for  all
          other purposes of this Plan.
     (b)  Return  to Work.  If a Participant returns to employment
          with  an  Employer,  after  a  Disability  ceases,   the
          Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount
          for  the  Plan  Year  following his  or  her  return  to
          employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter
          while  a Participant in the Plan; provided such deferral
          elections are otherwise allowed and an Election Form  is
          delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such
          election in accordance with Section 3.3 above.
6.2  Continued  Eligibility; Benefit .  A Participant suffering  a
     Disability  shall,  for  benefit purposes  under  this  Plan,
     continue  to  be  considered to  be  employed  and  shall  be
     eligible for the benefits provided for in Articles 4 or 5  in
     accordance   with   the   provisions   of   those   Articles.
     Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall have the right
     to,  in its sole and absolute discretion and for purposes  of
     this  Plan  only deem the Participant to have  experienced  a
     Termination  of Employment at any time after such Participant
     is determined to be suffering a Disability, in which case the
     Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit equal to  his
     or  her  Account  Balance  at the  time  of  the  Committee's
     determination.   The Termination Benefit  shall  be  paid  in
     accordance   with   the  payment  method  selected   by   the
     Participant under Section 5.2 above.  Any payment made  shall
     be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
                             
                             ARTICLE 7
                      Beneficiary Designation

7.1  Beneficiary.  Each Participant shall have the right,  at  any
     time,  to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary
     as  well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under
     the  Plan  to  a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.
     The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as
     or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other
     plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.
7.2  Beneficiary   Designation;  Change;   Spousal   Consent.    A
     Participant  shall  designate  his  or  her  Beneficiary   by
     completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form,  and
     returning  it  to the Committee or its designated  agent.   A
     Participant  shall have the right to change a Beneficiary  by
     completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of
     the  Beneficiary  Designation Form and the Committee's  rules
     and  procedures,  as in effect from time  to  time.   If  the
     Participant names someone other than his or her spouse  as  a
     Beneficiary, a spousal consent, in the form designated by the
     Committee,  must be signed by that Participant's  spouse  and
     returned  to  the  Committee.  Upon  the  acceptance  by  the
     Committee   of  a  new  Beneficiary  Designation  Form,   all
     Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be  canceled.
     The   Committee  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  on  the  last
     Beneficiary  Designation Form filed by  the  Participant  and
     accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.
7.3  Acknowledgment.  No designation or change in designation of a
     Beneficiary   shall   be   effective   until   received   and
     acknowledged  in writing by the Committee or  its  designated
     agent.
7.4  No  Beneficiary  Designation.   If  a  Participant  fails  to
     designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 7.1, 7.2  and
     7.3  above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the
     Participant  or  die  prior to complete distribution  of  the
     Participant's  benefits,  then the  Participant's  designated
     Beneficiary  shall  be  deemed to be  his  or  her  surviving
     spouse.   If  the  Participant has no surviving  spouse,  the
     benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary
     shall  be  payable to the executor or personal representative
     of the Participant's estate.
7.5  Doubt  as to Beneficiary.  If the Committee has any doubt  as
     to  the  proper Beneficiary to receive payments  pursuant  to
     this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in
     its  discretion,  to  cause  the  Participant's  Employer  to
     withhold such payments until this matter is resolved  to  the
     Committee's satisfaction.
7.6  Discharge of Obligations.  The payment of benefits under  the
     Plan  to  a  Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge
     all  Employers and the Committee from all further obligations
     under  this  Plan with respect to the Participant,  and  that
     Participant's Plan Agreement shall terminate upon  such  full
     payment of benefits.
                                 
                             ARTICLE 8
                         Leave of Absence

8.1  Paid Leave of Absence.  If a Participant is authorized by the
     Participant's Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of
     absence  from the employment of the Employer, the Participant
     shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer  and
     the  Annual  Deferral Amount shall continue  to  be  withheld
     during  such  paid  leave  of  absence  in  accordance   with
     Section 3.3.
8.2  Unpaid  Leave of Absence.  If a Participant is authorized  by
     the  Participant's Employer for any reason to take an  unpaid
     leave  of  absence from the employment of the  Employer,  the
     Participant shall continue to be considered employed  by  the
     Employer  and  the Participant shall be excused  from  making
     deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of  absence
     expires  or  the  Participant returns to  a  paid  employment
     status.   Upon  such  expiration or return,  deferrals  shall
     resume  for the remaining portion of the Plan Year  in  which
     the  expiration  or  return occurs,  based  on  the  deferral
     election,  if any, made for that Plan Year.  If  no  election
     was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be withheld.
                             
                             ARTICLE 9
              Termination, Amendment or Modification

9.1  Termination.  Although each Employer anticipates that it will
     continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there  is
     no guarantee that any Employer will continue the Plan or will
     not   terminate  the  Plan  at  any  time  in   the   future.
     Accordingly, each Employer reserves the right to  discontinue
     its  sponsorship of the Plan and/or to terminate the Plan  at
     any  time  with  respect to any or all of  its  participating
     Employees,  by  action of its board of directors.   Upon  the
     termination  of  the Plan with respect to any  Employer,  the
     Plan Agreements of the affected Participants who are employed
     by  that Employer shall terminate and their Account Balances,
     determined  as  if  they  had experienced  a  Termination  of
     Employment on the date of Plan termination, shall be paid  to
     the  Participants as follows:  Prior to a Change in  Control,
     if  the  Plan  is  terminated with  respect  to  all  of  its
     Participants, an Employer shall have the right, in  its  sole
     discretion,  and notwithstanding any elections  made  by  the
     Participant, to pay such benefits in a lump sum  or  pursuant
     to  an  Annual  Installment Method of up to  10  years,  with
     amounts credited and debited during the installment period as
     provided  herein.  If the Plan is terminated with respect  to
     less  than  all  of  its Participants, an Employer  shall  be
     required  to  pay such benefits in a lump sum.   For  a  Plan
     Termination  arising after a Change in Control, the  Employer
     shall  be  required to pay such benefits in a lump sum.   The
     termination  of  the  Plan  shall not  adversely  affect  any
     Participant  or  Beneficiary who has become entitled  to  the
     payment  of  any benefits under the Plan as of  the  date  of
     termination; provided however, that the Employer  shall  have
     the  right  in its sole discretion to accelerate  installment
     payments  without a premium or prepayment penalty  by  paying
     the  Account Balance in a lump sum or pursuant to  an  Annual
     Installment Method using fewer years.
9.2  Amendment.   Any Employer may, at any time, amend  or  modify
     the Plan in whole or in part with respect to that Employer by
     the  action  of  its  board of directors; provided,  however,
     that: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective  to
     decrease  or  restrict  the value of a Participant's  Account
     Balance   in   existence  at  the  time  the   amendment   or
     modification  is  made, calculated as if the Participant  had
     experienced  a Termination of Employment as of the  effective
     date  of the amendment or modification, and (ii) no amendment
     or  modification of this Section 9.2 or Section 10.2  of  the
     Plan  shall  be effective.  The amendment or modification  of
     the  Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who
     has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan
     as  of  the  date of the amendment or modification; provided,
     however,  that the Employer shall have the right in its  sole
     discretion  to accelerate installment payments by paying  the
     Account  Balance  in  a  lump sum or pursuant  to  an  Annual
     Installment  Method  using  fewer years  (provided  that  the
     present value of all payments that will have been received by
     a  Participant at any given point of time under the different
     payment  schedule shall equal or exceed the present value  of
     all  payments that would have been received at that point  in
     time under the original payment schedule).
9.3  Plan  Agreement.  Despite the provisions of Sections 9.1  and
     9.2   above,  if  a  Participant's  Plan  Agreement  contains
     benefits  or limitations that are not in this Plan  document,
     the Employer may only amend or terminate such provisions with
     the consent of the Participant.
9.4  Effect  of  Payment.   The  full payment  of  the  applicable
     benefit  under  Articles  4,  5,  or  6  of  the  Plan  shall
     completely discharge all obligations of the Employer(s) to  a
     Participant  and  his  or her designated Beneficiaries  under
     this   Plan  and  the  Participant's  Plan  Agreement   shall
     terminate.
                            
                            ARTICLE 10
                          Administration

10.1 Committee  Duties.   Except  as otherwise  provided  in  this
     Article  10,  the Administrator shall delegate administration
     of this Plan to a Committee which shall consist of the Board,
     or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  Members of the
     Committee  may  be Participants under this Plan.   Except  as
     limited  by the Administrator, the Committee shall also  have
     the  discretion and authority to (i) make, amend,  interpret,
     and  enforce  all appropriate rules and regulations  for  the
     administration  of this Plan and (ii) decide or  resolve  any
     and all questions including interpretations of this Plan,  as
     may  arise  in  connection  with the  Plan.   Any  individual
     serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not  vote
     or  act  on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.
     When  making  a  determination or calculation, the  Committee
     shall  be  entitled  to rely on information  furnished  by  a
     Participant or the Company.
10.2 Administration Upon Change In Control.  For purposes of  this
     Plan,  the Company shall be the "Administrator" at all  times
     prior  to  the occurrence of a Change in Control.   Upon  and
     after   the   occurrence  of  a  Change   in   Control,   the
     "Administrator" shall be an independent third party  selected
     by  the  trustee of the Trust and approved by the  individual
     who, immediately prior to such event, was the Company's Chief
     Executive  Officer  or, if not so identified,  the  Company's
     highest  ranking  officer (the "Ex-CEO").  The  Administrator
     shall have the discretionary power to determine all questions
     arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and
     the  interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but  not
     limited  to  benefit  entitlement  determinations;  provided,
     however,  upon  and  after  the occurrence  of  a  Change  in
     Control, the Administrator shall have no power to direct  the
     investment  of Trust assets or select any investment  manager
     or  custodial  firm  for  the  Trust.   Upon  and  after  the
     occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company must: (1)  pay
     all  reasonable  administrative  expenses  and  fees  of  the
     Administrator;  (2) indemnify the Administrator  against  any
     costs,    expenses   and   liabilities   including,   without
     limitation,   attorney's  fees  and   expenses   arising   in
     connection   with   the  performance  of  the   Administrator
     hereunder, except with respect to matters resulting from  the
     gross  negligence or willful misconduct of the  Administrator
     or  its  employees or agents; and (3) supply full and  timely
     information  to the Administrator or all matters relating  to
     the   Plan,   the   Trust,   the   Participants   and   their
     Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants,  the
     date of circumstances of the Termination of Employment of the
     Participants,  and  such other pertinent information  as  the
     Administrator  may  reasonably require.   Upon  and  after  a
     Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a
     replacement appointed) by the trustee of the Trust only  with
     the  approval  of  the Ex-CEO.  Upon and after  a  Change  in
     Control,  the  Administrator may not  be  terminated  by  the
     Company.
10.3 Agents.   In  the administration of this Plan, the  Committee
     may,  from time to time, employ agents and delegate  to  them
     such  administrative duties as it sees fit (including  acting
     through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to
     time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.
10.4 Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action  of  the
     Administrator with respect to any question arising out of  or
     in  connection  with  the administration, interpretation  and
     application  of  the  Plan  and  the  rules  and  regulations
     promulgated  hereunder  shall be  final  and  conclusive  and
     binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
10.5 Indemnity  of  Committee.  All Employers shall indemnify  and
     hold  harmless the members of the Committee, any Employee  to
     whom  the duties of the Committee may be delegated,  and  the
     Administrator  against any and all claims,  losses,  damages,
     expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to
     act  with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful
     misconduct  by  the Committee, any of its members,  any  such
     Employee or the Administrator.
10.6 Employer   Information.   To  enable  the  Committee   and/or
     Administrator to perform its functions, the Company and  each
     Employer  shall  supply full and timely  information  to  the
     Committee  and/or Administrator, as the case may be,  on  all
     matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the
     date  and  circumstances of the Disability or Termination  of
     Employment  of  its  Participants, and such  other  pertinent
     information as the Committee or Administrator may  reasonably
     require.
                            
                            ARTICLE 11
                   Other Benefits and Agreements

11.1 Coordination with Other Benefits.  The benefits provided  for
     a  Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under  the  Plan
     are  in  addition  to any other benefits  available  to  such
     Participant under any other plan or program for employees  of
     the  Participant's Employer.  The Plan shall  supplement  and
     shall  not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan  or
     program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.
                            
                            ARTICLE 12
                         Claims Procedures

12.1 Presentation of Claim.  Any Participant or Beneficiary  of  a
     deceased  Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary  being
     referred  to  below  as  a "Claimant")  may  deliver  to  the
     Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to
     the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan.  If
     such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received  by
     the  Claimant,  the claim must be made within 60  days  after
     such  notice was received by the Claimant.  All other  claims
     must  be made within 180 days of the date on which the  event
     that  caused  the claim to arise occurred.   The  claim  must
     state  with  particularity the determination desired  by  the
     Claimant.
12.2 Notification  of  Decision.  The Committee shall  consider  a
     Claimant's  claim within a reasonable time after  filing  the
     claim,  and, not later than 90 days after filing shall notify
     the Claimant in writing:
     (a)  that  the  Claimant's requested determination  has  been
          made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or
     (b)  that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in
          whole   or   in   part,  to  the  Claimant's   requested
          determination,  and  such notice must  set  forth  in  a
          manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
          (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim,
               or any part of it;
          (ii) specific  reference(s) to pertinent  provisions  of
               the Plan upon which such denial was based;
          (iii)      a  description of any additional material  or
               information necessary for the Claimant  to  perfect
               the  claim, and an explanation of why such material
               or information is necessary; and
          (iv) an  explanation of the claim review  procedure  set
               forth in Section 12.3 below.
12.3 Review  of a Denied Claim.  Within 60 days after receiving  a
     notice  from the Committee that a claim has been  denied,  in
     whole  or  in  part,  a  Claimant  (or  the  Claimant's  duly
     authorized  representative) may file  with  the  Committee  a
     written  request  for a review of the denial  of  the  claim.
     Thereafter,  but  not  later than 30 days  after  the  review
     procedure  began,  the  Claimant  (or  the  Claimant's   duly
     authorized representative):
     (a)  may review pertinent documents;
     (b)  may submit written comments or other documents; and/or
     (c)  may  request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole
          discretion, may grant.
12.4 Decision  on Review.  The Committee shall render its decision
     on  review  promptly, and not later than 60  days  after  the
     filing  of a written request for review of the denial, unless
     a  hearing  is  held  or other special circumstances  require
     additional time, in which case the Committee's decision  must
     be  rendered within 120 days after such date.  Such  decision
     must  be  written in a manner calculated to be understood  by
     the Claimant, and it must contain:
     (a)  specific reasons for the decision;
     (b)  specific  reference(s) to the pertinent Plan  provisions
          upon which the decision was based; and
     (c)  such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.
12.5 Legal  Action.   A Claimant's compliance with  the  foregoing
     provisions of this Article 14 is a mandatory prerequisite  to
     a  Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect
     to any claim for benefits under this Plan.
                            
                            ARTICLE 13
                               Trust

13.1 Establishment of the Trust.  The Company shall establish  the
     Trust,  and  each  Employer shall at least annually  transfer
     over to the Trust such assets as the Employer determines,  in
     its  sole discretion, are necessary to provide, on a  present
     value  basis,  for its respective future liabilities  created
     with  respect to the Annual Deferral Amounts, Annual  Company
     Contribution  Amounts and Annual Company Restoration  Amounts
     for such Employer's Participants for all periods prior to the
     transfer,  as  well  as  any  debits  and  credits   to   the
     Participants' Account Balances for all periods prior  to  the
     transfer,  taking into consideration the value of the  assets
     in the trust at the time of the transfer.
13.2 Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust.  The  provisions
     of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of
     a  Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan.
     The  provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights  of  the
     Employers, Participants and the creditors of the Employers to
     the assets transferred to the Trust.  Each Employer shall  at
     all  times  remain liable to carry out its obligations  under
     the Plan.
13.3 Distributions  From  the Trust.  Each Employer's  obligations
     under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed
     pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution
     shall reduce the Employer's obligations under this Plan.
                            
                            ARTICLE 14
                           Miscellaneous

14.1 Status  of Plan.  The Plan is intended to be a plan  that  is
     not  qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)  and
     that  "is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily
     for  the  purpose  of providing deferred compensation  for  a
     select  group  of management or highly compensated  employee"
     within  the  meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3)  and
     401(a)(1).  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to
     the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
14.2 Unsecured  General  Creditor.  Participants  and  their  Bene
     ficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no  legal
     or  equitable rights, interests or claims in any property  or
     assets  of  an  Employer.  For purposes  of  the  payment  of
     benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer's assets
     shall  be,  and  remain, the general, unpledged  unrestricted
     assets  of the Employer.  An Employer's obligation under  the
     Plan  shall  be  merely  that of an  unfunded  and  unsecured
     promise to pay money in the future.
14.3 Employer's  Liability.   An  Employer's  liability  for   the
     payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the
     Plan  Agreement, as entered into between the Employer  and  a
     Participant.   An  Employer shall have  no  obligation  to  a
     Participant  under the Plan except as expressly  provided  in
     the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.
14.4 Nonassignability.  Neither a Participant nor any other person
     shall  have  any  right to commute, sell,  assign,  transfer,
     pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer,
     hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt,
     the  amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof,
     which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared  to
     be,  unassignable  and  non-transferable.   No  part  of  the
     amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to
     seizure,  attachment,  garnishment or sequestration  for  the
     payment   of  any  debts,  judgments,  alimony  or   separate
     maintenance  owed  by a Participant or any other  person,  be
     transferable  by  operation  of  law  in  the  event   of   a
     Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or  insolvency
     or  be  transferable to a spouse as a result  of  a  property
     settlement or otherwise.
14.5 Not  a  Contract of Employment.  The terms and conditions  of
     this  Plan  shall not be deemed to constitute a  contract  of
     employment  between any Employer and the  Participant.   Such
     employment  is  hereby  acknowledged  to  be  an  "at   will"
     employment  relationship that can be terminated at  any  time
     for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with
     or  without  notice, unless expressly provided in  a  written
     employment agreement.  Nothing in this Plan shall  be  deemed
     to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service
     of  any  Employer  as an Employee, or to interfere  with  the
     right  of  any  Employer  to  discipline  or  discharge   the
     Participant at any time.
14.6 Furnishing  Information.   A  Participant  or  his   or   her
     Beneficiary  will cooperate with the Committee by  furnishing
     any  and all information requested by the Committee and  take
     such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate
     the  administration of the Plan and the payments of  benefits
     hereunder, including but not limited to taking such  physical
     examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.
14.7 Terms.   Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine,
     they  shall be construed as though they were in the  feminine
     in  all  cases  where they would so apply; and  whenever  any
     words are used herein in the singular or in the plural,  they
     shall be construed as though they were used in the plural  or
     the  singular,  as the case may be, in all cases  where  they
     would so apply.
14.8 Captions.   The  captions  of  the  articles,  sections   and
     paragraphs  of this Plan are for convenience only  and  shall
     not  control or affect the meaning or construction of any  of
     its provisions.
14.9 Governing Law.  Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan
     shall  be construed and interpreted according to the internal
     laws  of  the  State  of  Minnesota  without  regard  to  its
     conflicts of laws principles.
14.10      Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted  to
     be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient
     if  in  writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered  or
     certified mail, to the address below:
                 
                 Fingerhut Corporation
                 Benefits Department - Tom Segal
                 4400 Baker Road
                 Minnetonka, Minnesota 55422
     
     Such  notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery
     or,  if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the
     postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
     Any  notice or filing required or permitted to be given to  a
     Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing
     and  hand-delivered,  or  sent by mail,  to  the  last  known
     address of the Participant.
14.11      Successors.  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and
     inure  to the benefit of the Participant's Employer  and  its
     successors   and   assigns  and  the  Participant   and   the
     Participant's designated Beneficiaries.
14.12       Spouse's  Interest.   The  interest  in  the  benefits
     hereunder  of  a spouse of a Participant who has  predeceased
     the  Participant shall automatically pass to the  Participant
     and  shall not be transferable by such spouse in any  manner,
     including  but not limited to such spouse's will,  nor  shall
     such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
14.13      Validity.  In case any provision of this Plan shall  be
     illegal  or  invalid  for  any  reason,  said  illegality  or
     invalidity  shall not affect the remaining parts hereof,  but
     this  Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal
     or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
14.14       Incompetent.   If  the  Committee  determines  in  its
     discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to  a
     minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable
     of  handling  the disposition of that person's property,  the
     Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian,
     legal representative or person having the care and custody of
     such  minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The  Committee
     may  require  proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity  or
     guardianship,   as   it   may  deem  appropriate   prior   to
     distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit  shall
     be  a  payment  for  the account of the Participant  and  the
     Participant's Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a
     complete  discharge of any liability under the Plan for  such
     payment amount.
14.15      Court  Order.  The Committee is authorized to make  any
     payments  directed by court order in any action in which  the
     Plan  or  the  Committee  has been  named  as  a  party.   In
     addition,  if  a  court determines that a  spouse  or  former
     spouse  of a Participant has an interest in the Participant's
     benefits  under  the  Plan  in  connection  with  a  property
     settlement   or  otherwise,  the  Committee,  in   its   sole
     discretion,   shall  have  the  right,  notwithstanding   any
     election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the
     spouse's  or  former spouse's interest in  the  Participant's
     benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
14.16     Distribution in the Event of Taxation.
     (a)  In General.  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a
          Participant's  benefits under this Plan becomes  taxable
          to  the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant  may
          petition  the Committee before a Change in  Control,  or
          the  trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for
          a  distribution  of that portion of his or  her  benefit
          that  has  become  taxable.  Upon the grant  of  such  a
          petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld
          (and,  after  a Change in Control, shall be granted),  a
          Participant's   Employer   shall   distribute   to   the
          Participant  immediately available funds  in  an  amount
          equal  to  the  taxable portion of his  or  her  benefit
          (which  amount  shall not exceed a Participant's  unpaid
          Account  Balance  under the Plan).  If the  petition  is
          granted,  the tax liability distribution shall  be  made
          within  90  days  of  the  date when  the  Participant's
          petition  is granted.  Such a distribution shall  affect
          and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
     (b)  Trust.   If  the  Trust terminates  in  accordance  with
          Section 3.6(e) of the Trust and benefits are distributed
          from  the Trust to a Participant in accordance with that
          Section,  the  Participant's benefits  under  this  Plan
          shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.
14.17      Insurance.   The Employers, on their own behalf  or  on
     behalf  of  the  trustee of the Trust,  and,  in  their  sole
     discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on  the  life
     of  the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the
     Trust may choose.  The Employers or the trustee of the Trust,
     as  the  case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary
     of  any  such  insurance.   The  Participant  shall  have  no
     interest  whatsoever in any such policy or policies,  and  at
     the   request  of  the  Employers  shall  submit  to  medical
     examinations  and  supply such information and  execute  such
     documents  as  may  be required by the insurance  company  or
     companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.
14.18      Legal  Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in  Control.
     The  Company  and  each  Employer  is  aware  that  upon  the
     occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or the board  of
     directors  of a Participant's Employer (which might  then  be
     composed  of new members) or a shareholder of the Company  or
     the  Participant's Employer, or of any successor  corporation
     might  then  cause  or  attempt to  cause  the  Company,  the
     Participant's Employer or such successor to refuse to  comply
     with  its  obligations  under the Plan  and  might  cause  or
     attempt to cause the Company or the Participant's Employer to
     institute,  or  may  institute, litigation  seeking  to  deny
     Participants the benefits intended under the Plan.  In  these
     circumstances,  the purpose of the Plan could be  frustrated.
     Accordingly,  if,  following a Change in Control,  it  should
     appear to any Participant that the Company, the Participant's
     Employer  or any successor corporation has failed  to  comply
     with  any  of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement
     thereunder  or, if the Company, such Employer  or  any  other
     person  takes  any  action  to  declare  the  Plan  void   or
     unenforceable  or institutes any litigation  or  other  legal
     action  designed  to deny, diminish or to  recover  from  any
     Participant  the benefits intended to be provided,  then  the
     Company  and the Participant's Employer irrevocably authorize
     such  Participant to retain counsel of his or her  choice  at
     the  expense  of  the Company and the Participant's  Employer
     (who shall be jointly and severally liable) to represent such
     Participant in connection with the initiation or  defense  of
     any  litigation or other legal action, whether by or  against
     the  Company,  the  Participant's Employer or  any  director,
     officer,  shareholder  or other person  affiliated  with  the
     Company, the Participant's Employer or any successor  thereto
     in any jurisdiction.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document
as of __________, 199_.
                              "Company"
                              Fingerhut Corporation,
                                 a Minnesota corporation
                              By:  ______________________________
                              Title:
                              ______________________________



Exhibit 10.w(i)
                         FIRST AMENDMENT
                             OF THE
                    FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.
                    NONQUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL
                    EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


      The  Fingerhut  Companies,  Inc. Nonqualified  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement Plan, heretofore adopted by  the  Board  of
Directors  of  Fingerhut Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
on  February  14,  1996,  is  hereby  amended  in  the  following
respects.

I.         PRINCIPAL SPONSOR CHANGED.  Effective as of January 1,
1996, Section 1.1 is amended to read in full as follows:

1.1. Preamble  ERISA authorizes the establishment of an unfunded,
nonqualified  plan  maintained  primarily  for  the  purpose   of
providing  deferred compensation for a select group of management
or  highly  compensated employees and to coordinate the  benefits
provided   to   them  under  other  qualified  and   nonqualified
retirement  programs  available to them  as  a  result  of  their
employment.    FINGERHUT  CORPORATION,  a  Minnesota  corporation
(hereinafter "Principal Sponsor") and certain affiliates  of  the
Principal  Sponsor (collectively the "Employers") have determined
that  it is in their best interest to establish and maintain such
an  unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan  for  those
purposes.  Therefore, the Principal Sponsor, for itself  and  the
other  Employers, does hereby establish this SERP, the terms  and
conditions of which are as follows.

1.         OFFSET  ELIMINATED.  Effective with  respect  to  each
Participant who is actively employed by an Employer at some  time
on  or  after  the date of the adoption of this First  Amendment,
Section 1.2.5 is amended to read in full as follows:

      1.2.5.    Benefit Offset _ a dollar amount determined as of
a  Participant's  Termination of Employment and expressed  as  an
annual   single  life  annuity  payable  for  the  life  of   the
Participant commencing as of the first of the Plan Year following
the  later  of   the  date  of the Participant's  Termination  of
Employment  or the date the Participant would attain  age  sixty-
five (65) years and which is equal to the sum of:

          (a)    the   Participant's  Social   Security   Benefit
          determined  as  of such Termination of Employment  when
          expressed  as an annual single life annuity  commencing
          as of the first of the Plan Year following the later of
          the date of the Participant's Termination of Employment
          or the date the Participant would attain age sixty-five
          (65) years; and

          (b)    the  Participant's  accrued  benefit  under  the
          Pension Plan and the Pension Excess Plan determined  as
          of  such Termination of Employment when expressed as an
          annual  single life annuity commencing as of the  first
          of the Plan Year following the later of the date of the
          Participant's Termination of Employment or the date the
          Participant would attain age sixty-five (65) years; and

          (c)   seventy-five  percent (75%) of the  Participant's
          account   balance   under  the  Profit   Sharing   Plan
          attributable to employer contributions (including  both
          the   elective   contributions  and  the   non-elective
          contributions)  determined as of  such  Termination  of
          Employment  and  determined as  if  no  withdrawals  or
          distributions  had  been made from the  Profit  Sharing
          Plan  and as if all elective contributions which  could
          have  been contributed to the Profit Sharing  Plan  had
          been contributed to the Profit Sharing Plan:

                                   (i)  together with interest at
               eight   and  one-half  percent  (8.5%)  compounded
               annually from the Termination of Employment to the
               later of the date of the Participant's Termination
               of  Employment  or the date the Participant  would
               attain age sixty-five (65) years, and

                                    (ii)  then converted  to  and
               expressed as an Actuarial Equivalent annual single
               life  annuity  commencing as of the first  of  the
               Plan  Year following the later of the date of  the
               Participant's  Termination of  Employment  or  the
               date  the  Participant would attain age sixty-five
               (65) years; and

          (d)  an amount equal to the dollars credited or paid to
          the Participant under the Profit Sharing Excess Plan:

                                   (i)  together with interest at
               eight   and  one-half  percent  (8.5%)  compounded
               annually from the date so credited or paid to  the
               Termination of Employment, and

                                    (ii)  then converted  to  and
               expressed as an Actuarial Equivalent annual single
               life  annuity  commencing as of the first  of  the
               Plan  Year following the later of the date of  the
               Participant's  Termination of  Employment  or  the
               date  the  Participant would attain age sixty-five
               (65) years.

The  Benefit  Offset may increase or decrease from time  to  time
before a Termination of Employment.

1.         OFFSET  ELIMINATED.  Effective with  respect  to  each
Participant who is actively employed by an Employer at some  time
on  or  after  the date of the adoption of this First  Amendment,
Section 1.2.10 is deleted without replacement.

1.         PRINCIPAL SPONSOR CHANGED.  Effective as of January 1,
1996, Section 1.2.17 is amended to read in full as follows:

     1.2.17.   Plan Statement _ this document entitled "FINGERHUT
NONQUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN," as  adopted
by  the Principal Sponsor effective as of January 1, 1996, as the
same may be amended from time to time thereafter.

1.         PRINCIPAL SPONSOR CHANGED.  Effective as of January 1,
1996, Section 1.2.19 is amended to read in full as follows:

      1.2.19.    Principal  Sponsor _  FINGERHUT  CORPORATION,  a
Minnesota corporation.

1.         PRINCIPAL SPONSOR CHANGED.  Effective as of January 1,
1996,  Section 1.2.22 is amended to read in full as follows  (and
each other reference to the name of the SERP is conformed to this
name as amended):

     1.2.22.   SERP _ the nonqualified deferred compensation plan
of  the  Employers  established  for  the  benefit  of  employees
eligible to participate therein, as first set forth in this  Plan
Statement.   (As used herein, "SERP" refers to the  legal  entity
established  by  an  Principal Sponsor and not  to  the  document
pursuant  to  which  the SERP is maintained.   That  document  is
referred  to herein as the "Plan Statement.")  The SERP shall  be
referred to as the "FINGERHUT NONQUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
RETIREMENT PLAN."

1.          AUTOMATIC  PARTICIPATION.   Effective   for   initial
determinations of who is a Participant which are  made  as  of  a
date  on  or  after  the  date  of the  adoption  of  this  First
Amendment, Section 2.1 is amended to read in full as follows:

2.1.  General  Participation Rule.   An  individual  shall  be  a
Participant  in  this  SERP  if  that  individual,  on  or  after
January 1, 1996, satisfies all of the following criteria:

                                      (i)     he or she is a Vice
               President   or  more  senior  officer  (including,
               without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,
               the  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Chief
               Executive  Officer,  a Senior Vice  President,  an
               Executive  Vice President or a Vice  President  of
               the Principal Sponsor), and

                                      (ii)       he  or  she   is
               actively employed by the Principal Sponsor.

Any  individual  who has become a Participant in the  SERP  shall
continue as a Participant until all benefits which are due  under
this SERP have been received without regard to whether he or  she
continues as an officer or a participant in the Pension  Plan  or
an  active  employee.   The Compensation Committee  may,  in  its
discretion, impose restrictions or limitations upon the  benefits
payable   under   the  SERP  as  a  condition  of  participation.
Notwithstanding any thing apparently to the contrary contained in
this  Plan  Statement,  it  shall be  construed  to  prevent  the
duplication  of  benefits  provided  under  any  other  plan   or
arrangement,  whether  qualified  or  nonqualified,   funded   or
unfunded,  to  the extent that such other benefits  are  provided
directly or indirectly by an Employer.

1.         CROSS  REFERENCE.   Effective  with  respect  to  each
Participant who is actively employed by an Employer at some  time
on or after the date of the adoption of this First Amendment, the
Appendix A to the Plan Statement is amended by replacing it  with
the Appendix A attached to this Amendment.

1.          CONDITIONAL  ADOPTION  OF  AMENDMENT.    This   First
Amendment shall be effective as of the dates hereinabove  recited
for  every  individual who becomes a Participant on or after  the
date  that  this Amendment is adopted.  This Amendment  shall  be
effective  as  of  the  dates herein  above  recited   for  every
individual  who  was a Participant before the  adoption  of  this
Amendment  only  if  such  individual affirmatively  consents  in
writing  to  the  adoption of this Amendment  and  delivers  such
consent  to the Secretary of the Compensation Committee  (or  his
delegee) not later than thirty (30) days after such individual is
notified in writing of the adoption of this Amendment.

1.         SAVINGS  CLAUSE.  Save and except as herein  expressly
amended  the  Plan  Statement shall continue in  full  force  and
effect.
                                   APPENDIX A
                                        
                         ACTUARIALLY EQUIVALENT BENEFITS


       When  converting benefits to a single lump sum for payment
to  a Participant, the benefit to be converted is the single life
annuity form payable at age sixty-five (65) years or the date  as
of which it is determined, if later.  When converting benefits to
a  single  lump  sum  for any other purpose, the  benefit  to  be
converted  shall be the benefit payable at the latest  date  such
benefit may commence.  The factors to be used to convert any form
to  a  lump  sum benefit (or to make the conversions into  single
life annuities required by Section 1.2.5(c) or (d)) shall be:

Interest Assumption:                The compounded average  yield
                 on  30-year Treasury securities for the five (5)
                 calendar  years  preceding  the  calendar   year
                 including   the   year  of   the   Participant's
                 Termination  of  Employment or  death  (reduced,
                 for  the purpose of making the conversions  into
                 single   life  annuities  required  by   Section
                 1.2.5(d)  but not for the purpose of making  the
                 conversions into single life annuities  required
                 by  Section  1.2.5(c), to  reflect  the  highest
                 federal  marginal income tax rate in  effect  as
                 of such Termination of Employment or death).

Mortality Assumption:   The  mortality rate determined  from  the
                 table   prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of   the
                 Treasury  under  section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I)  of
                 the  Code based on the prevailing commissioners'
                 standard  table used to determine  reserves  for
                 group annuity contracts.




Exhibit 11

                FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     Computation of Earnings Per Share
             (In thousands of dollars, except per share data)
                                 Unaudited



                              Thirteen Weeks Ended      Fifty-Two Weeks Ended
                              Dec. 26,     Dec. 27,     Dec. 26,     Dec. 27,
                                1997         1996         1997         1996
Basic

    Net earnings (a)         $   43,866   $   31,500   $   69,329   $   40,159

    Weighted average shares
     of common stock
     outstanding (b)         46,277,014   46,165,698   46,166,842   46,210,151

    Basic earnings per share
     of common stock (a/b)   $      .95   $      .68   $     1.50   $      .87

Diluted

    Net earnings (c)         $   43,866   $   31,500   $   69,329   $   40,159
    Weighted average shares
     of common stock
     outstanding             46,277,014   46,165,698   46,166,842   46,210,151
    Common stock
     equivalents              3,851,682    2,307,098    3,210,853    2,418,157

    Weighted average shares of
     common stock and common
     stock equivalents (d)   50,128,696   48,472,796   49,377,695   48,628,308
    Fully diluted earnings per
     share of common stock and
     common stock equivalents
     (c/d)                   $      .88   $      .65   $     1.40   $      .83


Common stock equivalents for earnings per share are computed by
the treasury stock method using the average market price.





Exhibit 13                                         
<TABLE>
                                                                 
                    FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.
    FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                
                                
                                
For the Fiscal Year Ended   December 26,  December 27, December 29,  December 30,  December 31,
(In  thousands, except          1997          1996         1995          1994          1993(e)
per share data)
Earnings data:                                               
  <S>                        <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
  Revenues (a)               $1,798,617    $1,762,865   $1,814,853    $1,699,772    $1,652,244
  Earnings before income                                     
   taxes and minority           120,871        64,991      76,306         70,926       111,879
   interest (b)
  Net earnings                   69,329        40,159      50,858         45,925        75,328
Net earnings as a                  3.9%          2.3%        2.8%           2.7%          4.6%
percent of revenues
Per Share:                                                   
  Earnings:                                                  
    Basic (c)                    $ 1.50         $ .87      $ 1.11         $  .99         $1.64
    Diluted (d)                  $ 1.40         $ .83      $ 1.05         $  .91         $1.50
                                                             
  Dividends declared             $  .16         $ .16      $  .16         $  .16         $ .16
                                                             
At Fiscal Year-End                                           
(In thousands)
Financial position data:                                     
  Total assets               $1,751,756    $1,389,698  $1,281,077    $1,097,933       $988,302
  Total current debt           $144,084       $73,084    $215,099        $  336          $ 313
  Long-term debt and                                         
   capitalized leases,
   less current portion        $345,187      $271,481    $146,564      $246,516       $246,852
  Total stockholders' equity   $669,985      $605,401    $547,490      $500,950       $472,389
</TABLE>
   
(a)Prior year revenues were restated to reflect the
   reclassification of "Discount on sale of accounts
   receivable," the "Provision for  uncollectible accounts," and
   "Administrative and selling expenses" (collection costs)
   associated with the receivables sold to "Finance income and
   other securitization income, net."  These amounts totaled
   $264.5 million, $262.5 million, $214.7 million, and $140.4
   million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 1996;
   December 29, 1995; December 30, 1994; and December 31, 1993,
   respectively.
                                
(b)1994 earnings before income taxes and minority interest
   included a $29.9 million charge ($19.4 million after tax)
   relating to unusual items.  1995 earnings before income taxes
   and minority interest included an $8.0 million adjustment
   ($5.3 million after tax) to these unusual items.
                                
(c)Based on a weighted average of 46,166,842; 46,210,151;
  45,834,575; 46,237,706; and 46,019,158 shares of common stock
  for the fiscal years ended December 26, 1997; December 27,
  1996; December 29, 1995; December 30, 1994; and December 31,
  1993, respectively.

(d)Based on a weighted average of 49,377,695; 48,628,308;
   48,478,971; 50,270,419; and 50,101,739 shares of common stock
   and common stock equivalents for the fiscal years ended
   December 26, 1997; December 27, 1996; December 29, 1995;
   December 30, 1994; and December 31, 1993, respectively.
                                
(e)In 1993, the Company sold certain assets of COMB Corporation
   and FDC, Inc., a subsidiary of Figi's, Inc.
                                
                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
              MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
         OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS & FINANCIAL CONDITION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fingerhut Companies, Inc. (the "Company") experiences variances
in quarterly results from year to year that result from changes
in the timing of its promotions, the types of customers and
products promoted and, to some extent, variations in dates of
holidays and the timing of the fiscal quarter ends.  In addition,
the individual cost components (product cost, administrative and
selling expenses, and provision for uncollectible accounts) and
gross margin as a percent of net sales may vary from period to
period due to the different types of products, mail programs and
customers promoted.

1997 COMPARED WITH 1996

The Company reported revenues of $1.799 billion in 1997 compared
to $1.763 billion in 1996.  1997 revenues were positively
impacted by a significant increase in finance income and other
securitization income, net, due to the continued strong
performance of Metris Companies Inc. ("Metris").  Revenues also
reflected a decrease in net sales in the Retail Segment as a
result of the Company's strategy to reduce credit risk and
optimize long term customer profitability.
<TABLE>
RETAIL SEGMENT

Highlights of Operations --          For the Fiscal Year Ended
Managed Basis (a):
(In thousands)                          1997            1996
                                                   
<S>                                <C>            <C>
Net sales                          $1,530,228     $1,638,363
Finance income and other revenue      232,181        241,130
Product cost                          738,740        827,086
Administrative and selling            610,022        633,448
expenses
Provision for uncollectible           259,981        283,762
accounts
Discount on sale of accounts           66,732         77,447
receivable
Interest expense, net                  27,946         25,305
Provision for income taxes             21,267         11,322
Net earnings                          $37,721        $21,123
</TABLE>
(a)  Presented in a format consistent with prior periods.


<TABLE>
Highlights of Operations -- Owned    For the Fiscal Year Ended
Basis (b):
(In thousands)                          1997            1996
                                                   
<S>                                  <C>            <C>
Net sales                            $1,530,228     $1,638,363
Finance income and other               (10,877)        (23,361)
securitization expense, net
Product cost                            738,740        827,086
Administrative and selling              596,084        618,082
expenses
Provision for uncollectible              97,593        112,084
accounts
Interest expense, net                    27,946         25,305
Provision for income taxes               21,267         11,322
Net earnings                            $37,721        $21,123
</TABLE>
(b)During 1997, the "Discount on sale of accounts receivable,"
   the "Provision for uncollectible accounts" and
   "Administrative and selling expenses" (collection costs)
   associated with the receivables sold were reclassified to
   "Finance income and other securitization expense, net."  This
   reclassification results in the financial statements being
   presented on an "owned" versus "managed" basis.  All prior
   period financial information was restated to conform with the
   current period's presentation.  The reclassifications had no
   effect on net earnings.

Net sales in 1997 were $1.530 billion compared to net sales of
$1.638 billion in 1996, a decrease of 7 percent.  Fingerhut
Corporation ("Fingerhut"), the Company's core business in this
segment, generated net sales of $1.420 billion in 1997 compared
to $1.538 billion in 1996, a decrease of 8 percent.  Net sales
from Fingerhut's new customer acquisition programs decreased 13
percent in 1997 to $231 million, due to a 20 percent reduction in
mailings, partially offset by a 10 percent improvement in sales
per mailing.  New customer acquisition mailings were lower due to
segmentation actions designed to optimize long term customer
profitability and reduce cost per new customer.  Net sales from
Fingerhut's existing customer list declined 7 percent to $1.190
billion, due to a 7 percent reduction in sales per mailing.
Credit actions taken to reduce the number of orders from high
risk customer segments, the UPS strike in August 1997, and
subsequent postal service delays throughout the fourth quarter,
were the primary reasons for the lower sales per mailing.  Net
sales from Figi's Inc. ("Figi's") increased 5 percent in 1997 to
$98 million compared to $93 million in 1996 primarily due to an
increase in mailings.   Net sales from Infochoice USA, Inc.
("Infochoice") were $2 million in 1997, compared with $2 million
in 1996.

Finance income and other securitization expense, net, was an
expense of $10.9 million for the year compared to an expense of
$23.4 million in 1996.  The reduction in expense was primarily
due to a lower provision for uncollectible accounts relating to
receivables sold.

Product cost for the year was $738.7 million, or 48.3 percent of
net sales, compared to $827.1 million, or 50.5 percent of net
sales, during the prior year.  The decrease as a percent of net
sales was the result of negotiated cost reductions, partially
driven by favorable currency changes, a change in the sales mix
to more high-margin products, lower product obsolescence expense
and favorable refurbishing costs.

Administrative and selling expenses in 1997 were $596.1 million,
or 39.0 percent of net sales, compared to $618.1 million, or 37.7
percent of net sales, in the prior year.  Lower paper prices,
reduced mailings and tighter cost controls resulted in expense
levels below the prior year. The increase as a percent of net
sales was due to lower sales per mailing.

The provision for uncollectible accounts on a managed basis in
1997 was $260.0 million, or 17.0 percent of net sales, compared
with $283.8 million, or 17.3 percent of net sales, for the prior
year.  Balances 29 days or more delinquent as a percent of
managed receivables were 22.2 percent, down from 22.9 percent at
the end of 1996.

The effective consolidated tax rate, which includes both the
Retail Segment and Metris, was 37.3 percent in 1997 compared with
36.7 percent in the prior year.  The increase in the effective
tax rate was due primarily to additional state income taxes.

The Retail Segment generated net earnings of $37.7 million, or
$.76 per share, compared with $21.1 million, or $.44 per share,
for 1996, an increase of 79 percent.
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL SERVICES SEGMENT (METRIS)

Highlights of Operations --          For the Year Ended Dec. 31,
Managed Basis:
(In thousands)                          1997            1996
                                                   
<S>                                   <C>            <C>
Net interest income                   $306,361       $143,491
Provision for loan losses              319,299        136,305
Other operating income                 212,869        126,647
Other operating expense                138,048        101,287
Provision for income taxes              23,825         12,530
Minority interest                        6,450            980
Net earnings                           $31,608        $19,036
                                                   
Total accounts                           2,293          1,418
Average managed loans               $2,294,893     $1,018,856
Net charge-off ratio                     8.3 %          6.2 %
Delinquency ratio                        6.6 %          5.5 %
                                                   
</TABLE>
Metris contributed net earnings for the year ended December 31,
1997, of $31.6 million, or $.64 per share, up from $19.0 million,
or $.39 per share for 1996.  The 66 percent increase in net
earnings is the result of an increase in net interest income and
other operating income partially offset by increases in the
provision for loan losses and other operating expenses.  These
increases are largely attributable to the 125 percent growth in
average managed loans from $1.0 billion at December 31, 1996 to
$2.3 billion at December 31, 1997.

The provision for loan losses on a managed basis was $319.3
million in 1997, compared to $136.3 million in 1996.  The
increase primarily reflects higher credit card loan balances as
well as an increase in net charge-offs.  The managed net charge-
off rate was 8.3 percent for 1997, compared to 6.2 percent in
1996.

Other operating income on a managed basis increased $86.2 million
to $212.9 million, primarily due to credit card fees, interchange
and other credit card income, which increased to $153.6 million
for 1997, up 74 percent over $88.3 million for 1996.  In
addition, fee-based product revenues increased 86 percent to
$55.5 million for 1997, up from $29.9 million for 1996.  These
increases were primarily due to the growth in total accounts and
outstanding receivables in the managed credit card loan
portfolio.

Other operating expenses increased to $138.0 million in 1997,
compared to $101.3 million in 1996.  The increase in operating
expenses is primarily due to expansion in infrastructure to
support future growth.  Metris' managed operating efficiency
ratio improved to 26.6 percent in 1997 from 37.5 percent in 1996.

1996 COMPARED WITH 1995

The Company reported revenues of $1.763 billion in 1996. Revenues
reflected a decrease in net sales as a result of the Company's
strategy to reduce mailings and improve advertising productivity.
As a result of this initiative, sales per mailing with respect to
Fingerhut Corporation's existing customer list increased 14
percent over 1995.  1996 revenues were positively impacted by a
significant increase in finance income and other revenues due to
the continued strong performance of Metris.
<TABLE>
RETAIL SEGMENT

Highlights of Operations --          For the Fiscal Year Ended
Managed Basis (a):
(In thousands)                           1996            1995
                                                   
<S>                                  <C>             <C>
Net sales                            $1,638,363      $1,782,282
Finance income and other revenue        241,130         245,001
Product cost                            827,086         890,737
Administrative and selling              633,448         687,789
expenses
Provision for uncollectible             283,762         272,295
accounts
Discount on sale of accounts             77,447          82,392
receivable
Interest expense, net                    25,305          25,213
Provision for income taxes               11,322          22,580
Net earnings                            $21,123         $46,277
</TABLE>
(a) Presented in a format consistent with prior periods.
<TABLE>
Highlights of Operations -- Owned    For the Fiscal Year Ended
Basis (b):
(In thousands)                           1996            1995
                                                   
<S>                                  <C>             <C>
Net sales                            $1,638,363      $1,782,282
Finance income and other                (23,361)        (17,490)
securitization expense, net
Product cost                            827,086         890,737
Administrative and selling              618,082         673,456
expenses
Provision for uncollectible             112,084         106,529
accounts
Interest expense, net                    25,305          25,213
Provision for income taxes               11,322          22,580
Net earnings                            $21,123         $46,277
</TABLE>
(b)During 1997, the "Discount on sale of accounts receivable,"
   the "Provision for uncollectible accounts" and
   "Administrative and selling expenses" (collection costs)
   associated with the receivables sold, were reclassified to
   "Finance income and other securitization expense, net."  This
   reclassification results in the financial statements being
   presented on an "owned" versus "managed" basis.  All prior
   period financial information was restated to conform with the
   current period's presentation.  The reclassifications had no
   effect on net earnings.


Net sales in 1996 were $1.638 billion compared to net sales of
$1.782 billion in 1995, a decrease of 8 percent.  Fingerhut
generated net sales of $1.538 billion in 1996 compared to $1.639
billion in 1995, a decrease of 6 percent.  Net sales from
Fingerhut's new customer acquisition programs decreased 5 percent
in 1996 to $264 million.  Net sales from Fingerhut's existing
customer list declined 6 percent to $1.274 billion.  Both
decreases were primarily due to planned reductions in mailings,
partially offset by higher average order sizes and higher sales
per mailing.  Net sales from Figi's Inc. increased 13 percent in
1996 to $93 million compared to $82 million in 1995 due to an
increase in mailings coupled with a higher average order size.
Net sales from Infochoice USA, Inc. were $2 million in 1996
compared to $57 million for 1995.  Infochoice owns 50 percent of
USA Direct/Guthy Renker, Inc. ("USA Direct"), which had 1996 net
sales of $10 million. Montgomery Ward Direct L.P. ("MWD"), a
former 50 percent owned affiliate, had net sales of $31 million
for 1996 compared to $165 million for 1995.  Because USA Direct
and MWD are both accounted for under the equity method, their
sales are not included as revenues in the Company's consolidated
financial statements.  In June 1996, the Company reached an
agreement with Montgomery Ward & Co., Incorporated to withdraw as
a partner in the MWD joint venture.  This transaction did not
have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.

Finance income and other securitization expense, net, for the
year was an expense of $23.4 million compared to $17.5 million in
1995.  The increase in expense was primarily due to a higher
provision for uncollectible accounts relating to receivables
sold, partially offset by the favorable effect of lengthened
payment plans.

Product cost for the year was $827.1 million, or 50.5 percent of
net sales, compared to $890.7 million, or 50.0 percent of net
sales, during the prior year.  The increase as a percent of net
sales was primarily due to margin reductions in the core catalog
business as a result of the full year impact of the price value
strategy implemented in mid-1995.

Administrative and selling expenses in 1996 were $618.1 million,
or 37.7 percent of net sales, compared to $673.5 million, or 37.8
percent of net sales, in the prior year.  Higher sales per
mailing, coupled with Fingerhut's cost-reduction programs, offset
the impact of higher paper and depreciation costs as well as the
start-up of two phone centers in Tampa, Florida.

The provision for uncollectible accounts in 1996 on a managed
basis was $283.8 million, or 17.3 percent of net sales, compared
with $272.3 million, or 15.3 percent of net sales, for the prior
year.  Fingerhut experienced a 1996 deterioration in credit
performance relating to sales booked in the fourth quarter of
1995.  This deterioration was driven by a significant increase in
bankruptcies.  The increase as a percent of net sales was also
due to the higher ongoing delinquency levels Fingerhut
experienced as a result of a systems error reported in the third
quarter. Fingerhut implemented corrective measures to mitigate
the risk of credit losses, including tighter credit screens as
well as accelerated collection programs.

The effective consolidated tax rate, which includes both the
Retail Segment and Metris, was 36.7 percent in 1996 compared with
33.3 percent in the prior year.  The increase in the effective
tax rate was due primarily to a decrease in merchandise donations
as well as additional state income taxes.  In addition, the 1995
effective tax rate included a benefit for prior years' net
favorable resolution of an Internal Revenue Service examination.

As a result of the items discussed above, the Retail Segment
generated net earnings of $21.1 million, or $.44 per share,
compared with $46.3 million, or $.96 per share, for 1995.
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL SERVICES SEGMENT (METRIS)

Highlights of Operations --          For the Year Ended Dec. 31,
Managed Basis:
(In thousands)                          1996            1995
                                                   
<S>                                   <C>             <C>
Net interest income                   $143,491        $26,354
Provision for loan losses              136,305         26,234
Other operating income                 126,647         52,969
Other operating expense                101,287         45,640
Provision for income taxes              12,530          2,868
Minority interest                          980              -
Net earnings                           $19,036        $ 4,581
                                                   
                                                   
Total accounts                           1,418            703
Average managed loans               $1,018,856       $183,274
Net charge-off ratio                      6.2%           2.2%
Delinquency ratio                         5.5%           4.0%
                                                   
</TABLE>
Metris reported net earnings for the year ended December 31,
1996, of $19.0 million, or $.39 per share, up from $4.6 million,
or $.09 per share for 1995.  The 316 percent increase in net
earnings was the result of an increase in net interest income and
other operating income partially offset by increases in the
provision for loan losses and other operating expenses.  These
increases are largely attributable to the growth in average
managed loans from $183 million at December 31, 1995 to $1
billion at December 31, 1996, an increase of 456 percent.

The provision for loan losses on a managed basis was $136.3
million in 1996, compared to $26.2 million in 1995.  The increase
primarily reflects an increase in credit card loans as well as an
increase in net charge-offs consistent with the continued
seasoning of the portfolio and industry trends.  The managed net
charge-off rate was 6.2 percent for 1996, compared to 2.2 percent
in 1995.

Other operating income on a managed basis increased $73.7 million
to $126.6 million, primarily due to credit card fees, interchange
and other credit card income which increased to $88.3 million for
1996, up 298 percent over $22.2 million for 1995.  In addition,
fee-based product revenues increased 348 percent to $29.9 million
for 1996, up from $6.7 million for 1995.  These increases were
primarily due to the growth in total accounts and outstanding
receivables in the managed credit card loan portfolio.

Other operating expenses increased to $101.3 million in 1996,
compared to $45.6 million in 1995.  However, Metris' managed
operating efficiency ratio improved to 37.5 percent in 1996 from
57.5 percent in 1995.  The increase in operating expenses is
primarily due to expansion in the infrastructure to support the
growth of all three Metris businesses: consumer credit products,
extended service plans, and fee-based products and services.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES (CONSOLIDATED)

The Company funds its operations through internally generated
funds, the sale of accounts receivable pursuant to the Fingerhut
Master Trust and the Metris Master Trust, third party bank
conduits, borrowings under the Company's Amended and Restated
Revolving Credit Facility and Metris' Revolving Credit Facility
(the "Revolving Credit Facilities") and the issuance of long-term
debt and common stock.

The proceeds from the sale of Fingerhut accounts receivable were
$1.205 billion and $1.280 billion at December 26, 1997 and
December 27, 1996, respectively.  Net proceeds received from the
sale of Metris credit card receivables were $3.057 billion at
December 31, 1997 and $1.397 billion at December 31, 1996, of
which $29.3 million and $17.0 million, respectively, was
deposited in investor reserve accounts held by the trustee of the
Metris Master Trust for the benefit of the Metris Master Trust's
certificateholders.

In December 1996, the Fingerhut Master Trust Series 1994-1
certificates commenced controlled amortization, whereby
collections on the securitized receivables were used to pay down
the principal portion of the underlying certificates.  In January
1997, the Company issued Series 1997-1 variable funding
certificates to refinance $790.0 million of the amortizing
certificates.  The monthly proceeds generated from Series 1997-1,
combined with the proceeds of the issuance of additional
commercial paper under the Company's asset-backed commercial
paper program, was sufficient to cover the monthly pay-down of
the amortizing 1994-1 certificates.  The Company plans to support
future receivables growth through the sale and issuance of
additional certificates by the Master Trusts and through
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities.  During 1998,
the Company plans to refinance Series 1997-1 with the proceeds
from the issuance of approximately $900 million of asset-backed
term certificates.

In December 1997, the Company entered into an agreement which
allows the Company to sell, to a third party conduit on a
continuous basis, an undivided interest in a pool of revolving
receivables arising out of private label credit card accounts
originated by Fingerhut National Bank.  Per the agreement,
amortization begins in May 1998, whereby collections on the
securitized receivables will be used to pay down the balance of
the pool.  Management expects to amend the Fingerhut Master Trust
in 1998 to include the revolving receivables.

In May 1997, the Metris Master Trust issued Series 1997-1
certificates to third parties with a principal amount of $794.8
million, generating net proceeds of $792.2 million of which
$667.7 million was used to reduce the Class A Variable Funding
Certificate issued under Series 1995-1.  The Series 1997-1
certificates are scheduled to begin accumulating principal
collections in March 2001.

In September 1997, Metris acquired a $317.0 million credit card
portfolio from Key Bank USA, National Association.  In October
1997, Metris acquired a $405.0 million credit card portfolio from
Mercantile Bank, National Association.  These credit card
receivables were securitized and sold to investors through a bank
sponsored, multi-seller conduit.

In November 1997, the Metris Master Trust issued Series 1997-2
certificates to third parties with a principal amount of $654.5
million, generating net proceeds of $652.0 million of which
$478.0 million was used to reduce the Class A Variable Funding
Certificate issued under Series 1995-1.  The Series 1997-2
certificates are scheduled to begin accumulating principal
collections in October 2001.

The Revolving Credit Facilities provide for  aggregate
commitments of up to $500.0 million, of which $200.0 million
represents Fingerhut's credit facility and $300.0 million
represents Metris' credit facility.  The expiration date for both
facilities is September 2001.  Under the Revolving Credit
Facilities, outstanding revolving credit balances totaled $144.0
million and outstanding letters of credit totaled $6.0 million,
as of year-end 1997.  As of year-end 1996, the Company had
outstanding revolving credit balances of $73.0 million and
outstanding letters of credit of $5.9 million.  Additional
outstanding letters of credit under a separate agreement
aggregated $28.4 million and $23.2 million at December 26, 1997
and December 27, 1996, respectively.

In February 1997, the Company completed an exchange offer whereby
substantially all of the $125.0 million unregistered notes issued
in September 1996, were exchanged for registered notes with
substantially identical terms.  In November 1997, Metris sold
$100.0 million of seven-year notes via a private placement.  In
December 1997, the Company paid $25.0 million on its privately
placed senior notes.  Thus, the Company had fixed rate notes
outstanding of $345.0 million as of December 26, 1997, compared
to fixed rate notes outstanding of $270.0 million as of December
27, 1996.

The Company generated $16.9 million of cash from operations in
1997 compared with $26.9 million generated from operations in
1996. This $10.0 million decrease in cash generated from
operations resulted from increased working capital requirements,
partially offset by the increase in earnings.  The most
significant items affecting working capital were increases in
Metris' customer accounts receivable, other payables due to
credit card securitizations, net, and deferred income taxes.  The
change in customer accounts receivable from a $157.0 million use
of cash in 1996 to a $227.2 million use of cash in 1997 resulted
primarily from the increase in the growth of retained receivables
associated with Metris credit card accounts issued or purchased
by Direct Merchants Bank, partially offset by the increase in
payables due to credit card securitizations, net.  Deferred
income taxes increased primarily as a result of an increase in
Metris' reserve provisions for uncollectible accounts.

Net cash used by investing activities was $70.7 million in 1997
compared with $51.9 million in 1996.  The increase was due to
goodwill recorded in the current year through Metris' portfolio
acquisitions.  This increase was partially offset by a lower
level of capital spending in 1997.  Higher capital expenditures
in 1996 included spending relating to the western distribution
center in Spanish Fork, Utah.   In addition, the owner of certain
office and warehouse facilities leased to the Company exercised
its right to require the Company to repurchase those facilities
for approximately $14.1 million, which was completed in January
1996.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $138.2 million in
1997 compared with $19.9 million in 1996.  This net $118.3
million increase was due primarily to the increase in borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facilities and reduced repayments of
long-term debt.

During 1994, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of the Company's common
stock that may be made from time to time at prevailing prices in
the open market or by block purchase and may be discontinued at
any time.  The purchases are made within certain restrictions
relating to volume, price and timing in order to minimize the
impact of the purchase on the market for the Company's common
stock.  During 1997, the Company repurchased at prevailing market
prices 231,900 shares of its common stock for an aggregate of
$3.4 million.  Total purchases through December 26, 1997 were
1,612,200 shares for an aggregate of $24.9 million.

On October 9, 1997, the Company announced that its board of
directors had approved the filing of an application with the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for a ruling on a tax free
distribution of its stock in Metris.  The Company filed the
ruling request with the IRS on October 23, 1997.  The proposed
spin off of Metris is subject to receipt of a favorable ruling
from the IRS, to approval by Fingerhut's Board of Directors, and
to market conditions.  If approved, the spin off is expected to
be completed during 1998.  Should the spin off not occur, other
actions such as the Company's sale of Metris shares in the open
market and/or Metris' issuance of additional shares via a public
offering will be considered.

On January 22, 1998, the Company declared a cash dividend of $.04
per share, or an aggregate of $1.9 million, payable on February
19, 1998 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on
February 5, 1998.

The Company believes it will have sufficient funds available to
meet current and future commitments.  For further discussion of
the above financing arrangements, see the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

MARKET RISK

The Company's principal market risk relates to interest rate
sensitivity, which is the risk that future changes in interest
rates will reduce net earnings or the net assets of the Company.

To manage the Company's direct risk to changes in market interest
rates, management actively monitors the interest sensitive
components of the Company's owned and managed balance sheet as
well as market interest rates in order to minimize the impact of
changes in interest rates on the fair market value of assets, net
earnings and cash flow.

The Company's primary owned and managed assets are installment
customer accounts receivable, which are at a fixed rate, and
revolving customer accounts receivable, which are virtually all
priced at rates indexed to the variable prime rate.  On balance
sheet owned receivables are funded through a combination of the
Company's $500.0 million Revolving Credit Facilities, which are
indexed to the variable London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR),
$345.0 million in fixed rate long-term debt, and stockholders'
equity.  The Company's off  balance sheet managed accounts
receivables indexed to variable commercial paper rates, as well
as term certificates which are indexed to LIBOR or at fixed
rates.

Certificates issued from the trusts are either fixed or floating
rate. In the cases where fixed rate series are issued and backed
by floating rate assets, the Company has entered into interest
rate swap contracts with several bank counterparties in a hedged
(notional) amount equal to the total amount of the fixed rate
funding.  This hedging activity offsets the impact of the fixed
rate funding of the Company's residual cash flow and income by
paying a floating LIBOR rate to the counterparties in exchange
for a fixed rate comparable to the rate of the trust's term
funding. Conversely, where floating rate series are issued and
backed by fixed rate assets, the Company has entered into
interest rate swap contracts with several bank counterparties.
This hedging activity minimizes the impact of the floating rate
trust funding of the Company's residual cash flow and income by
paying a fixed rate to the counterparties in exchange for a
floating rate which is comparable to the rate of the trust's term
funding.

The primary measure of interest rate risk is the simulation of
net income under different interest rate environments.  An
approach used by management to quantify interest rate risk is a
sensitivity analysis.  This approach calculates the impact on net
earnings, relative to a base case scenario, of rates increasing
or decreasing gradually over the next 12 months by 200 basis
points for Metris credit card receivables and by 300 basis points
for the Retail Segment.  The aforementioned changes in interest
rates affecting the Company's financial instruments, including
both debt obligations and receivables, would result in
approximately a $2.0 million impact to net earnings.  As interest
rates increase, net earnings increase; as interest rates
decrease, net earnings decrease.

YEAR 2000 ISSUE

The "Year 2000" issue developed because most computer systems and
programs were designed to record years (e.g. `1998') as two-digit
fields (e.g. `98').  When the year 2000 begins, these systems may
interpret "00" as the year 1900 and either stop processing date-
related computations or process them incorrectly.  To prevent
this, companies need to examine their computer systems and
programs, fix the problem and test the results.  Year 2000
compliance must be achieved on or before December 31, 1999.
Also, certain systems currently refer to dates beyond December
31, 1999 and, therefore, have required earlier compliance.

The Company, as with all database marketing companies, is heavily
dependent upon computer systems for all phases of its operations.
For this reason, it is aggressively addressing the Year 2000
issue to mitigate the effect on software performance.  The
Company is also working with its significant suppliers and
service providers to assure that potential failures in these
organizations will have minimal impacts on the Company.

In early 1996, a comprehensive effort to identify and correct the
Year 2000 programming issues began.  By mid-1996 the most
critical mainframe processing system was converted to be Year
2000 compliant and the Company initiated a large project to
address all remaining systems.  This project consists of many sub-
projects which will span the remainder of 1998 and part of 1999.

In late 1997, a Year 2000 Project Office was created to oversee
the project, to address all related business issues and to
facilitate communication with significant suppliers and service
providers.  As of December 26, 1997, the Company had spent
approximately $5 million on the project with an estimated expense
ranging from $11 to $13 million remaining.  The Company believes
that it has allocated adequate resources to achieve Year 2000
compliance and believes that the cost of this effort will not
have a material effect on its financial position or liquidity.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE

Since the Company's inventory turns approximately four times a
year, the product cost reported in the financial statements, on a
first-in, first-out basis, would not have been materially
different from the product cost at current prices.  Also, since
the Company does not rely on any particular product group or
brand, management believes that the Company can adjust its
product mix to reduce the effects of price changes on its overall
merchandise base.

Due to the timing of the Company's promotions, the Company is
generally able to reflect cost increases and decreases resulting
from the effects of inflation and foreign currency fluctuations
in its selling prices.  The Company imports certain products from
foreign countries.  It is estimated that a 10 percent change in
exchange rates would cause less than a 1 percent change in
product cost.

Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.  These statements include statements regarding intent,
belief or current expectations of the Company and its management.
Shareholders and prospective investors are cautioned that any
such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future
performance and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that
may cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from
the results discussed in the forward-looking statements,
including:  general economic conditions affecting disposable
consumer income such as employment, business conditions, interest
rates and taxation; risks associated with unsecured credit
transactions; interest rate risks; seasonal variations in
consumer purchasing activities; increases in postal and paper
costs; competition in the retail and direct marketing industry;
dependence on the securitization of accounts receivable and
credit card loans to fund operations; state and federal laws and
regulations related to advertising, offering and extending
credit, charging and collecting state sales/use taxes; product
safety; adverse litigation costs; and risks of doing business
with foreign suppliers.  Each of these factors is more fully
discussed in Exhibit 99 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1997.
<TABLE>
                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                                
                                
For the fiscal year ended         December 26,   December 27,  December 19,
(In thousands, except share and      1997           1996          1995
per share data)                       

Revenues:                                              
   <S>                             <C>           <C>            <C>
   Net sales                       $1,534,967    $1,652,869     $1,793,727
   Finance income and other           263,650       109,996         21,126
   securitization income, net
                                    1,798,617     1,762,865      1,814,853
                                  
Costs and expenses:                                    
   Product cost                       738,830       830,423        892,736
   Administrative and selling         759,687       708,477        708,946
    expenses
   Provision for uncollectible        141,582       130,561        110,922
    accounts
   Interest expense, net               37,647        28,413         25,943
                                    1,677,746     1,697,874      1,738,547
                                  
Earnings before income taxes and      120,871        64,991         76,306
  minority interest
Provision for income taxes             45,092        23,852         25,448
Net earnings before minority           75,779        41,139         50,858
interest
Minority interest                      (6,450)         (980)             -
Net earnings                          $69,329    $   40,159        $50,858
Earnings per share:                                    
   Basic                               $ 1.50       $   .87         $ 1.11
   Diluted                             $ 1.40       $   .83         $ 1.05
Weighted average shares            49,377,695    48,628,308     48,478,971
  outstanding                    
</TABLE>
                                                       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<TABLE>
                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION


                                    December 26,    December 27,
(In thousands)                          1997           1996
                                                          
ASSETS                                             
Current assets:                                    
   <S>                               <C>            <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents         $145,418       $  61,003
   Accounts receivable                607,874         453,867
   Retained interest in               406,650         329,926
     securitized receivables
   Less:  reserve for 
    uncollectible accounts and
    unearned finance income         (190,777)       (187,233)
   Accounts receivable                823,747         596,560
   Inventories                        124,424         127,735
   Promotional material                64,440          60,871
   Deferred income taxes              197,355         166,879
   Other                               13,708          12,815
     Total current assets            1,369,092      1,025,863
                                                   
Property and equipment                272,190         285,182
Excess of cost over fair value of      77,161          42,601
net assets acquired
Customer lists                          8,401           9,801
Other assets                           24,912          26,251
                                     $1,751,756  $  1,389,698
                                                   
LIABILITIES                                        
Current liabilities:                               
   Accounts payable                  $177,021      $  164,557
   Accrued payroll and employee        57,860          46,723
    benefits
   Other accrued liabilities           93,037          78,239
   Revolving credit facility          144,000          73,000
   Payables due to credit card        134,562          36,619
    securitizations, net
   Current portion of long-term            84              84
    debt
   Current income taxes payable        71,659          60,721
     Total current liabilities        678,223         459,943
                                                   
Long-term debt, less current          345,187         271,481
portion
Deferred income taxes                  20,441          21,744
Other non-current liabilities           8,130           7,692
                                    1,051,981         760,860
                                                   
Minority interest                      29,790          23,437
                                                   
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                               
Preferred stock                             -              -
Common stock                              463             462
Additional paid-in capital            292,407         288,793
Unearned compensation                    (738)         (1,856)
Earnings reinvested                   377,853         318,002
      Total stockholders' equity      669,985         605,401
                                   $1,751,756    $  1,389,698
</TABLE>
                                                      
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<TABLE>
                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the fiscal year ended        December 26,   December 27,    December 29,
(In thousands)                      1997           1996            1995
                                     
Cash flows from operating                              
activities:
<S>                                 <C>           <C>             <C>
Net earnings                        $69,329       $40,159         $50,858
Adjustments to reconcile net                           
 earnings to net cash
 provided (used) by operating
 activities:
   Depreciation and                  55,554        52,464          47,103
    amortization
   Amortization of unearned           1,118         2,922              -
    compensation
   Minority interest in               6,353           980              -
    earnings
   Change in assets and                                
    liabilities:
     Accounts receivable           (227,187)     (156,956)         (87,999)
     Inventories                      3,311        28,617            2,696
     Promotional material and        (4,462)       30,213         (21,777)
      other current assets
     Accounts payable                12,464      (20,918)           29,354
     Payables due to credit                            
      card securitizations, net      97,943        61,191          (24,572)
     Accrued payroll and             11,137         6,851              (19)
      employee benefits
     Accrued liabilities             14,798         4,902           (6,921)
     Current income taxes            11,735        18,634            1,407
      payable
     Deferred and other income      (31,779)      (37,196)         (12,946)
      taxes
     Other                           (3,448)       (5,010)          (6,267)
Net cash provided (used) by          16,866        26,853          (29,083)
  operating activities:
                                                       
Cash flows from investing                              
  activities:
   Additions to property and        (32,327)      (51,855)        (94,442)
    equipment
   Excess of cost over fair                            
    value of credit card            (38,330)           -               -
    portfolio acquisitions
Net cash used by investing          (70,657)      (51,855)        (94,442)
  activities
                                                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from long-term debt     100,000       125,000               -
   Repayments of long-term debt     (26,294)     (100,098)           (381)
   Revolving credit facility         71,000       (42,000)        115,000
   Repurchase of common stock        (3,385)       (4,877)         (7,862)
   Issuance of common stock           4,272         1,881           4,829
   Sale of minority interest in          -         47,384              -
    subsidiary
   Cash dividends paid               (7,387)       (7,394)         (7,334)
Net cash provided  by financing     138,206        19,896         104,252
  activities
                                                       
Net increase (decrease) in           84,415        (5,106)        (19,273)
  cash and cash equivalents
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at         61,003       66,109           85,382
 beginning of year
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at       $145,418      $61,003          $66,109
 end of year                                                    
Supplemental noncash investing and                     
 financing activities:
Net tax benefit from exercise                          
 of non-qualified stock                                 
 options, disqualified             
 dispositions of ESPP shares,
 and vesting of restricted
 stock                               $  797       $  293           $1,354
Issuance of restricted stock            204       $4,778           $    -
</TABLE>
                                                       
The Company included in cash and cash equivalents liquid
   investments with maturities of 15 days or less.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<TABLE>
                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                Common stock   
                                                   Additional
                              Number of     Par      paid-in    Earnings       Unearned  
(In thousands,                 shares      value     capital   reinvested     compensation     Total
except share data)      
<S>                           <C>           <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>      <S>    <C>
Balance, December 30, 1994    45,572,655    $456     $253,926   $246,568     $        -      $ 500,950
  Stock repurchase              (214,100)     (2)      (1,192)    (1,974)             -         (3,168)
  Exercise of stock options      471,599       4        4,718          -              -          4,722
  Employee stock purchase plan   119,568       1        1,465         (4)             -          1,462
  Cash dividends paid                  -       -            -     (7,334)             -         (7,334)
  Net earnings                         -       -            -     50,858              -         50,858
                                                               
Balance, December 29, 1995    45,949,722     459      258,917    288,114              -        547,490
  Stock repurchase              (358,800)     (3)      (1,997)    (2,877)             -         (4,877)
  Exercise of stock options      109,900       1        1,012          -              -          1,013
  Employee stock purchase plan   100,141       1        1,160          -              -          1,161
  Issuance of restricted stock,    
   net of forefeitures           353,917       4        4,774          -          (4,778)           -
  Compensation expense                 -       -            -          -           2,922         2,922
  Excess of market value over
   book value of minority
   interest sold                       -       -       24,927          -              -         24,927
  Cash dividends paid                  -       -            -     (7,394)             -         (7,394)
  Net earnings                         -       -            -     40,159              -         40,159
                                                               
Balance, December 27, 1996    46,154,880     462      288,793    318,002          (1,856)      605,401
  Stock repurchase              (231,900)     (2)      (1,292)    (2,091)             -         (3,385)
  Exercise of stock options      300,740       3        4,007         -               -          4,010
  Employee stock purchase plan    55,159       -          695         -               -            695
  Issuance of restricted stock,
   net of forfeitures             13,582       -          204         -             (204)            -
  Compensation expense                 -       -            -         -            1,322         1,322
  Cash dividends paid                  -       -            -    (7,387)               -        (7,387)
  Net earnings                         -       -            -    69,329                -        69,329
                                                               
Balance, December 26, 1997    46,292,461    $463     $292,407  $377,853            $(738)     $669,985
</TABLE>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                

1.  BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

 Fingerhut Companies, Inc. (the "Company") is a database
 marketing company selling a broad range of products and
 services to moderate to middle income consumers via catalogs,
 telemarketing, television and other media.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Basis of Presentation
  
  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of
  the Company and its wholly owned and majority owned
  subsidiaries, after elimination of all material intercompany
  transactions and balances. Minority interest represents
  minority stockholders' approximate 17 percent share of the
  equity in Metris Companies Inc. ("Metris") (see Note 16).  At
  December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996, the Company's
  principal subsidiaries were Fingerhut Corporation
  ("Fingerhut"), Metris, Figi's Inc. ("Figi's") and Infochoice
  USA, Inc. ("Infochoice").
  
  Reclassifications have been made to prior years' Consolidated
  Financial Statements whenever necessary to conform to the
  current year's presentation.
  
  Fiscal Year

  The Company's fiscal year ends on the last Friday in December.
  The fiscal years ended December 26, 1997, December 27, 1996
  and December 29, 1995 included 52 weeks.  The accounts of
  Metris are on a calendar year basis.
  
  Revenue Recognition

  Substantially all of Fingerhut's sales are made on the
  installment contract basis.  Finance income on installment
  contracts (net of estimated returns and exchanges, allowances,
  uncollectible amounts and collection costs) is recognized using
  an effective interest method over the weighted average of the
  contract periods (which approximates eighteen months) or when
  collected, whichever is faster.  When accounts receivable are
  sold (see Note 3), finance income, net, is recognized.
  
  Sales are recorded at the time of shipment and a provision for
  anticipated merchandise returns and allowances, net of
  exchanges, is recorded based upon historical experience.  The
  provision charged against sales for 1997, 1996 and 1995
  amounted to $216.0 million, $249.9 million and $295.9 million,
  respectively.
  
  Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling of orders
  are netted against the associated costs.
  
  Interest income on credit card receivables is accrued and
  earned based on the principal amount of the receivables
  outstanding using the effective yield method.  Accrued interest
  is classified on the balance sheet with the related credit card
  receivables.  Interest income is generally recognized until a
  loan is charged off.
  
  Beginning in 1997, the sale of receivables has been recorded in
  accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
  125 (FAS 125), "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
  Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities."  Upon
  sale, the sold receivables are removed from the balance sheet
  and the related financial and servicing assets controlled and
  liabilities incurred are initially measured at fair value, if
  practicable.  FAS 125 also requires that servicing assets and
  other retained interests in the transferred assets be measured
  by allocating the previous carrying amount between the assets
  sold, if any, and retained interests, if any, based on their
  relative fair values at the date of the transfer.  The adoption
  of FAS 125 did not have a material effect on the Company's
  financial statements.
  
  Earnings Per Share

  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
  (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
  128 (FAS 128), "Earnings Per Share."  The Company adopted the
  provisions of FAS 128 in fiscal 1997.  FAS 128 requires
  disclosure of earnings per share in both Basic and Diluted
  format.  Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net
  earnings by the weighted average shares of common stock
  outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share is
  computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average
  shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding
  during the year.  The dilutive effect of the potential exercise
  of outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock is
  calculated using the treasury stock method.  A reconciliation
  of the calculation is as follows:
<TABLE>
  
  In thousands, except per                For the Year Ended
  share data                            December 26, 1997
                                  Income       Shares         Per Share
                                 (Numerator)  (Denominator)     Amount
                                    
  Basic EPS:                                           
  <S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>
  Income available to common      $69,329      46,167           $  1.50
   stockholders
  Effect of Dilutive Securities:                                   
  Options                               -       3,211
  Diluted EPS:                                         
  Income available to common                           
   stockholders and assumed        
   conversion                     $69,329      49,378           $  1.40
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
  
                                                       
In thousands, except per                For the Year Ended
  share data                            December 27, 1996
                                  Income         Shares        Per Share
                                 (Numerator)   (Denominator)     Amount
                                    
  Basic EPS:                                           
  <S>                             <C>             <C>           <C> <C>
  Income available to common      $40,159         46,210        $   .87
   stockholders
  Effect of Dilutive Securities:                                  
  Options                               -          2,418
  Diluted EPS:                                         
  Income available to common                           
   stockholders and assumed        
   conversion                     $40,159         48,628        $   .83
  
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                       

  In thousands, except per                For the Year Ended
  share data                            December 29, 1995
                                  Income          Shares      Per Share
                                 (Numerator)   (Denominator)     Amount
                                    
  Basic EPS:                                           
  <S>                             <C>              <C>           <C>
  Income available to common      $50,858          45,835        $  1.11
   stockholders
  Effect of Dilutive Securities:                                 
  Options                               -           2,644    
  Diluted EPS:                                         
  Income available to common                           
   stockholders and assumed        
   conversion                     $50,858          48,479        $  1.05
  
</TABLE>
                                                       

  Inventories

  Inventories, principally merchandise, are stated at the lower
  of cost (as determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or
  market.  The Company has established a reserve for excess and
  obsolete inventory, which is based on management's best
  estimates of the amount of inventory that is slow moving or
  subject to obsolescence.  The estimates are subject to change
  in the near term, depending on changes in economic conditions
  and other factors.
  
  Promotional Material

  Promotional material primarily includes free gifts and items in
  inventory associated with direct response advertising (paper,
  printing and postage).  The cost of direct response advertising
  is deferred and expensed over the period during which the
  orders are expected, generally one to four months.  The amount
  of direct response advertising included in the Consolidated
  Statements of Financial Position is not material.  The cost of
  non-direct response advertising is expensed as incurred.
  
  Credit Card Origination Costs

  Metris defers direct credit card origination costs associated
  with successful credit card solicitations that it incurs in
  transactions with independent third parties, and certain other
  costs that it incurs in connection with loan underwriting and
  the preparation and processing of loan documents.  These
  deferred credit card origination costs are netted against the
  related credit card annual fees, if any, and amortized on a
  straight-line basis over the cardholder's privilege period,
  generally 12 months, as an adjustment to "Finance income and
  other securitization income, net."
  
  Property and Equipment

  Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated or
  amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated
  economic useful lives (30 years for buildings; five years for
  software; three to 10 years for machinery and equipment,
  furniture and fixtures; and over the estimated useful life of
  the property or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter,
  for leasehold improvements).  The Company capitalizes software
  developed for internal use that represents major enhancements
  and replacements of operating and management information
  systems.
  
  Intangible Assets

  The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is
  amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.
  
  The ongoing cost of developing and maintaining customer lists
  is charged to operations as incurred.  Customer lists obtained
  by the acquisition of a business are capitalized at fair market
  value and amortized over their estimated useful lives,
  approximately 15 years.
  
  At each balance sheet date, management assesses whether there
  has been an impairment in the carrying value of intangible
  assets, primarily by comparing current and projected sales,
  operating income and annual cash flows with the related annual
  amortization expense.  Based on this assessment, management has
  concluded that intangible assets are fully realizable.
  
  Income Taxes

  The Company provides for deferred taxes on the temporary
  differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
  and the tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in
  future taxable or deductible amounts.  The Company provides for
  deferred taxes at the enacted tax rate that is expected to
  apply when the temporary differences reverse.
  
  Pervasiveness of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
  generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
  make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
  of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
  and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
  reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
  period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
  
  Stock-Based Employee Compensation

  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (FAS 123),
  "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," encourages, but does
  not require companies to record compensation cost for stock-
  based employee compensation plans at fair value.  The Company
  has chosen to continue to account for stock-based compensation
  using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting
  Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
  to Employees," and related Interpretations.  Accordingly,
  compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess,
  if any, of the quoted market price of the Company's stock at
  the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to
  acquire the stock.  Compensation cost for restricted stock is
  recorded over the vesting period of the awards based on the
  fair market value of the Company's stock on the date of grant.
  See Note 14.
  
  Reclassifications

  "Discount on sale of accounts receivable," the "Provision for
  uncollectible accounts" and "Administrative and selling
  expenses" (collection costs) associated with the receivables
  sold, were reclassified to "Finance income and other
  securitization income, net."  All prior-period financial
  information was restated to conform with the current period's
  presentation, and the reclassifications had no effect on net
  earnings.

  Newly Issued Pronouncements
  
  In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
  Standards No. 130 (FAS 130), " Reporting Comprehensive Income."
  This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning  after
  December 15, 1997, and amends several FASB Statements.   The
  Company does not believe implementation will have a material
  impact on the consolidated financial statements and the Company
  intends to adopt this statement prospectively, in the first
  quarter of 1998.
  
  In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
  Standards No. 131 (FAS 131), " Disclosures about Segments of an
  Enterprise and Related Information."  This statement is
  effective for fiscal years beginning  after December 15, 1997,
  and supersedes and amends several FASB Statements, including
  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 14 (FAS 14), "
  Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise."
  The Company does not believe implementation will have a
  material impact on the consolidated financial statements and
  the Company intends to adopt this statement prospectively, in
  the first quarter of 1998.

3.  SALE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  Fingerhut Master Trust and Third Party Conduits

  The Fingerhut Master Trust allows Fingerhut to sell, on a
  continuous basis, an undivided interest in a pool of customer
  accounts receivables, subject to meeting certain eligibility
  requirements.  In June 1994, the Fingerhut Master Trust issued
  the Series 1994-1 certificates which raised $900.0 million of
  proceeds.  The Series 1994-1 certificates commenced controlled
  amortization in December 1996.  In November 1994, the Fingerhut
  Master Trust issued the Series 1994-2 variable funding
  certificates with maximum proceeds of $490.4 million.  The
  Series 1994-2 amortization period is currently scheduled to
  begin in May 1999.  In January 1997, the Fingerhut Master Trust
  issued the Series 1997-1 variable funding certificates to
  refinance $790.0 million of the amortizing certificates.
  During 1998, the Company plans to refinance Series 1997-1 with
  the proceeds from the issuance of approximately $900.0 million
  of asset-backed term certificates.
  
  In December 1997, the Company entered into an agreement that
  allows the Company to sell, to a third party conduit on a
  continuous basis, an undivided interest in a pool of revolving
  receivables arising out of private label credit card accounts
  originated by Fingerhut National Bank.  Per the agreement,
  amortization begins in May 1998, whereby collections on the
  securitized receivables will be used to pay down the balance of
  the pool.  Management expects to amend the Fingerhut Master
  Trust in 1998 to include the revolving receivables.
  
  The proceeds from the sale of accounts receivable were $1.205
  billion and $1.280 billion at December 26, 1997 and December
  27, 1996, respectively.  The acceleration of financing income
  on sold receivables resulted in a 1997 gain on sale of $2.3
  million.
  
  Included in "Finance income and other securitization income,
  net" is the discount on sale of accounts receivable which is
  comprised of the interest, discount and administrative and
  other fees paid or accrued to the purchasers of the accounts
  receivables sold.  The discount, determined under the Fingerhut
  Master Trust, approximates the prevailing short-term London
  InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and commercial paper rates for
  high grade unsecured notes  plus a credit spread and
  administrative fees.  The rates (including administrative fees)
  applicable to receivables sold as of December 26, 1997 and
  December 27, 1996 were 6.5 percent and 6.4 percent,
  respectively.

  Prior to implementation of FAS 125, the Company had included in
  "Other accrued liabilities" the estimated expenses related to
  the subsequent collections of the receivables sold, which
  amounted to $18.1 million for 1996.  Under FAS 125, no
  servicing asset or liability is recorded as fees charged are
  expected to cover related expenses.

  Metris Master Trust

  In May 1995, the Company established the Metris Master Trust.
  The Metris Master Trust allows Metris to sell, on a continuous
  basis, an undivided interest in a pool of credit card
  receivables generated or acquired by Direct Merchants Credit
  Card Bank, a subsidiary of Metris.  In May 1995, the Metris
  Master Trust issued the Series 1995-1 variable funding
  certificates with maximum proceeds of $512.6 million and an
  amortization period scheduled to begin in May 1999.  In
  September 1996, the Company amended Series 1995-1 to increase
  the maximum proceeds to $1.025 billion.  In April 1996, the
  Metris Master Trust issued the Series 1996-1 certificates with
  a principal amount of $655.5 million, generating proceeds of
  $653.9 million, of which $400.0 million was used to pay down
  asset-backed commercial paper supported by the Class A Variable
  Funding Certificate issued under Series 1995-1.  The Series
  1996-1 certificates begin to amortize in August 1998.
  
  In May 1997, the Metris Master Trust issued Series 1997-1
  certificates with a principal amount of $794.8 million,
  generating proceeds of $792.2 million of which $667.7 million
  was used to reduce the Class A Variable Funding Certificate
  issued under Series 1995-1.  The Series 1997-1 certificates are
  scheduled to begin accumulating principal collections in March
  2001, however, the accumulation period could potentially begin
  at a later date.  The expected final payment date for these
  certificates is in April 2002.
  
  In September 1997, Metris acquired a $317 million credit card
  portfolio from Key Bank USA, National Association.  In October
  1997, Metris acquired a $405 million credit card portfolio from
  Mercantile Bank, National Association.  These credit card
  receivables were securitized and sold to investors with a
  portion retained, which is included in "Retained interest in
  securitized receivables."
  
  In November 1997, the Metris Master Trust issued Series 1997-2
  certificates to third parties with a principal amount of $654.5
  million, generating net proceeds of $652.0 million of which
  $478.0 million was used to reduce the Class A Variable Funding
  Certificate issued under Series 1995-1.  The Series 1997-2
  certificates are scheduled to begin accumulating principal
  collections in October 2001, however, the accumulation period
  could potentially begin at a later date.  The expected final
  payment date for these certificates is in November 2002.
  
  Net proceeds generated from the sale of credit card receivables
  to the Metris Master Trust were $3.057 billion at December 31,
  1997 and $1.397 billion at December 31, 1996, of which $29.3
  million and $17.0 million, respectively, was deposited in an
  investor reserve account held by the trustee of the Metris
  Master Trust for the benefit of the Trust's certificate-
  holders.

  A credit risk exists for losses on receivables in which the
  certificate purchasers have an undivided interest, up to the
  amount of the Company's retained interest in the Fingerhut
  Master Trust, the Metris Master Trust, and the third party
  conduits.  Any losses beyond that level are the responsibility
  of the certificate purchasers.

4.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  Substantially all of the Company's accounts receivable
  were generated by Fingerhut National Bank, Direct Merchants
  Credit Card Bank and Figi's.  Fingerhut uses fixed-term, fixed-
  payment installment plans with terms up to 36 months (excluding
  deferred billing periods of up to five months) and finance
  charge rates of 24.9 percent.  Beginning in 1996, Fingerhut
  began converting its customers from existing fixed payment
  installment plans to revolving credit plans with finance charge
  rates of  prime plus 16.4 percent (24.9 percent at December 26,
  1997).  Direct Merchants Bank grants credit card revolving
  lines of credit which typically include an annual fee and
  floating rates of interest ranging from 14.9 percent to 26.5
  percent, excluding current year portfolio acquisitions.  Figi's
  uses fixed-term, fixed-payment plans with terms up to three
  months (excluding deferred billing periods of up to
  approximately three months) with no finance charge.  
  Accounts receivable are classified as current assets and
  include some which are due after one year, consistent with
  industry practice.  Accounts receivable, net of
  amounts sold, consists of the following:
<TABLE>
  
                                     For the fiscal year ended
  (In thousands)                          1997            1996
                                                          
  <S>                                <C>             <C>
  Customer receivables (Retail)      $339,553        $389,394
  Retained interest in                178,652         171,537
   securitized receivables
  Reserve for uncollectible                        
   accounts, net
   of anticipated recoveries         (100,901)       (117,296)
  Reserve for returns and             (12,322)        (13,319)
   exchanges
  Other reserves                      (22,765)        (19,820)
   Net collectible amount             382,217         410,496
  Unearned finance income             (22,750)        (23,969)
   Accounts receivable                359,467         386,527
                                                   
  Credit card and other               268,321          64,473
   receivables (Metris)
  Retained interest in                227,998         158,389
   securitized receivables
  Reserve for uncollectible                        
   accounts, net of anticipated 
   recoveries                         (32,039)        (12,829)
   Credit card and other              464,280         210,033
    receivables
  Accounts receivable                $823,747        $596,560
                                                   
</TABLE>
  Other reserves for customer receivables consist primarily of
  allowances for anticipated adjustments of finance charges
  billed to customers (due to earlier than scheduled payment) and
  anticipated costs required to collect customer accounts.
  
  Credit card and other receivables, net consist primarily of
  credit card loans held for securitization, unbilled interest
  and fees, and other amounts due from or to the trust as a
  result of securitizations.  These amounts include interest-
  bearing deposits, which constitute amounts subject to liens by
  the certificate-holders of the individual securitizations under
  the Metris Master Trust and amounts deposited in investor
  reserve accounts held by the trustee for the benefit of the
  Metris Master Trust's certificate-holders.
  
  Reserves for credit card receivables consist primarily of
  allowances for anticipated adjustments of finance charges
  billed to certain customers (due to unemployment and
  disability) and adjustments to principal and finance charges
  billed to certain customers (due to death) under a debt waiver
  plan offered by Direct Merchants Bank.  These reserves are
  treated as a reduction of receivables in the Consolidated
  Statements of Financial Position as payments under the plan are
  generally used to reduce outstanding receivables.

  The above reserves represent management's best estimates of the
  amounts not expected to be collected.  A change in economic
  conditions could have a significant impact on the Company's
  target market, which consists of moderate to middle income
  consumers.  As such, the reserve estimates are subject to
  change in the near term.

5.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
                                     For the fiscal year ended
  (In thousands)                       1997             1996
  <S>                               <C>              <C>
  Land and improvements             $ 7,449          $ 7,444
  Buildings and leasehold           117,676          112,173
   improvements
  Construction in progress           66,845           74,828
  Machinery and equipment           139,539          130,029
  Software                          132,541          115,700
  Other, principally furniture       26,233           19,988
   and fixtures
                                    490,283          460,162
  Less:  Accumulated               (136,382)        (111,219)
           depreciation
         Accumulated amortization      
           of software              (81,711)         (63,761)
  Property and equipment           $272,190         $285,182
                                                  
</TABLE>
  Software amortization expense recorded in 1997, 1996 and 1995
  was $18.0 million, $19.3 million, and $16.8 million,
  respectively.

6.REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

  In September 1996, the Company restructured its bank credit
  facilities.  The Company's existing revolving credit facility
  was amended and restated to, among other things, reduce the
  aggregate commitments for revolving borrowings and letters of
  credit from $400 million to $200 million (the "Amended
  Revolving Credit Facility").  The Amended Revolving Credit
  Facility will continue to be guaranteed by certain subsidiaries
  of the Company and expires in September 2001.  The proceeds
  from borrowings under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility are
  to be used by the Company to provide for working capital and
  other general corporate purposes.  At December 26, 1997, the
  Company had no outstanding balance.  At December 27, 1996, the
  Company had an outstanding revolving credit balance of $23.0
  million.  The weighted-average interest rate on borrowings was
  5.9 percent at December 27, 1996.  The outstanding portion of
  open letters of credit, primarily established to facilitate
  international merchandise purchases, was not reflected in the
  accompanying financial statements and aggregated $32.8 million
  at December 26, 1997 and $29.1 million at December 27, 1996.

  In September 1996, Metris entered into a revolving credit
  facility with the same group of lenders as in the Amended
  Revolving Credit Facility.  Metris' facility (the "Metris
  Revolving Credit Facility") provides for aggregate commitments
  of $300 million and is used by Metris for working capital and
  other general corporate purposes.  Metris' obligations under
  the Metris Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a pledge of
  the capital stock of all of Metris' subsidiaries except Direct
  Merchants Bank.  In addition, the Metris Revolving Credit
  Facility is guaranteed by Fingerhut Companies, Inc., Fingerhut
  Corporation, and all other subsidiaries that guarantee the
  Amended Revolving Credit Facility.  The Metris Revolving Credit
  Facility expires in September 2001.  At December 31, 1997,
  Metris had an outstanding revolving credit balance of $144.0
  million and the weighted-average interest rate on borrowings
  was 6.5 percent.  At December 31, 1996, Metris had an
  outstanding revolving credit balance of $50.0 million and the
  weighted-average interest rate on borrowings was 5.9 percent.
  The outstanding portion of open letters of credit was not
  reflected in the accompanying financial statements and
  aggregated $1.5 million at December 26, 1997.

7.LONG-TERM DEBT

  In September 1996, the Company closed the private placement of
  $125.0 million of three-year senior notes.  In February 1997,
  the Company completed an exchange offer whereby substantially
  all of the $125.0 million of unregistered notes were exchanged
  for registered notes with substantially identical terms.

  In November 1997, Metris privately issued and sold $100.0
  million of seven-year senior notes (the "Metris Senior Notes")
  pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended.  In January 1998, Metris commenced an exchange offer
  of the Metris Senior Notes pursuant to a registration
  statement.  The terms of the new Metris Senior Notes are identical 
  in all material respects to the original private issue.  The
  Metris Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior
  basis, jointly and severely, by Metris Direct, Inc. (the
  "Guarantor"), and all future subsidiaries of  Metris that
  guarantee any of Metris' indebtedness, including the Metris 
  Revolving Credit Facility.
  
  Long-term debt and related maturity dates are as follows:
<TABLE>
  (In thousands)            Maturity   Interest   1997     1996
                            date       rate
  Privately Placed Senior                                 
  Notes
    <S>                     <C>  <C>    <C>      <C> <S>  <C>
    Series B                Dec. 1997   10.12%   $   -    $25,000
    Series A Unsecured      June 2002    8.92%   60,500    60,500
    Series B Unsecured      June 2004    8.92%   14,500    14,500
    Series C Unsecured      Aug. 2000    6.83%   45,000    45,000
  Senior Notes              Sept. 1999   7.38%  125,000   125,000
  Metris Senior Notes       Nov. 2004   10.00%  100,000       -
                                                          
  Other indebtedness (due in various                      
   installments through November 2010; 
   interest at varying rates ranging      
   from 7.5% to 8.0% at December 26, 1997)          271     1,565
                                                345,271   271,565
  Current portion of long-term debt                 (84)     (84)
  Long-term debt, less current portion         $345,187  $271,481
</TABLE>
  
Scheduled annual maturities due on long-term debt at December
26, 1997 were as follows:

  (In thousands)
  1998                                           $    84
  1999                                           125,067
  2000                                            45,057
  2001                                                14
  2002                                            60,503
  Thereafter                                     114,546
                                                $345,271

  The Privately Placed Senior Notes contain covenants restricting
  the payment of dividends.  The maximum amount of dividends the
  Company was permitted to pay at December 26, 1997 was $137.5
  million.
  
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
   This footnote discloses the fair value of all financial
   instruments, both assets and liabilities, recognized and not
   recognized, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial
   Position for which it is practicable to estimate fair value.

   Quoted market prices generally are not available for all of the
   Company's financial instruments.  Accordingly, fair values are
   based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk
   characteristics of various financial instruments and other
   factors.  These estimates involve uncertainties and matters of
   judgment, and therefore, cannot be determined with precision.
   Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the
   estimates.

   A description of the methods and assumptions used to estimate
   the fair value of each class of the Company's financial
   instruments is as follows:
                                
   Cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued payroll
   and employee benefits, and other accrued liabilities
   The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short
   maturity of these instruments.

   Accounts receivable
   Customer installment receivables:
   Since the average collection period exceeds 90 days, the
   discounted present value of expected future cash flows from the
   collection of the receivables and related deferred finance
   income was calculated and it was determined that the carrying
   amount approximates fair value.

   Credit card receivables and revolving credit receivables:
   Currently, credit card and revolving credit receivables are
   originated with variable rates of interest, with interest rate
   spreads that differ based on the related risk of such
   receivables.  Thus, the carrying value approximates market
   value.  However, this valuation does not include the value that
   relates to estimated cash flows generated from new loans from
   existing customers over the life of the cardholder
   relationship.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value of the
   credit card and revolving credit receivables does not represent
   the underlying value of the established cardholder
   relationships.
   
   Retained interest in securitized receivables:
   When the Company securitizes receivables, it exchanges its
   receivables for certificates representing undivided interests
   in such receivables.  Due to the short-term revolving nature of
   the portfolio, the carrying amount of the Company's "Retained
   interest in securitized receivables" in the Fingerhut Master
   Trust, the Metris Master Trust, and third party conduits
   approximates fair value.
   
   Long-term debt
   The fair value of the Company's long-term debt was estimated
   based on the amount of future cash flows associated with each
   instrument discounted using the current rates offered to the
   Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturity.
   The fair value of  Metris' long-term debt was obtained from an
   independent third party.

   Interest rate cap and swap agreements
   The fair values of interest rate cap and swap agreements were
   obtained from dealer quoted prices.  These values represent the
   estimated amount the Company would pay to terminate the
   agreements, taking into consideration current interest rates
   and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.

   The estimated fair values of the Company's financial
   instruments are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
                                 December 26, 1997      December 27, 1996
                               Carrying  Estimate        Carrying   Estimate
   (In thousands)               amount   fair value       amount    fair value              value
   <S>                         <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents   $145,418   $145,418        $61,003     $61,003
    equivalents                                                 
   Accounts receivable         $823,747   $823,747       $596,560    $596,560
   Long-term debt              $345,271   $353,925       $271,565    $278,218
   Interest rate swap agreements                                   
      in a net receivable
      (payable) position       $     -    $21,894        $    -        $2,683
   Interest rate cap           $ 6,053    $   249        $  7,291      $2,899
    agreements
                                                        
</TABLE>
   DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS HELD OR ISSUED FOR PURPOSES
   OTHER THAN TRADING
   
   The Company enters into interest rate cap and swap agreements
   to hedge its economic exposure to fluctuating interest rates
   currently associated with the floating rate certificates issued
   by the Fingerhut Master Trust and the fixed rate certificates
   issued by the Metris Master Trust.  Any premiums paid for these
   agreements are amortized to "Finance income and other
   securitization income, net" where the economic exposure to
   fluctuating interest rates exists.
   
   The Fingerhut Master Trust Series 1994-2 certificates,
   initially issued in November 1994, required a six-year
   agreement which effectively capped LIBOR exposure at 11.2
   percent on a hedged (notional) amount varying up to $490.4
   million over the life of the agreement.  In connection with an
   amendment of Series 1994-2 in May 1995, an additional two and
   one-half year, 11.2 percent interest rate cap was required for
   up to a notional amount of $209.7 million.
   
   As a result of the issuance of the $512.6 million Metris Master
   Trust Series 1995-1 certificates in May 1995, the Company
   entered into an eight-year agreement effectively capping short-
   term LIBOR exposure at 11.2 percent for the floating notional
   amount of the certificates.  In connection with the amendment
   of Series 1995-1 in September 1996, two additional six and two-
   thirds year, 11.2 percent interest rate caps were required for
   up to a notional amount of $513.0 million.
   
   In June and July 1995, the Company entered into several
   interest rate corridor swap agreements with total notional
   amounts of $900.0 million.  These agreements exchange an
   obligation to pay floating LIBOR of up to 11.2 percent for an
   obligation to pay fixed interest rates.  The fixed interest
   rate obligation is approximately 5.8 percent on a $400.0
   million notional amount and approximately 5.7 percent on the
   remaining $500.0 million notional amount.  These agreements
   expire in July 1998.
   
   In connection with the issuance of the $655.5 million Metris
   Master Trust Series 1996-1 certificates in April 1996, the
   Company entered into two interest rate corridor swap agreements
   with total notional amounts of $605.5 million.  These
   agreements exchange an obligation to pay fixed interest rates
   of approximately 6.3 percent for an obligation to pay floating
   LIBOR rates.  These agreements expire in February 2000.
   
   In connection with the issuance of the $850.0 million Metris
   Master Trust Series 1997-1 certificates in May 1997, Metris
   entered into three interest rate corridor swap agreements with
   total notional amounts of $722.5 million.  These agreements
   exchange an obligation to pay fixed interest rates of
   approximately 6.7 percent for an obligation to pay floating
   LIBOR rates.  These agreements expire in April 2002.

   In connection with the planned issuance of the $450.0 million
   Fingerhut Master Trust Series 1998-1 certificates and the
   $450.0 million Fingerhut Master Trust Series 1998-2
   certificates in April 1998, the Company entered into an
   interest rate swap agreement in October 1997 with an initial
   notional amount of $415.0 million.  This agreement has a
   forward start date of April 1998 and amortizes down to $0 in
   October 1999.  This agreement exchanges an obligation to pay
   floating LIBOR rates for an obligation to pay fixed interest
   rates of approximately 5.95 percent.  The Company also cash
   settled (at fair market value) the final three payments of an
   interest rate swap corridor agreement with a notional amount of
   $400.0 million set to expire in July 1998.

   For interest rate cap and swap transactions, the contract or
   notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss.
   Entering into interest rate cap and swap agreements involves
   the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to
   meet the terms of the contracts.  Notional principal amounts
   often are used to express the volume of these transactions, but
   the amounts potentially subject to credit risk are much
   smaller.

9. INTEREST EXPENSE

   Net interest expense was as follows:
<TABLE>
(In thousands)                 1997         1996        1995
                                 
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest expense             $40,156      $30,073      $27,120
Interest income               (2,509)      (1,660)      (1,177)
   Net interest expense      $37,647      $28,413      $25,943
</TABLE>
                                                     

The Company paid interest of $38.5 million in 1997, $35.0
million in 1996 and $24.2 million in 1995.

10.OPERATING LEASES
   
   Rental expense for both cancelable and non-cancelable operating
   leases, (principally for office and warehouse facilities and
   computer equipment) for fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
   $32.9 million, $35.9 million, and $38.6 million, respectively.
   Future minimum annual rentals and payments under non-cancelable
   operating leases at December 26, 1997 are as follows:

       (In thousands)                      
       1998                                 $29,081
       1999                                 $19,415
       2000                                  $6,734
       2001                                  $2,279
       2002                                  $1,138
       Thereafter                            $4,536

   The Company leased certain office and warehouse facilities (the
   "properties") from a former affiliated company.  Annual rental
   expense for the properties in 1995 was $1.7 million.  The lessor
   exercised its right to require the Company to purchase the
   properties for approximately $14.1 million.  The Company
   completed the purchase in January 1996.
   
   The Company also leased office space for one of its
   telemarketing centers and warehouse space from a partnership
   owned by various members of the immediate family of one of the
   Company's Directors.  Rental expense for 1996 and 1995 was $.6
   million and $1.9 million, respectively.
   
11.EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
   
   The Company maintains four non-contributory, defined benefit
   pension plans which together cover substantially all full-time
   non-union employees.  The plans provide monthly retirement
   benefits to eligible participants based upon years of service
   and level of compensation.  The Company's funding policy is to
   make an annual contribution equal to, or exceeding, the minimum
   required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
   1974.  The actuarial present value of the benefit obligation
   and the funded status of the plans were as follows:
<TABLE>
       (In thousands)                            1997          1996
       Actuarial present value of benefit                     
         obligations:
       <S>                                    <C>            <C>
       Vested benefits                        $24,199        $18,932
       Non-vested benefits                      4,616          2,097
          Accumulated benefit obligation       28,815         21,029
       Effect of future compensation           10,615          9,437
        increases
          Projected benefit obligation         39,430         30,466
       Plan assets at fair value               31,187         24,770
          Unfunded projected benefit            8,243          5,696
           obligation
                                                           
       Unrecognized prior service cost         (2,436)        (1,345)
       Unrecognized net gain                    6,670          6,170
       Additional liability                     2,305            327
          Accrued pension cost                $14,782        $10,848
                                                           
</TABLE>
   Plan assets at December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996 were
   primarily invested in an equity fund.

   The actuarial present value of the projected benefit
   obligations represents the present value of benefits to be paid
   in the future under current provisions of the plan based on
   accumulated service to date and assuming future annual pay
   increases of 6.0 percent and 5.5 percent in 1997 and 1996,
   respectively.  Projected benefits have been discounted using
   rates of 7.25 percent and 7.75 percent for 1997 and 1996,
   respectively.  In determining pension expense, the assumed long-
   term rate of return on plan assets was 10.5 percent for 1997
   and 9.5 percent for 1996 and 1995.  The Company's non-union
   pension plans have vesting periods of five years.

   The components of pension expense for non-union employees were
   as follows:
<TABLE>
       (In thousands)               1997        1996        1995
       <S>                        <C>         <C>         <C>
       Benefit earned during      $2,436      $2,942      $1,990
        the period
       Interest accrued on                               
        projected benefit 
        obligation                 2,627       2,366       1,828
       Actual return on assets    (6,525)     (4,291)     (4,360)
       Deferred gain               4,230       2,519       2,875
       Amortization of prior         140          76           7
        service cost
       Amortization of net           (72)          1         (85)
        (gain) loss
          Pension expense for      $2,836     $3,613      $2,255
           the period
</TABLE>
                                                         

   Additionally, the Company participates in a multi-employer
   pension plan for all union employees.  The plan provides
   monthly retirement benefits to eligible participants based upon
   years of service.  The plan is funded with contributions made
   in accordance with negotiated labor contracts.  The pension
   expense related to this plan for 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $1.0
   million, $.9 million, and $1.5 million, respectively.

   The Company maintains four defined contribution plans, which
   together cover substantially all non-union employees.  Three of
   the plans have a 401(k) provision, including one which provides
   for an employer matching contribution only; another which
   provides for an employer matching contribution as well as a
   profit sharing contribution; and the third which provides for
   an employer profit sharing contribution only.  Each of the
   profit sharing contributions are discretionary and are
   determined by the board of directors for each of the individual
   companies.  The maximum profit sharing contribution is 11
   percent of each participant's eligible compensation.  The
   fourth defined contribution plan is a money purchase plan and
   provides for a non-discretionary employer contribution of 4
   percent of each participant's eligible compensation.  The cost
   to the Company of these plans was $12.2 million, $10.8 million,
   and $11.7 million for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   Additionally, the Company maintains one defined contribution
   plan (with a 401(k) provision and employer matching
   contribution) and participates in another multi-employer
   defined contribution plan (with a 401(k) provision only) for
   all union employees.  The cost to the Company of these plans
   was not material for each of the years presented.

   In January 1997, Metris adopted a defined contribution profit
   sharing plan (the "Metris Retirement Plan") that provides
   retirement benefits for eligible employees.  During 1997,
   Metris' employees participated in the Metris Retirement Plan,
   which provides savings and investment opportunities.  The
   Metris Retirement Plan stipulates that eligible employees with
   at least one year of service may elect to contribute to the
   Metris Retirement Plan.  Metris matches a portion of employee
   contributions and makes discretionary contributions based upon
   Metris' financial performance.  For the year ended December 31,
   1997, Metris contributed $.9 million to the Metris Retirement
   Plan.

12.INCOME TAXES

   The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
        (In thousands)               1997        1996        1995
        Currently payable:                                  
           <S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>
           Federal                $69,651     $65,682     $36,072
           State                    6,903       2,537       1,750
        Deferred                  (31,462)    (44,367)    (12,374)
           Provision for income   $45,092     $23,852     $25,448
            taxes
                                                            
</TABLE>
   The Company's effective income tax rate differed from the U.S.
   federal statutory rate as follows:
<TABLE>
        (In thousands)                 1997        1996        1995
        <S>                           <C>         <C>          <C>
        U.S. federal statutory        35.0%       35.0%        35.0%
         rate
        State income taxes, net of                          
           federal tax benefit         3.0         2.0          1.4
        Merchandise donations         (1.6)       (1.5)        (3.1)
        Other, net                      .9         1.2           -
           Effective income tax rate  37.3%       36.7%        33.3%
            
                                                            
</TABLE>
   The "Other, net" tax rate in 1997, 1996 and 1995 was composed
   of miscellaneous items, none of which were individually
   significant.

   The current and long-term deferred income tax assets and
   liabilities included in the Consolidated Statements of
   Financial Position as of December 26, 1997 and December 27,
   1996 were composed of the following:
<TABLE>
       (In thousands)                           1997          1996
       Current and long-term deferred                   
          income tax assets resulting                   
          from future deductible temporary                          
          differences are:
       <S>                                  <C>           <C>
       Accounts receivable reserves         $258,939      $234,566
       Yield reserve                          14,702        14,557
       Unearned income                        15,341            -
       Inventory obsolescence reserves         6,368         6,635
       Other                                  27,003        18,366
          Total deferred income tax         $322,353      $274,124
           assets
                                                        
       Current and long-term deferred                   
          income tax liabilities resulting 
          from future taxable temporary 
          differences are:
       Accelerated depreciation and         $(27,786)     $(24,125)
        amortization
       Finance income deferred              (105,688)      (97,284)
       Deferred advertising                   (9,782)       (6,140)
       Other                                  (2,183)       (1,440)
          Total deferred income tax        $(145,439)    $(128,989)
          liabilities                            
</TABLE>
                                                        

   Management believes the Company's prior operating earnings, on
   a tax basis, will allow for full utilization of the deferred
   tax assets included in its consolidated financial statements.

   The Company paid income taxes (net of refunds) of $65.4
   million, $42.7 million, and $37.1 million, during 1997, 1996
   and 1995, respectively.

13.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   Related party transactions, detailed by subject and Note
   reference are as follows:

   Operating leases                        Note 10
   Stockholders' equity                    Note 14

14.STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   The Company currently has 100,000,000 authorized shares of
   $.01 par value common stock of which 46,292,461 and 46,154,880
   were issued and outstanding as of December 26, 1997 and
   December 27, 1996, respectively.  The Company is authorized to
   issue 5,000,000 shares of $.01 par value preferred stock, none
   of which have been issued.
   
   During 1994, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
   repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of the Company's common
   stock that may be made from time to time at prevailing prices
   in the open market or by block purchase and may be
   discontinued at any time.  The purchases will be made within
   certain restrictions relating to volume, price and timing in
   order to minimize the impact of the purchase on the market for
   the Company's stock.  To date, the Company has repurchased
   1,612,200 shares of its common stock at prevailing market
   prices for an aggregate of $24.9 million.

   Fingerhut 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   Effective July 1, 1994, the Company made available to certain
   employees the Fingerhut 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   under which eligible employees have the opportunity to
   purchase Company common stock at a discounted market value
   determined on the first or last business day of the calendar
   quarter, whichever is lower.  A maximum of 750,000 shares are
   authorized, of which 200,000 shares are subject to shareholder
   approval.  During 1997, 55,159 shares were issued at an
   average price of $12.60.  During 1996, 100,141 shares were
   issued at an average price of $11.59 per share.  During 1995,
   119,568 shares were issued at an average price of $12.19 per
   share.

   Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Stock Option Plan

   The Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Stock Option Plan provides
   certain management of the Company with options to purchase up
   to 7,768,000 shares of common stock of which 3,625 were
   available for grant at December 26, 1997.  The options are
   granted at the fair market value on the date of grant.  The
   options become exercisable in five equal annual installments
   beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
   Unexercised options will be canceled 10 years and one month
   after the date of grant.
   
   Fingerhut Companies, Inc. 1995 Long-Term Incentive and Stock
   Option Plan
   
   The Fingerhut Companies, Inc. 1995 Long-Term Incentive and
   Stock Option Plan provides for the granting of 4,250,000 stock
   options (either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock
   options), stock appreciation rights or restricted stock to
   officers and other employees.  At December 26, 1997, 1,272,546
   shares were available for grant.  The Compensation Committee
   of the Board has the authority to determine the exercise
   prices, vesting dates, expiration dates and other material
   conditions upon which options or awards may be exercised,
   except that the option price of incentive stock options may
   not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the
   common stock on the date of grant, and not less than 110
   percent of the fair market value in the case of an incentive
   stock option granted to any employee owning more than 10
   percent of the Company's common stock (a "Ten Percent
   Employee"), and the term of non-qualified stock options may
   not exceed 15 years from the date of grant (not more than 10
   years for incentive stock options and five years for incentive
   stock options granted to a Ten Percent Employee).  During 1997
   and 1996, the Compensation Committee granted a total of
   985,445 and 687,973 options, respectively.  In 1997 and 1996,
   15,000 and 353,917 shares of restricted stock were issued,
   respectively.  The grant date fair value of each of these
   awards was $14.88 and $13.50.  For restricted shares granted
   in 1997, 5,000 shares vested May 12, 1997 and, subject to
   continued employment, 5,000 shares vest on May 12, 1998 with
   the remaining 5,000 shares vesting on May 12, 1999.  For
   restricted shares granted in 1996, 25 percent of the shares
   vested on March 31, 1996, 25 percent vested on March 31, 1997
   and, subject to continued employment, the remaining 50 percent
   will vest on August 31, 1998.  The unearned portion of the
   awards is being amortized as compensation expense on a
   straight-line basis over the related vesting period.
   Compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards
   totaled $1.1 million and $3.6 million for the years ended
   December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996, respectively, which
   included tax assistance payments made by the Company with
   respect to the first 25 percent of the awards that vested.
   
   Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Option
   Plan
   
   The Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock
   Option Plan provides for the granting of 100,000 stock options
   to directors of the Company who are not officers or employees.
   At December 26, 1997, 40,000 shares were available for grant.
   A committee of members of the Board of Directors who are
   officers or employees of the Company has the authority to
   determine the exercise prices, vesting dates, expiration dates
   and other conditions upon which options may be exercised,
   except that the term of such options may not exceed 15 years from
   the date of the grant.
   
   Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Performance Enhancement Investment
   Plan
   
   The Fingerhut Companies, Inc. Performance Enhancement
   Investment Plan ("PEIP Plan") provided certain management of
   the Company with the right to purchase options to acquire up
   to 3,000,000 shares of common stock.  Under the PEIP Plan,
   management was offered the opportunity to purchase option
   units, each consisting of four options to purchase common
   stock, with exercise prices of 110 percent, 120 percent, 130
   percent and 140 percent, respectively, of the fair market
   value at the time of grant.  The options were offered at
   prices determined by the Company on the grant date.  During
   1995, the Company discontinued the PEIP Plan and canceled the
   remaining ungranted shares.  No shares were repurchased during
   1997.   During 1996 and 1995, the Company repurchased 251,000
   and 1,724,956 options, respectively, granted under the PEIP
   Plan at or below the original purchase price paid by the
   option holders, and the repurchase had no impact on the
   Company's net earnings.  As of December 26, 1997, 91,244
   options remained outstanding and will be repurchased, if
   unexercised, at an amount equal to or less than the purchase
   price on the earlier of the optionee's termination of
   employment or the seventh anniversary of the grant date.  The
   remaining obligation to repurchase outstanding options has
   been accrued and is included in "Accrued payroll and employee
   benefits" in the Consolidated Statements of Financial
   Position.
   
   Fingerhut Companies, Inc. 1992 Stock Option and Long-Term
   Incentive Plan
   
   The Fingerhut Companies, Inc. 1992 Stock Option and Long-Term
   Incentive Plan provides certain management of the Company with
   options to purchase up to 523,382 shares of common stock.  In
   1992, the Company granted the Chairman and Chief Executive
   Officer non-qualified options to purchase 523,382 shares of
   common stock with an option price of $15.00, the fair market
   value at the date of grant.  In November 1993, 50 percent of
   these options became exercisable, 50 percent became
   exercisable in November 1994 and all expire in December 1999.
   
   The Company adopted the disclosure-only provisions of
   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (FAS 123),
   "Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation."  Accordingly, no
   compensation cost has been recognized with respect to the
   Company's stock option grants or the Employee Stock Purchase
   Plan.  Had compensation cost for these plans  been determined
   based on the fair value methodology prescribed by FAS 123, the
   Company's net earnings and earnings per share would have been
   reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
       (In thousands, except per share         1997           1996
        data)                                              
       <S>                                 <C>            <C>
       Net earnings - as reported          $69,329        $40,159
       Net earnings - pro forma            $66,376        $37,549
       Earnings per share diluted - as      $ 1.40          $ .83
        reported
       Earnings per share diluted - pro     $ 1.34          $ .77
        forma
                                                       
</TABLE>
   The above pro forma amounts may not be representative of the
   effects on reported net earnings for future years.  The fair
   value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant
   using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
   following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1997
   and 1996.
<TABLE>
                                               1997          1996
       <S>                                    <C>           <C>
       Dividend yield                         1.1%          1.1%
       Expected volatility                  44.72%        44.32%
       Risk-free interest rate               6.38%         6.65%
       Expected lives                   7.32 years    7.38 years
</TABLE>
                                                       

   Information regarding the Company's stock option plans for
   1997, 1996 and 1995 is as follows:
<TABLE>
                             1997              1996               1995                      
                                                               
                                                                         
                              Weighted-           Weighted-           Weighted-
                              Average             Average             Average
                              Exercise            Exercise            Exercise
                     Shares   Price      Shares   Price    Shares     Price
       Options                                                     
       outstanding,
       beginning  
       <S>         <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>
       of year     7,024,885    $9.57  6,833,547   $9.88   7,943,878    $13.08
       Options       
        exercised   (300,740)  $11.36   (109,900)  $6.55    (471,599)    $7.16
       Options       
        granted    1,155,445   $19.58    968,973  $13.44    1,474,800   $15.13
       Options                                                     
        canceled/
        forfeited    (84,868)  $14.16   (667,735) $18.86  (2,113,532)   $26.20
       Options                                                     
        outstanding,
        end of     
        year        7,794,722  $10.93  7,024,885  $9.57    6,833,547     $9.88
       
       Weighted-average
       fair value of                                                 
       options, granted                                                  
       during the year         $10.10            $7.28                   $8.09
       Weighted-average
        exercise price of
        options, exercisable
        at end of year          $8.65            $7.98                   $7.87
       
</TABLE>
   The following table summarizes information about stock options
   outstanding at December 26, 1997:
<TABLE>
                            Options Outstanding               Options Exercisable
                                Weighted-
                                Average        Weighted-                 Weighted-
                  Number        Remaining      Average     Number        Average
Range of          Outstanding   Contractural   Exercise    Exercisable   Exercise 
Exercise Prices   at 12/26/97   Life           Price       at 12/26/97   Price
                                
<C>               <C>           <C> <S>       <C>          <C>           <C>
$5.455            3,735,820     1.9 Years     $ 5.455      3,735,820     $ 5.455
$6.750 to           175,500     2.4 Years     $ 8.734        175,500     $ 8.540
$10.875
$11.250 to        1,252,380     8.1 Years     $13.640        457,855     $13.520
$14.875
$15.000           1,445,427     6.6 Years     $15.000      1,142,821     $15.000
$15.063 to        1,052,497     9.3 Years     $20.223         81,184     $18.610
$20.438
$21.140 to          133,098     5.8 Years     $24.647         97,699     $25.170
$35.690          
$5.455 to         7,794,722                                5,690,879          
$35.690
                                                                    
</TABLE>

15.OTHER DISCLOSURES

   Administrative and selling expenses included promotional
   material and advertising expenses of $375.6 million, $413.1
   million, and $488.6 million for 1997, 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.

   Amortization expense relating to the excess of cost over fair
   value of net assets acquired was $1.3 million for 1997, $1.4
   million for 1996 and $1.3 million for 1995.  Accumulated
   amortization was $11.8 million and $10.5 million at December
   26, 1997 and December 27, 1996, respectively.

   Amortization expense relating to customer lists was $1.4
   million for 1997, 1996 and 1995. Accumulated amortization was
   $12.6 million and $11.2 million at December 26, 1997 and
   December 27, 1996, respectively.

16.SALE OF STOCK BY SUBSIDIARY

   In October 1996, Metris, a then wholly owned subsidiary,
   completed an initial public offering of 3,258,333 of its
   common shares at $16 a share.  The transaction reduced the
   Company's ownership interest to approximately 83 percent.
   Metris realized net cash proceeds of approximately $47.4
   million from the sale of shares, after underwriting discounts
   and commissions and expenses of the offering.  The sale
   resulted in an increase of approximately $24.9 million in the
   Company's proportionate share of Metris' equity, which is
   included in "Additional paid-in capital" in the Company's
   Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

17.CONTINGENCIES

   The Company is a party to various claims, legal actions, sales
   tax disputes and other complaints arising in the ordinary
   course of business.  In the opinion of management, any losses
   which may occur are adequately covered by insurance, are
   provided for in the consolidated financial statements, or are
   without merit and the ultimate outcome of these matters will
   not have a material effect on the consolidated financial
   position or operations of the Company.

   At December 26, 1997, the Company had unused credit line
   commitments on its Credit Advantage Card(SM) accounts of $75.8
   million.  At December 31, 1997, Metris had unused credit line
   commitments on open credit card accounts of $1.2 billion.  The
   Company does not anticipate that all of its customers will
   exercise this entire available credit at any one time.
   Commitments on credit card lines are cancelable at any time.

18.SEGMENT OF BUSINESS REPORTING

   The operations of the Company are divided into the following
   business segments for financial reporting purposes:

   Retail:  Sells a broad range of products and services directly
   to consumers via catalogs, television and other media.  The
   segment's primary subsidiaries consist of Fingerhut, Figi's
   and Fingerhut National Bank (FNB).  Fingerhut has been in the
   direct mail marketing business for 50 years and sells general
   merchandise using catalogs and other direct marketing
   solicitations.  Figi's markets specialty foods and other
   gifts, primarily through catalogs.  FNB provides credit for
   customers' purchases from Fingerhut, in the form of closed-end
   and revolving credit card loans.

   Financial Services (Metris):  Metris is an information-based
   direct marketer of consumer credit products, extended service
   plans and fee-based products and services to moderate income
   consumers.  Currently, the segment operates two core business
   lines:  (1) consumer credit products, which presently consist
   of credit card lending through various credit card products
   issued by Direct Merchants Bank and (2) sales of extended
   service plans to the Company's customers and fee-based
   products and services, which presently include debt waiver
   programs, card registration, third-party insurance and
   membership clubs.
   Revenues, earnings before income taxes and minority interest,
   identifiable assets, capital expenditures and depreciation and
   amortization pertaining to the business segments in which the
   Company operates are presented below:
<TABLE>
       (In thousands)                 1997           1996          1995
       Revenues                                                   
       <S>                         <C>            <C>           <C>
       Retail                      $1,519,351     $1,615,002    $1,764,792
       Metris                         284,064        155,434        58,212
       Intercompany                    (4,798)        (7,571)       (8,151)
                                   $1,798,617     $1,762,865    $1,814,853
                              
       Earnings before income taxes
        and minority interest
       Retail                         $58,988        $32,445       $68,857
       Metris                          61,883         32,546         7,449
                                     $120,871        $64,991       $76,306
       Identifiable assets                                 
       Retail                      $1,229,501     $1,224,181    $1,115,035
       Metris                         673,221        286,616       174,606
       Intercompany                  (150,966)      (121,099)       (8,564)
                                   $1,751,756     $1,389,698    $1,281,077
                              
       Capital expenditures                                
       Retail                         $20,622        $47,742       $93,089
       Metris                          11,705          4,113         1,353
                                      $32,327        $51,855       $94,442
       Depreciation and                                    
        amortization
       Retail                         $51,392        $54,960       $46,976
       Metris                           5,280            426           127
                                      $56,672        $55,386       $47,103
</TABLE>
                                                           

19.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
   On January 22, 1998, the Company declared a cash dividend of
   $.04 per share, or an aggregate of $1.9 million, payable on
   February 19, 1998 to shareholders of record as of the close of
   business on February 5, 1998.
   


Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
   
   
To the Shareholders of Fingerhut Companies, Inc.:
   
The Company is responsible for the information presented in this
annual report.  The consolidated financial statements contained
herein were prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and were based on informed judgments and
management's best estimates where appropriate.  Financial
information elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with
that contained in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company maintains a system of internal controls designed to
provide reasonable assurance, at suitable costs, that assets are
safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with
established procedures.  The system of internal controls includes
Standards of Ethical Business Conduct, widely communicated to
employees, which are designed to require them to maintain high
ethical standards in their conduct of Company affairs, written
procedures that provide for appropriate evidence of authority and
a program of internal audit with management follow-up.

The Company's consolidated financial statements have been audited
by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants.  Their audit was conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards.  As part of their audit of
the Company's 1997 consolidated financial statements, our
independent accountants considered the Company's internal
controls to the extent they deemed necessary to determine the
nature, timing and extent of their audit tests.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed
entirely of independent directors.  This Committee supervises and
reviews the Company's accounting practices; recommends to the
Board the independent auditors; reviews the audit plans, scope,
findings, reports and recommendations; and reviews the Company's
financial controls, procedures and practices.  The independent
public accountants and the internal auditors have free access to
the Audit Committee without management present.


Theodore Deikel
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and President
   
   
Peter G. Michielutti
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer


Gerald T. Knight
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer










                  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Fingerhut
   Companies, Inc.:
   
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the "Company") as of December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996 
and the related consolidated statements of earnings, changes 
in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal 
years in the three-year period ended December 26, 1997.  These 
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996, and the results of 
their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years 
in the three-year period ended December 26, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.



                                        KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 21, 1998
<TABLE>

                    Fingerhut Companies, Inc.
                                
         Quarterly Financial and Stock Data (unaudited)
                                
Quarterly Financial -                        
Fiscal Year                             1997
Summaries
(In thousands, except                                           
per share data)         First     Second    Third       Fourth     Total
                                                            
<S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues               $350,014  $396,215   $403,041   $649,347  $1,798,617
Gross Margin           $143,243  $163,288   $164,993   $324,613    $796,137
Net earnings             $2,561    $9,909    $12,993    $43,866     $69,329
Earnings per share:                                         
   Basic                  $ .06    $  .22      $ .28     $  .95      $ 1.50
   Diluted                $ .05    $  .20      $ .26     $  .88      $ 1.40
                                                            
</TABLE>
                                
<TABLE>
                                             
                                        1996
                                                                
                        First     Second     Third      Fourth     Total
                                                                   
<S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues               $358,092  $385,961   $383,891   $634,921  $1,762,865
Gross Margin           $160,192  $168,364   $170,769   $323,121    $822,446
Net (loss) earnings    $ (2,051)   $2,145     $8,565    $31,500     $40,159
(Loss) earnings per                                         
share:
   Basic                  $(.04)   $  .05      $ .19    $  .68       $  .87
   Diluted                $(.04)   $  .04      $ .18    $  .65       $  .83
</TABLE>
                                
 The Company's common stock is traded under the symbol "FHT" on
the New York Stock Exchange.  As of February 28, 1998, there were
568 holders of record of the Company's common stock.
<TABLE>
                                
                                           1997
                        First    Second     Third       Fourth     Total
Common stock price:                                                
   <S>                  <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
   High                 $15-7/8  $18-1/8    $23        $23-1/2      $23-1/2
   Low                  $11-3/4  $13-1/4    $17-1/8    $18-13/16    $11-3/4
Dividends paid            $ .04    $ .04    $  .04     $   .04      $   .16
</TABLE>
                                                         
<TABLE>
                                
                                           1996
                        First    Second    Third       Fourth      Total
Common stock price:                                                
   <S>                  <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
   High                 $15-1/8  $ 17-1/8  $16         $14-7/8    $17-1/8
   Low                  $12-1/8  $ 12-3/8  $12-3/4     $11-1/4    $11-1/4
Dividends paid          $ .04    $    .04  $   .04     $   .04       $.16
</TABLE>
                                
  Dividend Policy  The Company intends to pay regular quarterly
cash dividends and expects to retain a substantial portion of its
net earnings to fund future growth.  The declaration and payment
of dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board of
Directors, and there can be no assurance that any dividends will
be paid in the future.  In determining whether to pay dividends
(as well as the amount and timing thereof), the Board of
Directors will consider a number of factors including the
Company's results of operations, financial condition, future
capital requirements and any applicable restrictive provisions in
any financing agreements.  See Note 7 for dividend restrictions.

                          SCHEDULE II
                                                            
                                                            
         FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
  FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 26,1997; DECEMBER 27, 1996;
                    AND DECEMBER 25, 1995
                  (In thousands of dollars)
                              
                              
                              
                   Balance   Additions                 
                     at       charged                 Balance
  Description     beginning  to cost,  Deductions     at end of
                  of period  expenses,                period
                             revenues
                                                  
    Accounts                                           
   receivable
   reserves:
      1997        $166,449   $810,286   $806,961(a)   $169,775
      1996        $144,680   $845,595   $823,826(a)   $166,449
      1995        $113,383   $851,229   $819,932(a)   $144,680
                                                       
   Inventory                                              
   reserves:
      1997        $ 18,620   $ 24,664   $ 27,034(b)   $ 16,258
      1996        $ 12,303   $ 28,175   $ 21,858(b)   $ 18,620
      1995        $ 18,102   $ 22,756   $ 28,555(b)   $ 12,303


(a)  Primarily represents reductions in the reserves for
     actual returns and exchanges, allowances, uncollectible
     amounts (net of  recoveries) and collection costs.  And
     also, includes the reserves related to the accounts
     receivable sold under the Fingerhut Master Trust, the Metris
     Master Trust, third party conduits, and the Receivables
     Transfer Agreement.

(b)  Primarily represents inventory sold to liquidators and
     returned to vendors.

                Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Fingerhut Companies, Inc.

Under  date  of  January  21,  1998,  we  reported  on   the
consolidated  statements of financial position of  Fingerhut
Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 1997 and
December  27, 1996, and the related consolidated  statements
of  earnings, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows
for  each  of  the  years  in the  three-year  period  ended
December 26, 1997, as contained in the 1997 annual report to
stockholders.   These consolidated financial statements  and
our  report  thereon are incorporated by  reference  in  the
annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1997.  In connection
with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial
statements,  we  have  also audited  the  related  financial
statement  schedule  as  listed in the  accompanying  index.
This  financial statement schedule is the responsibility  of
the  Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our
audits.

In  our  opinion, such financial statements  schedule,  when
considered  in relation to the basic consolidated  financial
statements  taken  as  a  whole,  presents  fairly,  in  all
material respects, the information set forth therein.




                              KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 21, 1998





Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name                                    State of Incorporation

Andy's Garage Sale, Inc.                          Minnesota
Customer Communications Center, Inc.              Minnesota
Figi's Inc.                                       Wisconsin
Fingerhut Corporation                             Minnesota
Distribution Specialists, Inc.                    Minnesota
FFS Holdings, Inc.                                Minnesota
Fingerhut Funding Co.                             Delaware
Metris Companies Inc.(83%)                        Delaware
Direct  Merchants  Credit  Card Bank,  
  National  Association                           National Banking Association
Metris Direct, Inc.                               Minnesota
Metris Receivables, Inc.                          Delaware
Fingerhut Company Store, Inc.                     Minnesota
Wiman Corporation                                 Minnesota
Fingerhut National Bank                           National Banking Association
Fingerhut Receivables, Inc.                       Delaware
Infochoice USA, Inc.                              Minnesota
USA Direct/Guthy-Renker, Inc.(50%)                Minnesota
Minnesota Telemarketing, Inc.                     Minnesota
Tennessee Distribution, Inc.                      Minnesota
Tennessee Telemarketing, Inc.                     Minnesota
Western Distribution, Inc.                        Minnesota

The above list omits the names of certain subsidiaries that,
considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would
not constitute a significant subsidiary as of December 26, 1997.




                                                  Exhibit 23
                                                            
     Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants
                              
                              
The Board of Directors
Fingerhut Companies, Inc.:


We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration
statements  (No. 33-38988, 333-03005, 333-28501,  333-45781,
333-43013 and 333-42947) on Form S-8 of Fingerhut Companies,
Inc.  and subsidiaries of our reports dated January 21, 1998
relating   to  the  consolidated  statements  of   financial
position  of  Fingerhut Companies, Inc. as of  December  26,
1997  and  December  27, 1996 and the  related  consolidated
statements of earnings, changes in stockholders' equity  and
cash flows and the related financial statement schedule  for
each  of  the years in the three-year period ended  December
26,  1997,  which  reports appear in or are incorporated  by
reference in the December 26, 1997 annual report on Form 10-
K of Fingerhut Companies, Inc.



                         KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 25, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. for the fiscal
year ended December 26, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-26-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-26-1997
<CASH>                                         145,418
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                1,014,524
<ALLOWANCES>                                   190,777
<INVENTORY>                                    124,424
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             1,369,092
<PP&E>                                         490,283
<DEPRECIATION>                                 218,093
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,751,756
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          678,223
<BONDS>                                        345,187
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           463
<OTHER-SE>                                     669,522
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,751,756
<SALES>                                      1,534,967
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,798,617
<CGS>                                          738,830
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,640,099
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 6,450
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               141,582
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              37,647
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                114,421
<INCOME-TAX>                                    45,092
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             69,329
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    69,329
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.50
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.40
        



</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. for the fiscal
years ended December 29, 1995 and December 27, 1996 and the fiscal quarters
ended March 29, 1996, June 28, 1996 and September 27, 1996 and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<RESTATED> 
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                        <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>              YEAR           YEAR           3-MOS          6-MOS          9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>          DEC-29-1995    DEC-27-1996    DEC-27-1996    DEC-27-1996    DEC-27-1996
<PERIOD-END>               DEC-29-1995    DEC-27-1996    MAR-29-1996    JUN-28-1996    SEP-27-1996
<CASH>                          66,109         61,003         38,035         44,125         42,580
<SECURITIES>                         0              0              0              0              0
<RECEIVABLES>                  633,741        783,793        655,273        588,123        557,111
<ALLOWANCES>                   169,565        187,233        163,376        161,532        158,138
<INVENTORY>                    156,352        127,735        153,401        143,730        210,017
<CURRENT-ASSETS>               921,571      1,025,863        906,130        829,936        899,844
<PP&E>                         409,526        460,162        433,057        440,643        449,833
<DEPRECIATION>                 130,071        174,980        141,410        152,387        163,507
<TOTAL-ASSETS>               1,281,077      1,389,698      1,275,261      1,198,173      1,269,827
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>          556,163        459,943        550,315        477,873        418,383
<BONDS>                        146,564        271,481        146,556        146,511        271,518
                0              0              0              0              0
                          0              0              0              0              0
<COMMON>                           459            462            464            462            462
<OTHER-SE>                     547,031        604,939        545,546        543,386        549,905
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 1,281,077      1,389,698      1,275,261      1,198,173      1,269,827
<SALES>                      1,793,727      1,652,869        329,554        688,388      1,034,832
<TOTAL-REVENUES>             1,814,853      1,762,865        358,092        744,053      1,127,944
<CGS>                          892,736        830,423        169,362        359,832        535,507
<TOTAL-COSTS>                1,712,604      1,669,461        353,971        729,320      1,092,647
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                     0            980              0              0              0
<LOSS-PROVISION>               110,922        130,561         27,772         54,656         83,074
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              25,943         28,413          7,337         14,585         21,719
<INCOME-PRETAX>                 76,306         64,011         (3,216)           148         13,578
<INCOME-TAX>                    25,448         23,852         (1,165)           548          4,919
<INCOME-CONTINUING>             50,858         40,159         (2,051)            94          8,659
<DISCONTINUED>                       0              0              0              0              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                      0              0              0              0              0
<CHANGES>                            0              0              0              0              0
<NET-INCOME>                    50,858         40,159         (2,051)            94          8,659
<EPS-PRIMARY>                     1.11            .87           (.04)           .00            .19
<EPS-DILUTED>                     1.05            .83           (.04)           .00            .18
        



</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. for the fiscal
quarters ended March 28, 1997, June 27, 1997 and September 26, 1997 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<RESTATED> 
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                       <C>               <C>              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>             3-MOS             6-MOS            9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>         DEC-26-1997       DEC-26-1997      DEC-26-1997
<PERIOD-END>              MAR-28-1997       JUN-27-1997      SEP-26-1997
<CASH>                         86,672            83,392           77,943
<SECURITIES>                        0                 0                0
<RECEIVABLES>                 780,451           727,592          823,284
<ALLOWANCES>                  166,333           162,493          160,397
<INVENTORY>                   131,916           129,458          173,179
<CURRENT-ASSETS>            1,075,642         1,018,621        1,179,954
<PP&E>                        464,832           469,438          481,290
<DEPRECIATION>                186,227           197,304          208,980
<TOTAL-ASSETS>              1,425,168         1,361,708        1,560,175
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>         519,130           446,536          628,233
<BONDS>                       246,473           246,435          246,435
               0                 0                0
                         0                 0                0
<COMMON>                           462              460              462
<OTHER-SE>                     605,559          612,446          626,420
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 1,425,168        1,361,708         1,560,175
<SALES>                        289,537          630,263           954,037
<TOTAL-REVENUES>               350,014          746,229         1,149,270
<CGS>                          146,294          323,732           482,513
<TOTAL-COSTS>                  335,377          703,940         1,074,270
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                 1,427            3,071             4,857
<LOSS-PROVISION>                32,046           58,628            90,691
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>               8,281           17,084            25,842
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  4,929           22,134            44,301
<INCOME-TAX>                     2,368            9,664            18,838
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              2,561           12,740            25,463
<DISCONTINUED>                       0                0                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                      0                0                 0
<CHANGES>                            0                0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                     2,561           12,470            25,463
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      .06              .27               .55
<EPS-DILUTED>                      .05              .25               .52
        



</TABLE>

Exhibit 99

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Fingerhut Companies, Inc. (the "Company") desires to take
advantage of the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is filing this
cautionary statement in connection with such safe harbor
legislation.  The Company's Form 10-K, the Company's Annual
Report to Shareholders, any Form 10-Q or Form 8-K filed by the
Company or any other written or oral statements made by or on
behalf of the Company may also include forward-looking statements
that reflect the Company's current views with respect to future
events and financial performance.  The words "believe," "expect,"
"anticipate," "intends," "estimate," "forecast," "project" and
similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.

     The Company wishes to caution investors that any forward-
looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company are
subject to uncertainties and other factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially from such statements.  These
uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to
the factors listed below (many of which have been discussed in
the Company's prior filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission).  Though the Company has attempted to list
comprehensively these important factors, the Company wishes to
caution investors that other factors may in the future prove to
be important in affecting the Company's results of operations and
financial condition.  New factors emerge from time to time and it
is not possible for management to predict all of such factors,
nor can it assess the impact of each such factor on the business
or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may
cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in
any forward-looking statements.

     Investors are further cautioned not to place undue reliance
on such forward-looking statements as they speak only of the
Company's views as of the date the statement was made.  The
Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.

Importance of Fourth Quarter; Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating
Results

     The Company's business is subject to seasonal variations in
demand that the Company believes are generally associated with
the direct marketing and retail industries. Historically, the
Company has realized a significant portion of its sales and net
earnings during the fourth quarter. Over the past several years,
the Company has observed that customers waited until later in the
fourth quarter to order merchandise from the Company's catalogs,
following a trend that has affected the retail industry as a
whole. The Company's annual results could be adversely affected
if the Company's sales were to be substantially below seasonal
norms during the fourth quarter of any year. In addition to
seasonal variations, the Company experiences variances in
quarterly results from year to year that result from changes in
the timing of its promotions and the types of customers and
products promoted and, to some extent, variations in dates of
holidays and the timing of quarter ends.

Holding Company Structure; Effective Subordination

     The Company is a holding company and substantially all of
its consolidated assets are held by its subsidiaries.
Accordingly, the cash flow of the Company and the consequent
ability to service its debt, are dependent upon the earnings of
such subsidiaries.  Furthermore, the Company's rights, and the
rights of its creditors, to participate in the assets of any
subsidiary upon the subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization
will be subject to the prior claims of such subsidiary's
creditors, except to the extent that the Company may itself be a
creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary, in which
case the claims of the Company would still be effectively
subordinate to any security interest in, or mortgages or other
liens on, the assets of such subsidiary and would be subordinate
to any indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by the
Company.  The Company may borrow up to $200 million under its
existing amended credit facility.  All of the available $200 million 
under this credit facility is guaranteed by Fingerhut Corporation 
("Fingerhut").  At the present time, Metris Companies Inc. ("Metris"), 
an 83% owned subsidiary of the Company, may borrow up to $300 million 
under its revolving credit facility.  Should the Spin Off occur, it is 
expected that this guarantee will be released on or before the Spin Off. 
All of the available $300 million under  this facility is also guaranteed 
by Fingerhut.  In addition, as of December 26, 1997, the Company had 
outstanding $245 million aggregate  principal amount of outstanding senior 
notes, which are also guaranteed by Fingerhut and Metris had outstanding 
$100 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes, 
which are guaranteed by a subsidiary of Metris.

The Company announced in October 1997 that its Board of Directors
had approved the filing of an application with the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS") for a ruling on a tax-free distribution to shareholders
of the Company of all of the Company's ownership in Metris (the "Spin-Off").
The Company filed the ruling request with the IRS on October 23, 1997.  
The proposed Spin Off, anticipated in 1998, is subject to approval of the
Company's Board of Directors and the receipt of a ruling from the IRS, and
is subject to market conditions.  There can be no assurance that the
Spin Off will be consummated.  Should the Spin Off not occur, other
actions such as the Company's sale of Metris shares in the open market 
and/or Metris' issuance of additional shares via a public offering 
will be considered.

Increases in Postal, Paper and Freight Costs

     The Company mails its catalogs and ships most of its
merchandise through the United States Postal Service.  
The Company anticipates that postage costs will  
increase in 1998, however, the amount of such increase and
the implementation date is currently unknown. Additional 
increases in postal rates or paper costs may have a material 
adverse impact on the Company's results of operations to the 
extent that the Company is unable to offset such increase by 
raising selling prices or by implementing more efficient mailing, 
delivery and order fulfillment systems. Increases in fuel costs 
could also adversely affect the Company's costs of incoming and 
outgoing freight.

Funding and Securitization Considerations

     The Company depends heavily upon the securitization of its
subsidiaries' accounts receivable and credit card loans to fund
its operations and to date has been able to complete
securitization transactions on terms that it believes are
favorable. There can be no assurance, however, that the
securitization market will continue to offer attractive funding
alternatives. In addition, the Company's ability to securitize
the assets of its subsidiaries depends on the continued
availability of credit enhancement on acceptable terms and the
continued favorable legal, regulatory, accounting and tax
environment for securitization transactions. While the Company
does not at present foresee any significant problems in any of
these areas, any such adverse change could force the Company to
rely on other potentially more expensive funding sources. Adverse
changes in the performance of the securitized assets of the
Company's subsidiaries, including increased delinquencies and
losses, could result in a downgrade or withdrawal of the ratings
on the outstanding certificates under these securitization
transactions or cause early amortization of such certificates.
This could jeopardize the ability of the Company's subsidiaries
to effect other securitization transactions on acceptable terms,
thereby decreasing the Company's liquidity and forcing the
Company to rely on other funding sources to the extent available.
The Company's financial statements reflect the treatment of
securitization transactions as sales for accounting purposes under
FAS125.  Any change in such accounting treatment could have a
material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Consumer Spending

     The Company is not immune to the cyclical nature of consumer
spending and payments.  The success of the Company's operations
depends upon a number of economic conditions affecting disposable
consumer income such as employment, business conditions, interest
rates and taxation. Adverse changes in these economic conditions
may restrict consumer spending. There can be no assurance that
weak economic conditions or changes in the retail environment or
other economic factors that have an impact on the level of
consumer spending would not have a material adverse impact on the
Company. In addition, the Company's business depends on customer
response to its solicitations and marketing programs. A material
decrease in response levels would have a significant impact on
profitability.

Credit Risks

     The Company is subject to all of the risks associated with
unsecured credit transactions, including (1) the risk of
increasing delinquencies and credit losses during economic
downturns, (2) the risk that an increasing number of customers
will default on the payment of their outstanding balances or seek
protection under bankruptcy laws, resulting in accounts being
charged off as uncollectible, (3) the risk of fraud and (4) in
the case of revolving credit accounts, the risk that increases in
discretionary repayment of account balances by customers will
result in diminished finance charges or other income. Also,
general economic factors, such as the rate of inflation,
unemployment levels and interest rates may affect the Company's
target market customers (moderate income consumers) more severely
than other market segments. In addition, approximately 42% of
Metris' credit card portfolio, as of the date hereof, consists 
of accounts that have been generated in the last 18 months and 
over 19% were originated within the last 6 months.  As a result,
there can be no assurance as to the levels of delinquencies and
losses that can be expected over time with respect to such
portfolio. Until the accounts become seasoned, it is likely
that the levels of delinquencies and losses will increase as
the average age of Metris' accounts increases.  Any material
increases in delinquencies and losses above management's expectations
would have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of
operations and financial condition.

Interest Rate Risk

     Fingerhut National Bank's closed-end credit card loans and
Fingerhut's remaining closed-end installment sales contracts are
fixed-priced, fixed-term contracts. Fingerhut National Bank's
revolving credit card accounts currently have finance charge rates 
of prime plus 16.4 percent. The Company intends to manage interest 
rate risk through asset and liability management. Fluctuations in 
interest rates may adversely affect the Company's cost of funds.

Regulatory Matters

     The Company's business is subject to regulation by a variety
of state and federal laws and regulations related to advertising,
offering and extending credit, charging and collecting state
sales/use taxes and product safety. The Company's practices in
certain of these areas are subject to periodic inquiries and
proceedings by various regulatory agencies. None of these actions
has had a material adverse effect upon the Company. While the
Company believes it is in material compliance with all such laws
and regulations, if the Company is found not to be in compliance
with any such laws and regulations, it could become subject to
cease and desist orders, injunctive proceedings, obligations to
collect additional sales and use taxes, obligations for prior
uncollected sales and use taxes, civil fines and other penalties.
The occurrence of any of the foregoing could adversely affect the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.

     Until January 1997, Fingerhut extended credit for its
customers purchases.  Fingerhut relied on the Minnesota "time-price" 
doctrine in establishing and collecting installment payments on 
products sold in many states.  Under this doctrine, the difference 
between the time price and cash price for the same goods is not 
treated as interest subject to regulation under laws governing the 
extension of credit.  Certain individuals who purchased goods from
Fingerhut filed suit challenging the applicability of the
time-price doctrine to Fingerhut's business.  

     Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association
("Direct Merchants Bank") and Fingerhut National Bank are subject
to numerous federal and state consumer protection laws that
impose requirements related to offering and extending credit. The
United States Congress and the states may enact laws and
amendments to existing laws to regulate further the credit card
industry or to reduce finance charges or other fees or charges
applicable to credit card and other consumer revolving loan
accounts. Such laws, as well as any new laws or rulings that may
be adopted, may adversely affect the ability of Direct Merchants
Bank and Fingerhut National Bank to collect on account balances
or maintain previous levels of periodic rate finance charges and
other fees and charges with respect to the accounts. Any failure
by the Company to comply with such legal requirements also could
adversely affect its ability to collect the full amount of the
account balances. Fingerhut National Bank and Direct Merchants
Bank are also subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board,
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency. Such regulations include limitations
on the extent to which Fingerhut National Bank or Direct
Merchants Bank can finance or otherwise supply funds to their
respective affiliates through dividends, loans or otherwise.

     Changes in federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief
laws also could adversely affect the Company if such changes
result in, among other things, additional administrative expenses
and accounts being written off as uncollectible.

Foreign Suppliers

     Fingerhut purchases, directly or indirectly, a significant
portion (approximately 46% in fiscal 1997) of its merchandise
from foreign suppliers. Although substantially all of the
Company's foreign purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars, the
Company is subject to the risks of doing business abroad,
including increases in import duties, decreases in quotas,
adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates, increased
customs regulations and political turmoil. The occurrence of any
of the foregoing could adversely affect the Company's earnings.

Competition

     The direct marketing industry includes a wide variety of
specialty and general merchandise retailers and is both highly
fragmented and highly competitive. The Company's Direct-to-the
Consumer Marketing segment sells its products to customers in all
states of the United States and competes in the purchase and sale
of merchandise with all retailers, including general and
specialty catalog marketers, television shopping marketers,
retail department stores, discount department stores and variety
stores, many of which are national chains. The loss of any
significant portion of the Company's market share to other
retailers could adversely affect the Company's earnings.

     As a marketer of consumer credit products, Metris faces
increasing competition from numerous providers of financial
services, many of which have greater resources than Metris. In
particular, Metris' credit card business competes with national,
regional and local bank card issuers as well as issuers of other
general purpose credit cards, such as American Express, Discover
Card and Diners Club. Many of these issuers are substantially
larger and have more seasoned credit card portfolios than the
Company and often compete for customers by offering lower
interest rates or fee levels. In general, customers are attracted
to credit card issuers largely on the basis of price, credit
limit and other product features and customer loyalty is often
limited.





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission